From f4092abdf94af6a99aff944d6264bc1284e8bdd4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Reinhard Tartler Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2011 17:43:39 +0200 Subject: Imported nx-X11-3.1.0-1.tar.gz Summary: Imported nx-X11-3.1.0-1.tar.gz Keywords: Imported nx-X11-3.1.0-1.tar.gz into Git repository --- nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec-v1.txt | 458 +++ nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec.txt | 875 ++++++ nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Imakefile | 10 + nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.linux | 42 + nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml | 2778 ++++++++++++++++++ nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.txt | 2989 ++++++++++++++++++++ nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf | 1090 +++++++ nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.css | 49 + nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.foot | 12 + nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.head | 8 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8c.html | 76 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h-source.html | 60 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h.html | 77 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/annotated.html | 98 + .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/classes.html | 26 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h-source.html | 276 ++ .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h.html | 532 ++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx__glxvisuals_8h-source.html | 85 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8c.html | 239 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h-source.html | 69 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h.html | 235 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8c.html | 427 +++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h-source.html | 75 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h.html | 411 +++ .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8c.html | 184 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h-source.html | 70 + .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h.html | 209 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h-source.html | 168 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h.html | 48 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8c.html | 265 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h-source.html | 86 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h.html | 408 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8c.html | 701 +++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h-source.html | 151 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h.html | 665 +++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8c.html | 68 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h-source.html | 61 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h.html | 62 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8c.html | 402 +++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h-source.html | 84 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h.html | 248 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8c.html | 498 ++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h-source.html | 79 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h.html | 488 ++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8c.html | 471 +++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h-source.html | 86 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h.html | 498 ++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdetach_8c.html | 70 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8c.html | 128 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h-source.html | 62 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h.html | 124 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8c.html | 111 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h-source.html | 63 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h.html | 111 + .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8c.html | 269 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h-source.html | 61 + .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h.html | 63 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8c.html | 284 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h-source.html | 66 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h.html | 233 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h-source.html | 197 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h.html | 926 ++++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8c.html | 433 +++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h-source.html | 131 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h.html | 426 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8c.html | 257 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h-source.html | 78 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h.html | 333 +++ .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8c.html | 456 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h-source.html | 106 + .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h.html | 561 ++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8c.html | 1476 ++++++++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h-source.html | 115 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h.html | 1469 ++++++++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8c.html | 709 +++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h-source.html | 70 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h.html | 30 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8c.html | 185 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h-source.html | 146 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h.html | 534 ++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8c.html | 477 ++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h-source.html | 259 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h.html | 406 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8c.html | 602 ++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h-source.html | 91 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h.html | 616 ++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8c.html | 150 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h-source.html | 62 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h.html | 148 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8c.html | 181 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h-source.html | 69 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h.html | 180 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8c.html | 74 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h-source.html | 303 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h.html | 775 +++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8c.html | 1184 ++++++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h-source.html | 141 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h.html | 1418 ++++++++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8c.html | 240 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h-source.html | 83 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h.html | 351 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8c.html | 119 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h-source.html | 63 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h.html | 111 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8c.html | 235 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h-source.html | 66 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h.html | 136 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h-source.html | 431 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h.html | 89 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8c.html | 378 +++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h-source.html | 70 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h.html | 181 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8c.html | 71 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h-source.html | 66 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h.html | 73 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8c.html | 230 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h-source.html | 65 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h.html | 226 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8c.html | 274 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h-source.html | 74 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h.html | 364 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8c.html | 139 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h-source.html | 63 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h.html | 136 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8c.html | 151 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h-source.html | 67 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h.html | 152 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8c.html | 865 ++++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h-source.html | 165 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h.html | 969 +++++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxxinput_8c.html | 396 +++ .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.css | 49 + .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.png | Bin 0 -> 2352 bytes nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/files.html | 120 + .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2blank.png | Bin 0 -> 174 bytes .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2doc.png | Bin 0 -> 255 bytes .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderclosed.png | Bin 0 -> 259 bytes .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderopen.png | Bin 0 -> 261 bytes .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2lastnode.png | Bin 0 -> 233 bytes .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2link.png | Bin 0 -> 358 bytes .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mlastnode.png | Bin 0 -> 160 bytes .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mnode.png | Bin 0 -> 194 bytes .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2node.png | Bin 0 -> 235 bytes .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2plastnode.png | Bin 0 -> 165 bytes .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2pnode.png | Bin 0 -> 200 bytes .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2vertline.png | Bin 0 -> 229 bytes .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions.html | 237 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions_vars.html | 237 ++ .../programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals.html | 522 ++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_defs.html | 47 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_enum.html | 32 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_eval.html | 41 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_func.html | 388 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_type.html | 96 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_vars.html | 56 + nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/index.html | 8 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lib_2dmx_2dmx_8c.html | 894 ++++++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8c.html | 511 ++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h-source.html | 83 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h.html | 388 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8c.html | 352 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h-source.html | 75 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h.html | 288 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8c.html | 352 +++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h-source.html | 75 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h.html | 288 ++ nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/main.html | 26 + .../doc/html/programs_2Xserver_2Xext_2dmx_8c.html | 71 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigCmdStruct.html | 30 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigListStruct.html | 30 + .../dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributes.html | 32 + .../doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributesRec.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributes.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributesRec.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributes.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributesRec.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributes.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributesRec.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigComment.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigDisplay.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigEntry.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigFullDim.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigNumber.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigOption.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPair.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigParam.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPartDim.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigString.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigSub.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigToken.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigVirtual.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigWall.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXEventMap.html | 82 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXInputInfo.html | 490 ++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInitInfo.html | 778 +++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInputInfo.html | 996 +++++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXScreenInfo.html | 1330 +++++++++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatAvg.html | 30 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatInfo.html | 30 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__Event.html | 104 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__EventQueue.html | 224 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxArg.html | 104 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxColormapPriv.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxCursorPriv.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxFontPriv.html | 32 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGCPriv.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGlyphPriv.html | 58 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPictPriv.html | 82 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPixPriv.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxWinPriv.html | 32 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__myPrivate.html | 272 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structdmxGlxVisualPrivate.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReply.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReq.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReply.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReq.html | 32 + .../structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq.html | 32 + .../structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReply.html | 32 + .../doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReq.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReply.html | 32 + .../doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReq.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReply.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReq.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReply.html | 32 + .../doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReq.html | 32 + .../doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReply.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReq.html | 32 + .../html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReply.html | 32 + .../doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReq.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReply.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReq.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReply.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReq.html | 32 + .../dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReply.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReq.html | 32 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReply.html | 32 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReq.html | 32 + nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/tree.html | 295 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8c.html | 222 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h-source.html | 74 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h.html | 167 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8c.html | 231 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h-source.html | 68 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h.html | 174 ++ .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8c.html | 190 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h-source.html | 68 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h.html | 134 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8c.html | 191 ++ .../hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h-source.html | 68 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h.html | 134 + .../hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h-source.html | 131 + .../Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h.html | 41 + nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.sgml | 707 +++++ nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.txt | 579 ++++ 259 files changed, 56753 insertions(+) create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec-v1.txt create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec.txt create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Imakefile create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.linux create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.txt create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.css create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.foot create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.head create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/annotated.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/classes.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx__glxvisuals_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdetach_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxxinput_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.css create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/files.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2blank.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2doc.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderclosed.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderopen.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2lastnode.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2link.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mlastnode.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mnode.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2node.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2plastnode.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2pnode.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2vertline.png create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions_vars.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_defs.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_enum.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_eval.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_func.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_type.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_vars.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/index.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lib_2dmx_2dmx_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/main.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/programs_2Xserver_2Xext_2dmx_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigCmdStruct.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigListStruct.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributes.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributesRec.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributes.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributesRec.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributes.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributesRec.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributes.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributesRec.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigComment.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigDisplay.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigEntry.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigFullDim.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigNumber.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigOption.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPair.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigParam.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPartDim.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigString.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigSub.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigToken.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigVirtual.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigWall.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXEventMap.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXInputInfo.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInitInfo.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInputInfo.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXScreenInfo.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatAvg.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatInfo.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__Event.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__EventQueue.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxArg.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxColormapPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxCursorPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxFontPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGCPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGlyphPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPictPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPixPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxWinPriv.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__myPrivate.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structdmxGlxVisualPrivate.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReply.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReq.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/tree.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8c.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h-source.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h.html create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.sgml create mode 100644 nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.txt (limited to 'nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc') diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec-v1.txt b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec-v1.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..423bc32f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec-v1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ + + + Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol + + $Date: 2004/06/30 20:06:54 $, $Revision: 1.1 $ + + Rickard E. (Rik) Faith (faith@redhat.com) + Kevin E. Martin (kem@redhat.com) + + Copyright 2002,2003 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina. + + Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files + (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, + including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, + merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the + Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to + do so, subject to the following conditions: + + The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the + next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial + portions of the Software. + + THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS + BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + SOFTWARE. + + + +1. Overview + + The client-to-server DMX extension to the X protocol (DMX) provides + normal client applications with the ability to determine information + about the characteristics of the Xdmx server and the back-end X + servers that DMX is using. + + The name for this extension is "DMX". + + + +2. Syntactic conventions + + This document uses the same syntactic conventions requests and data + types as [X11R6.4]. + + + +3. Data types + + No new data types are defined by this extension. All data types + referenced in this document are defined in [X11R6.4]. + + + +4. Requests + + DMXQueryVersion + ==> + majorVersion: CARD32 + minorVersion: CARD32 + patchVersion: CARD32 + + The protocol this extension actually supports is indicated by + majorVersion and minorVersion (patchVersion indicates the + patchlevel and is for informational purposes only). + + Any incompatible changes to the protocol should be indicated by + incrementing majorVersion. + + Small, upward-compatible changes should be indicated by incrementing + minorVersion. + + Servers that support the protocol defined in this document will + return a majorVersion of 1 and a minorVersion of 1. + + + + DMXGetScreenCount + ==> + screenCount: CARD32 + + This request returns the number of back-end screens that the Xdmx + server controls. A back-end screen may be managed as a regular X + screen in the Xdmx server or may be joined with other back-end + screens using Xinerama. (The information returned by this request + does not change while Xdmx is running and may be cached on the + client side.) + + + + DMXGetScreenInformation + physicalScreen: CARD32 + ==> + displayName: STRING8 + width: CARD16 + height: CARD16 + xoffset: INT16 + yoffset: INT16 + logicalScreen: CARD32 + xorigin: INT16 + yorigin: INT16 + + Errors: Value + + This request returns information about individual back-end screens. + The physicalScreen value is between 0 and screenCount-1, inclusive + (values outside this range will result in a Value error). The + displayname is the name used to open the display, either from the + Xdmx command-line or from the configuration file. The width, + height, xoffset, and yoffset values comprise a geometry + specification (see X(7x)) for the location of the DMX window on the + back-end screen. This request will always return non-negative + (i.e., normalized) values for xoffset and yoffset. The + logicalScreen value is the value of the screen that that Xdmx server + exports to clients. When Xinerama is in use, this value is + typically 0 for all values of physicalScreen. If Xinerama is in + use, the xorigin and yorigin values specify where the physical + screen is positioned in the global Xinerama coordinate system. + Otherwise, these values are set to 0. (The information returned by + this request does not change while Xdmx is running and may be cached + on the client side.) + + + + DMXGetWindowInformation + window: CARD32 + ==> + screenCount: CARD32 + screens: LISTofCARD32 + windows: LISTofCARD32 + pos: LISTofRECTANGLE + vis: LISTofRECTANGLE + + Errors: Window, Alloc + + This request computed the return values incorrectly for version 1.0 + of this protocol. Version 1.1 of this protocol conforms to this + description. + + Given a window ID on the Xdmx server, this request returns data + about how the window is represented on the back-end X servers. For + each back-end X server that displays a portion of the window, the + following information is returned: + 1) the number of the physical screen containing that portion + (which can be used with the DMXGetScreenInformation request + to obtain more information about the screen), + 2) the window ID on the back-end X server of the window + containing that portion, + 3) the position and dimensions of the window on the back-end, in + screen coordinates, and + 4) the visible area of the window on the back-end, in + window-relative coordinates (all zeros for windows that are + not visible) + Note that DMX allows multiple back-end windows to overlap in their + view of the DMX logical window. Further, a logical window does not + have to be completely covered by back-end windows -- there may be + gaps. + + As an example, consider a 500x500 window that spans the top two + 1024x768 back-end displays (A and B) of a 2048x1536 DMX display + composed of 4 1024x768 back-end displays arranged in a cube: + A B + C D + + In this case, the DMXGetWindowInformation call would return the + following information for the 500x500 window: + + display A: 500x500 window at 1024-250,0 (relative to back end) + with 250x500 visible at 0,0 (relative to window origin) + + display B: 500x500 window at -250,0 (relative to back end) + with 250x500 visible at 250,0 (relative to window origin) + + display C: 500x500 window at 1024-250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0 + + display D: 500x500 window at -250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0 + + Note that if the specified window has not yet been mapped when + DMXGetWindowInformation is called, then a subsequent XMapWindow call + might be buffered in xlib while requests directly to the back-end X + servers are processed. This race condition can be solved by calling + DMXSync before talking directly to the back-end X servers. + + + DMXGetInputCount + ==> + inputCount: CARD32 + + This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol. + + This request returns the number of input devices connected to the + Xdmx server. This number is the same as that returned by + XListInputDevices, but is available even when the XInput extension + is not supported. + + + + DMXGetInputInformation + deviceId: CARD32 + ==> + inputType: CARD32 + physicalScreen: CARD32 + physicalId: CARD32 + isCore: BOOL + sendsCore: BOOL + name: STRING8 + + Errors: Value + + This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol. + + This request returns information about the specified input device + that cannot be obtained from the XListInputDeivices call. The + deviceId is the same as that used by the XListInputDevices call, and + must be in the range 0 to inputCount-1, inclusive (values outside + this range will result in a Value error). + + The value of inputType will always be value, and will be one of the + following values: + 0 for local (and dummy) devices, + 1 for console devices, and + 2 for back-end devices. + + For local devices, all other fields returned, except isCore and + sendsCore, are invalid. + + For console devices, the physicalScreen and physicalID will be + invalid, and the name will return the name of the X server on which + the console window is displayed. + + For back-end devices, the physicalScreen will identify the back-end + display and can be used as an argument to DMXGetScreenInformation to + obtain more information; the physicalId will be the XInput device id + on the back-end X server; and the name will be invalid (since it + does not provide any additional information that cannot be obtained + with DMXGetScreenInformation). + + If isCore is True, then this device is active as a true core input + device and will send core events. If sendsCore is True, then this + device queried an XInput extension device, but sends core events + instead of extension events. Note that this behavior is different + from that of XFree86, where XInput extension devices may send both + extension events and core events. + + + + DMXForceWindowCreation + window: CARD32 + ==> + + Errors: Window + + This request was first supported in version 1.2 of this protocol. + + When using the lazy window creation optimization, windows are not + created on the back-end X servers until they are required. This + request forces the immediate creation of the window requested. + + + + DMXReconfigureScreen + screen: CARD32 + x: INT16 + y: INT16 + ==> + status: CARD32 + + Errors: Value + + This request was first supported in version 1.3 of this protocol. + + This request reconfigures the screen position to coordinates (x,y) + when using the Xinerama extension. Otherwise, it is a NOP. Illegal + values for screen will result in a BadValue error. Other non-fatal + errors will be returned in status. + + + + DMXSync + ==> + + This request was first supported in version 1.5 of this protocol. + + This request flushes all pending protocol requests between the Xdmx + server and each back-end X server. It is used by a client that + talks directly to back-end X servers + + To ensure proper synchronization semantics, this request has a + reply, but the reply does not carry any information. + + + +5. Events + + No new events are defined by this extension. + + + +6. Errors + + No new events are defined by this extension. + + + +7. Encoding + + DMXQueryVersion + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 0 DMX opcode (X_DMXQueryVersion) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 majorVersion + 4 CARD32 minorVersion + 4 CARD32 patchVersion + 12 unused + + DMXGetScreenCount + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 1 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenCount) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 screenCount + 20 unused + + DMXGetScreenInformation + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 2 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenInformation) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 physicalScreen + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 n/4+p reply length + 4 n displayNameLength + 2 CARD16 width + 2 CARD16 height + 2 INT16 xoffset + 2 INT16 yoffset + 4 CARD32 logicalScreen + 2 INT16 xorigin + 2 INT16 yorigin + 4 unused + n displayName + p pad(n) + + DMXGetWindowInformation + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 3 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetWindowInformation) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 window + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 n*6 reply length + 4 n screenCount + 20 unused + n*4 LISTofCARD32 screens + n*4 LISTofCARD32 windows + n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE pos + n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE vis + + DMXGetInputCount + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputCount) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 inputCount + 20 unused + + DMXGetInputInformation + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 4 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputInformation) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 deviceId + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 n/4+p reply length + 4 CARD32 inputType + 4 CARD32 physicalScreen + 4 CARD32 physicalId + 4 n nameLength + 1 BOOL isCore + 1 BOOL sendsCore + 6 unused + n name + p pad(n) + + DMXForceWindowCreation + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 2 DMX opcode (X_DMXForceWindowCreation) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 window + ==> + + DMXReconfigureScreen + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 2 DMX opcode (X_DMXReconfigureScreen) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 screen + 2 INT16 x + 2 INT16 y + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 20 unused + + DMXSync + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 0 DMX opcode (X_DMXSync) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 24 unused + + +8. Changes to existing requests/replies/events + + No changes to existing requests, replies, or events are necessitated + by this extension. + + + +9. Acknowledgments + + + +10. References + + [X11R6.4] Robert W. Sheifler. X Window System Protocol, X Consortium + Standard, X Version 11, Release 6.4. Available from + xc/doc/specs/XProtocol and xc/doc/hardcopy/XProtocol. diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec.txt b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9283ce1ce --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/DMXSpec.txt @@ -0,0 +1,875 @@ + + + Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol + + $Date: 2004/06/30 20:06:54 $, $Revision: 1.1 $ + + Rickard E. (Rik) Faith (faith@redhat.com) + Kevin E. Martin (kem@redhat.com) + + Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina. + + Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files + (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, + including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, + merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the + Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to + do so, subject to the following conditions: + + The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the + next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial + portions of the Software. + + THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS + BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + SOFTWARE. + + + +1. Overview + + The client-to-server DMX extension to the X protocol (DMX) provides + normal client applications with the ability to determine information + about the characteristics of the Xdmx server and the back-end X + servers that DMX is using. + + The name for this extension is "DMX". + + + +2. Syntactic conventions + + This document uses the same syntactic conventions requests and data + types as [X11R6.4]. + + + +3. Data types + + No new data types are defined by this extension. All data types + referenced in this document are defined in [X11R6.4]. + + + +4. Requests + + DMXQueryVersion + ==> + majorVersion: CARD32 + minorVersion: CARD32 + patchVersion: CARD32 + + Errors: None + + The protocol this extension actually supports is indicated by + majorVersion and minorVersion (patchVersion indicates the + patchlevel and is for informational purposes only). + + Any incompatible changes to the protocol should be indicated by + incrementing majorVersion. + + Small, upward-compatible changes should be indicated by incrementing + minorVersion. + + Servers that support the protocol defined in this document will + return a majorVersion of 2 and a minorVersion of 2. + + (Version 1.5 was the last version in the 1.x series; version 2.0 was + a testing version that was poorly defined.) + + + + DMXSync + ==> + status: CARD32 + + Errors: None + + This request was first supported in version 1.5 of this protocol. + The status field in the reply was introduced in version 2.0 of this + protocol. Since the status field is ignored, no changes to the + underlying protocol were required. + + This request flushes all pending protocol requests between the Xdmx + server and each back-end X server. It is used by clients that + talk directly to back-end X servers to ensure that all pending Xdmx + requests have reached all back-end servers and have been processed + by those servers. + + The value of status is always 0. + + + + DMXForceWindowCreation + window: CARD32 + ==> + status: CARD32 + + Errors: Window + + This request was first supported in version 1.2 of this protocol. + This request was changed to have a reply in version 2.0 of this + protocol. The old version of this request was deprecated and will + return BadImplementation. + + When using the lazy window creation optimization, windows are not + created on the back-end X servers until they are required. This + request forces the immediate creation of the window requested. + + The value of status is always 0. + + + + + DMXGetScreenCount + ==> + screenCount: CARD32 + + Errors: None + + This request returns the number of screens that the Xdmx server + controls. Since a DMX screen usually fills all of the available + area on a back-end server, there is usually a one-to-one + correspondence between DMX screens and backend servers. However, it + is also possible for a DMX screen to cover only part of the + available area on a back-end server, and for more than one DMX + screen to occupy different parts of the visible area on the same + back-end server. + + A DMX screen may be managed as a regular X screen in the Xdmx server + or may be joined with other DMX screens using Xinerama. + + + + DMXGetScreenAttributes + physicalScreen: CARD32 + ==> + displayName: STRING8 + logicalScreen: CARD32 + screenWindowWidth: CARD16 + screenWindowHeight: CARD16 + screenWindowXoffset: INT16 + screenWindowYoffset: INT16 + rootWindowWidth: CARD16 + rootWindowHeight: CARD16 + rootWindowXoffset: INT16 + rootWindowYoffset: INT16 + rootWindowXorigin: INT16 + rootWindowYorigin: INT16 + + Errors: Value + + This request is new in version 2.0 of this protocol. The old + DMXGetScreenInformation request is deprecated and will now return + BadImplementation. + + This request returns attributes about a single DMX screen. + + The physicalScreen value is between 0 and screenCount-1, inclusive + (values outside this range will result in a Value error). + + The displayname is the name used to open the display, either from + the Xdmx command-line or from the configuration file. + + The logicalScreen value is the value of the screen that that Xdmx + server exports to clients. When Xinerama is in use, this value is + typically 0 for all values of physicalScreen. If Xinerama is in + use, the rootWindowXOrigin and rootWindowYOrigin values specify + where the physical screen is positioned in the global Xinerama + coordinate system. Otherwise, these values are set to 0. + + The screenWindow values comprise a geometry specification (see + X(7x)) for the location of the DMX screen on the back-end screen. + The coordinant system of the back-end display is used. + + The first four rootWindow values comprise a geometry specification + (see X(7x)) for the location of the root window on the screen + window. The coordinant system of the screen window is used. In + most cases, the root window will have the same geometry as the DMX + screen window, and will occupy the same area of the back-end + display. (This would not be the case, for example, if automatic + projector alignment is used.) + + + + DMXChangeScreensAttributes + screenCount: CARD32 + maskCount: CARD32 + screens: LISTofCARD32 + valueMasks: LISTofCARD32 + valueList: LISTofVALUES + ==> + status: CARD32 + errorScreen: CARD32 + + Errors: Length, Alloc + + This request was first supported in version 2.0 of this protocol. + (A singular version of this request with the ability to change some + RootWindow attributes was supported in version 1.3 of this protocol, + has been deprecated, and will return BadImplementation.) + + This request changes the geometries and positions of the DMX screen + and DMX root windows on the back-end X servers. + + The valueMask and valueList specify which attributes are to be + changed. The possible values are: + + Attribute Type + + ScreenWindowWidth CARD16 + ScreenWindowHeight CARD16 + ScreenWindowXoffset INT16 + ScreenWindowYoffset INT16 + RootWindowWidth CARD16 + RootWindowHeight CARD16 + RootWindowXoffset INT16 + RootWindowYoffset INT16 + RootWindowXorigin INT16 + RootWindowYorigin INT16 + + The attribute values have the same meaning as do the corresponding + values for DMXGetScreenAttributes. + + Non-fatal errors will be returned in status (0 otherwise): + DmxBadXinerama: Xinerama is not active + DmxBadValue: The resulting position is not allowed + (e.g., one corner is outside the bounding box) + On error, errorScreen will contain the number of the screen that + caused the first error. + + + + DMXAddScreen + displayName: STRING8 + physicalScreen: CARD32 + valueMask: CARD32 + valueList: LISTofVALUES + ==> + status: CARD32 + physicalScreen: CARD32 + + Errors: Length, Alloc, Value + + This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol. + + This request re-attaches the back-end physicalScreen to the Xdmx + server. Only back-end screens that have been previously detached + with DMXRemoveScreen may be added. The name of the back-end display + is given in displayName, and this will replace the name of the + back-end screen that was detached. Both the displayName and + physicalScreen must be correct for this request to work. + + The valueMask and valueList specify the attributes to be used. The + possible values are: + + Attribute Type + + ScreenWindowWidth CARD16 + ScreenWindowHeight CARD16 + ScreenWindowXoffset INT16 + ScreenWindowYoffset INT16 + RootWindowWidth CARD16 + RootWindowHeight CARD16 + RootWindowXoffset INT16 + RootWindowYoffset INT16 + RootWindowXorigin INT16 + RootWindowYorigin INT16 + + The attribute values have the same meaning as do the corresponding + values for DMXGetScreenAttributes. + + On success, status will be 0 and physicalScreen will contain the new + screen number. On failure, status will be non-zero. The status + will be 1 if any of the following occured: + * the -addremovescreens command-line option was not specified on + the Xdmx command line + * the value of physicalScreen is out of range + * physicalScreen has not been detached (with DMXRemoveScreen) + * displayName cannot be opened + * the visuals of displayname do not match the visuals that Xdmx + is using + * the screen data for displayName does not match the data for the + previously removed display + The status will be DmxBadValue if the attribute values are out of + range. + + + + DMXRemoveScreen + physicalScreen: CARD32 + ==> + status: CARD32 + + Errors: None + + This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol. + + This request detaches the physicalScreen screen. + + On success, status will be 0. On failure, the status will 1 if any + of the following occur: + * the -addremovescreens command-line option was not specified on + the Xdmx command line + * the value of physicalScreen is out of range + * the back-end screen has already been detached. + + + + DMXGetWindowAttributes + window: CARD32 + ==> + screenCount: CARD32 + screens: LISTofCARD32 + windows: LISTofCARD32 + pos: LISTofRECTANGLE + vis: LISTofRECTANGLE + + Errors: Window, Alloc + + This request computes the return values incorrectly for version 1.0 + of this protocol. Version 1.1 of this protocol conforms to this + description. In version 2.0, the name of this request was changed + from DMXGetWindowInformation. However, since the request itself did + not change, no changes to the underlying protocol were made. + + Given a window ID on the Xdmx server, this request returns data + about how the window is represented on the back-end X servers. For + each back-end X server that displays a portion of the window, the + following information is returned: + 1) the number of the physical screen containing that portion + (which can be used with the DMXGetScreenAttributes request + to obtain more information about the screen), + 2) the window ID on the back-end X server of the window + containing that portion, + 3) the position and dimensions of the window on the back-end, in + screen coordinates, and + 4) the visible area of the window on the back-end, in + window-relative coordinates (all zeros for windows that are + not visible). + Note that DMX allows multiple back-end windows to overlap in their + view of the DMX logical window. Further, a logical window does not + have to be completely covered by back-end windows -- there may be + gaps. + + As an example, consider a 500x500 window that spans the top two + 1024x768 back-end displays (A and B) of a 2048x1536 DMX display + composed of 4 1024x768 back-end displays arranged in a cube: + A B + C D + + In this case, the DMXGetWindowAttributes call would return the + following information for the 500x500 window: + + display A: 500x500 window at 1024-250,0 (relative to back end) + with 250x500 visible at 0,0 (relative to window origin) + + display B: 500x500 window at -250,0 (relative to back end) + with 250x500 visible at 250,0 (relative to window origin) + + display C: 500x500 window at 1024-250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0 + + display D: 500x500 window at -250,-768 with 0x0 visible at 0,0 + + Note that if the specified window has not yet been mapped when + DMXGetWindowAttributes is called, then a subsequent XMapWindow call + might be buffered in xlib while requests directly to the back-end X + servers are processed. This race condition can be solved by calling + DMXSync before talking directly to the back-end X servers. + + + + DMXGetDesktopAttributes + ==> + width: INT16 + height: INT16 + shiftX: INT16 + shiftY: INT16 + + Errors: None + + This request was first supported in version 2.0 of this protocol. + + This request returns the size of the bounding box of the whole + screen in width and height. The shiftX and shiftY values will + always be 0. The global bounding box is computed whether or not + Xinerama is active, and may be larger than the Xinerama screen size + because of information in the configuration file. + + + + DMXChangeDesktopAttributes + valueMask: BITMASK + valueList: LISTofVALUE + ==> + status: CARD32 + + Errors: Length, Value + + This request was first supported in version 2.0 of this protocol. + + This request resizes the bounding box of the whole screen when using + the Xinerama extension. Otherwise, it has no effect on the screen + layout. The valueMask and valueList specify which attributes are to + be changed. The possible values are: + + Attriubute Type + + Width INT16 + Height INT16 + ShiftX INT16 + ShiftY INT16 + + Width and Height specify the new width and height for the bounding + box. ShiftX and ShiftY specify where the Xinerama origin will be + placed with respect to the origin of the new bounding box. This + allows the left and upper edges of the bounding box to be changed + without changing the visual position of the windows on the desktop. + If Width or Height is not specified, the current values will be + used. If ShiftX or ShiftY is not specified, 0 will be used. + + All coordinants are in the global DMX coordinant system. If + Xinerama is not active, this request is not useful. + + Non-fatal errors will be returned in status (0 otherwise): + DmxBadXinerama: Xinerama is not active + DmxBadValue: The size of the bounding box is too large + + + + DMXGetInputCount + ==> + inputCount: CARD32 + + This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol. + + This request returns the number of input devices connected to the + Xdmx server. This number is the same as that returned by + XListInputDevices, but is available even when the XInput extension + is not supported. + + + + DMXGetInputAttributes + deviceId: CARD32 + ==> + inputType: CARD32 + physicalScreen: CARD32 + physicalId: CARD32 + isCore: BOOL + sendsCore: BOOL + detached: BOOL + name: STRING8 + + Errors: Value + + This request was first supported in version 1.1 of this protocol. + In version 2.0, the name of this request was changed from + DMXGetInputInformation. However, since the request itself did not + change, no changes to the underlying protocol were made. In version + 2.2, the name of detached was changed from reservation. There was + no change in underlying protocol. + + This request returns information about the specified input device + that cannot be obtained from the XListInputDeivices call. The + deviceId is the same as that used by the XListInputDevices call, and + must be in the range 0 to inputCount-1, inclusive (values outside + this range will result in a Value error). + + The value of inputType will always be valid, and will be one of the + following values: + 0 for local (and dummy) devices, + 1 for console devices, and + 2 for back-end devices. + + For local devices, all other fields returned, except isCore and + sendsCore, are invalid. + + For console devices, the physicalScreen and physicalID will be + invalid, and the name will return the name of the X server on which + the console window is displayed. + + For back-end devices, the physicalScreen will identify the back-end + display and can be used as an argument to DMXGetScreenAttributes to + obtain more information; the physicalId will be the XInput device id + on the back-end X server; and the name will be invalid (since it + does not provide any additional information that cannot be obtained + with DMXGetScreenAttributes). + + If isCore is True, then this device is active as a true core input + device and will send core events. If sendsCore is True, then this + device is an XInput extension device, but sends core events instead + of extension events. Note that this behavior is different from that + of XFree86 or Xorg, where XInput extension devices may send both + extension events and core events. + + If detached is True, then this device has been detached and is no + longer producing input events. The device may be reattached using + DMXAddInput. + + + + DMXAddInput + displayName: STRING8 + valueMask: CARD32 + valueList: LISTofVALUES + ==> + status: CARD32 + physicalId: CARD32 + + Errors: Value, Access + + This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol. + + The valueMask and valueList specify the attributes to be used. The + possible values are: + + Attribute Type + + InputType CARD32 + InputPhysicalScreen CARD32 + InputSendsCore BOOL + + This request attaches an input device to the Xdmx server. The value + of inputType will be one: + 1 for console devices, and + 2 for back-end devices. + Other values of InputType will return a BadValue error. Local + devices (inputType=0 in DMXGetInputAttributes) cannot be attached or + removed. For console devices, displayName will store the name of + the display to be used. + + For back-end devices, InputPhysicalScreen will specify the screen + number. BadValue will be returned if the screen number is out of + range. BadAccess will be returned if the input has already been + attached or if the backend screen is currently detached. + + If InputSendsCore is True, the new device will be added as a true + core device. + + If a device was removed with DMXRemoveInput an attempt will be made + to reconnect the previous devices (InputSendsCore is ignored in this + case). + + + + DMXRemoveInput + physicalId: CARD32 + ==> + status: CARD32 + + Errors: Value, Access + + This request was first supported in version 2.2 of this protocol. + + This request detaches the input device with physicalId, and all + associated inputs (e.g., if the physicalId is a backend mouse, and a + keyboard is also attached to the backend, then both devices will be + detached). If the physicalId is outside the valid range (0 to one + less than the value returned by DMXInputCount), BadValue is + returned. If the physicalId has already been detached, BadAccess is + returned. The status is always 0. + + + +5. Events + + No new events are defined by this extension. + + + +6. Errors + + No new events are defined by this extension. + + + +7. Encoding + + Deprecated DMX opcodes: + DMXGetScreenInformation 2 + DMXForceWindowCreation 6 + DMXReconfigureScreen 7 + + Valid DMX opcodes: + DMXQueryVersion 0 + DMXSync 8 + DMXForceWindowCreation 9 + + DMXGetScreenCount 1 + DMXGetScreenAttributes 10 + DMXChangeScreensAttributes 11 + DMXAddScreen 12 + DMXRemoveScreen 13 + + DMXGetWindowAttributes 3 + + DMXGetDesktopAttributes 14 + DMXChangeDesktopAttributes 15 + + DMXGetInputCount 4 + DMXGetInputAttributes 5 + DMXAddInput 16 + DMXRemoveInput 17 + + DMXQueryVersion + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 0 DMX opcode (X_DMXQueryVersion) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 majorVersion + 4 CARD32 minorVersion + 4 CARD32 patchVersion + 12 unused + + DMXSync + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 8 DMX opcode (X_DMXSync) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 20 unused + + DMXForceWindowCreation + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 9 DMX opcode (X_DMXForceWindowCreation) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 window + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 20 unused + + + DMXGetScreenCount + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 1 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenCount) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 screenCount + 20 unused + + DMXGetScreenAttributes + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 10 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetScreenAttributes) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 physicalScreen + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 1+(n+p)/4 reply length + 4 n displayNameLength + 4 CARD32 logicalScreen + 2 CARD16 screenWindowWidth + 2 CARD16 screenWindowHeight + 2 INT16 screenWindowXoffset + 2 INT16 screenWindowYoffset + 2 CARD16 rootWindowWidth + 2 CARD16 rootWindowHeight + 2 INT16 rootWindowXoffset + 2 INT16 rootWindowYoffset + 2 INT16 rootWindowXorigin + 2 INT16 rootWindowYorigin + n displayName + p pad(n) + + DMXChangeScreensAttributes + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 11 DMX opcode (X_DMXChangeScreenAttributes) + 2 3+s+m+n request length + 4 s screenCount + 4 m maskCount + 4s LISTofCARD32 screens + 4m LISTofCARD32 valueMasks + 4n LISTofVALUES valueList + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 4 CARD32 errorScreen + 16 unused + + + DMXAddScreen + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 12 DMX opcode (X_DMXAddScreen) + 2 3+m+(n+p)/4 request length + 4 n displayNameLength + 4 CARD32 physicalScreen + 4 CARD32 valueMask + 4m LISTofVALUES valueList + n displayName + p pad(n) + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 4 CARD32 physicalScreen + 16 unused + + DMXRemoveScreen + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 13 DMX opcode (X_DMXRemoveScreen) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 physicalScreen + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 20 unused + + DMXGetWindowAttributes + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 3 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetWindowAttributes) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 window + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 n*6 reply length + 4 n screenCount + 20 unused + n*4 LISTofCARD32 screens + n*4 LISTofCARD32 windows + n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE pos + n*8 LISTofRECTANGLE vis + + DMXGetDesktopAttributes + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 14 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 2 INT16 width + 2 INT16 height + 2 INT16 shiftX + 2 INT16 shiftY + 16 unused + + DMXChangeDesktopAttributes + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 15 DMX opcode (X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes) + 2 2+n request length + 4 BITMASK valueMask + 4n LISTofVALUES valueList + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 20 unused + + DMXGetInputCount + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 4 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputCount) + 2 1 request length + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 inputCount + 20 unused + + DMXGetInputAttributes + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 5 DMX opcode (X_DMXGetInputAttributes) + 2 2 request length + 4 CARD32 deviceId + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 (n+p)/4 reply length + 4 CARD32 inputType + 4 CARD32 physicalScreen + 4 CARD32 physicalId + 4 n nameLength + 1 BOOL isCore + 1 BOOL sendsCore + 1 BOOL detached + 5 unused + n name + p pad(n) + + DMXAddInput + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 16 DMX opcode (X_DMXAddInput) + 2 3+m+(n+p)/4 request length + 4 n displayNameLength + 4 CARD32 valueMask + 4m LISTofVALUES valueList + n displayName + p pad(n) + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 4 CARD32 physicalId + 16 unused + + DMXRemoveInput + 1 CARD8 opcode (X assigned) + 1 17 DMX opcode (X_DMXRemoveInput) + 2 3 request length + 4 CARD32 physicalId + ==> + 1 1 Reply + 1 unused + 2 CARD16 sequence number + 4 0 reply length + 4 CARD32 status + 20 unused + + +8. Changes to existing requests/replies/events + + No changes to existing requests, replies, or events are necessitated + by this extension. + + + +9. Acknowledgments + + + +10. References + + [X11R6.4] Robert W. Sheifler. X Window System Protocol, X Consortium + Standard, X Version 11, Release 6.4. Available from + xc/doc/specs/XProtocol and xc/doc/hardcopy/XProtocol. diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Imakefile b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Imakefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf70a4a23 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Imakefile @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +XCOMM $XFree86$ + +#include +#include + +all:: + +#if BuildSgmlDocs +LinuxDocTarget(dmx) +#endif diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.linux b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.linux new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e43901c66 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/Makefile.linux @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# This is a temporary convenience Makefile that will be removed before +# merging in to XFree86 tree. + +# For RedHat 7.2: +SGML2TXT = GROFF_NO_SGR= sgml2txt +SGML2LATEX = sgml2latex +SGML2HTML = sgml2html + +# For RedHat 8.0: +#SGML2TXT = GROFF_NO_SGR= linuxdoc -B txt +#SGML2LATEX = linuxdoc -B latex +#SGML2HTML = linuxdoc -B html + +FILES = dmx.sgml scaled.sgml + +TXT_FILES = $(FILES:.sgml=.txt) +DVI_FILES = $(FILES:.sgml=.dvi) +PS_FILES = $(FILES:.sgml=.ps) +HTML_FILES = $(FILES:.sgml=.html) + +all: txt ps html + doxygen doxygen.conf + +txt: $(TXT_FILES) +dvi: $(DVI_FILES) +ps: $(PS_FILES) +html: $(HTML_FILES) + +%.txt: %.sgml + $(SGML2TXT) $* + +%.dvi: %.sgml + $(SGML2LATEX) --papersize=letter $* + +%.ps: %.sgml + $(SGML2LATEX) --papersize=letter --output=ps $* + +%.html: %.sgml + $(SGML2HTML) --split=0 $* + +clean: + rm -f $(TXT_FILES) $(DVI_FILES) $(PS_FILES) # $(HTML_FILES) diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef66d1195 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,2778 @@ + +
+ + + Distributed Multihead X design + <author>Kevin E. Martin, David H. Dawes, and Rickard E. Faith + <date>29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001) + <abstract> + This document covers the motivation, background, design, and + implementation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system. It + is a living document and describes the current design and + implementation details of the DMX system. As the project + progresses, this document will be continually updated to reflect + the changes in the code and/or design. <it>Copyright 2001 by VA + Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California. Copyright 2001-2004 + by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina</it> + </abstract> + + <!-- Table of contents --> + <toc> + +<!-- Begin the document --> +<sect>Introduction + +<sect1>The Distributed Multihead X Server + +<p>Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single +physical machine. A single X server controls multiple display devices, +which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a single +desktop (with Xinerama). These solutions are limited to the number of +physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine (e.g., due to the +number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics cards). Thus, large +tiled displays are not currently possible. The work described in this +paper will eliminate the requirement that the display devices reside in +the same physical machine. This will be accomplished by developing a +front-end proxy X server that will control multiple back-end X servers +that make up the large display. + +<p>The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is +as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set of +back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering. X +clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally would +to a regular X server. The front-end server will present an abstracted +view to the client of a single large display. This will ensure that all +standard X clients will continue to operate without modification +(limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions provided by the X +server). Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to use an extension to +obtain information about the back-end servers (e.g., for placement of +pop-up windows, window alignments by the window manager, etc.). + +<p>The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections: +input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering and +windowing requests). Each of these are describe briefly below, and the +rest of this design document will describe them in greater detail. + +<p>The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input +devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine on +which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically attached to +one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate events via the +X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" devices that can be +abstracted from any non-back-end X server. Backend and console devices +are treated differently because the pointer device on the back-end X +server also controls the location of the hardware X cursor. Full +support for XInput extension devices is provided. + +<p>Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however, +rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to +the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual +rendering. The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach. GC +state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the +appropriate back-end server(s) as required. Pixmap rendering will (at +least initially) be handled by the front-end X server. Windowing +requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the +front-end server. If the request requires a visible change, the +windowing operation will be translated into requests for the appropriate +back-end server(s). Window state will be mirrored in the back-end +server(s) as needed. + +<sect1>Layout of Paper + +<p>The next section describes the general development plan that was +actually used for implementation. The final section discusses +outstanding issues at the conclusion of development. The first appendix +provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest to those +intimately familiar with the X server architecture. The final appendix +describes the four phases of development that were performed during the +first two years of development. + +<p>The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not +described in specific sections of this document. The major tasks during +that time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in +Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end displays +(instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end display +and input removal and addition. This work is mentioned in this paper, +but is not covered in detail. + +<!-- ============================================================ --> +<sect>Development plan + +<p>This section describes the development plan from approximately June +2001 through July 2003. + +<sect1>Bootstrap code + +<p>To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple +developers during the first development stage, the problem will be +broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end +rendering services and input device handling services. However, before +the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each developer +could use was implemented to bootstrap the development effort. This +framework renders to a single back-end server and provides dummy input +devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse). The simple back-end rendering +service was implemented using the shadow framebuffer support currently +available in the XFree86 environment. + +<p>Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to +work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the +framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server +configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned to +the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device +framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will +be developed. + +<p>Status: The boot strap code is complete. <!-- August 2001 --> + + +<sect1>Input device handling + +<p>An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core +input devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse). These core devices +are handled and required by the core X11 protocol. Additional types of +input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension. +These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'', + +<p>There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core +input devices: + +<enum> + <item>Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and + mouse) can be attached directly to the front-end X server. In this + case, the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X + server will be used. The front-end will have drivers to read the + raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X + input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button press/release, + pointer motion). The front-end keyboard driver will keep track of + keyboard properties such as key and modifier mappings, autorepeat + state, keyboard sound and led state. Similarly the front-end + pointer driver will keep track if pointer properties such as the + button mapping and movement acceleration parameters. With this + option, input is handled fully in the front-end X server, and the + back-end X servers are used in a display-only mode. This option was + implemented and works for a limited number of Linux-specific + devices. Adding additional local input devices for other + architectures is expected to be relatively simple. + + <p>The following options are available for implementing local input + devices: + + <enum> + <item>The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could + be adapted for this purpose. The mouse driver supports a wide + range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of + Operating System platforms. The keyboard driver in XFree86 is + not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made + so. The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input + drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch + screens. Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally + complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple + devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on + XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not + pursued. + + + <item>The <tt/kdrive/ X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that + support PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux. The mouse driver + can indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility + <tt/gpm/ is used as to translate the native mouse protocol into + PS/2 mouse format. These drivers could be adapted and built in + to the front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS + support is sufficient. While much simpler than the XFree86 + drivers, the <tt/kdrive/ drivers were not used for the DMX + implementation. + + <item>Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from + scratch for the DMX framework. Because keyboard and mouse + drivers are relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was + selected. Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced, + and significant contributions from other drivers are noted in + the DMX source code. + </enum> + + <item>Backend Input. The front-end can make use of the core input + devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers. Core + input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input + event stream. This can work sanely when only a single set of input + devices is used at any given time. The keyboard and pointer state + will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the + back-end servers as needed. This option was implemented and works + well. Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware + mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput + extension devices. However, all back-end XInput extensions devices + can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices. + + <item>Console Input. The front-end server could create a console + window that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end + X servers. This console window could display things like the + physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input + events from events delivered to the console window. This option was + implemented and works well. To help the human navigate, window + outlines are also displayed in the console window. Further, console + windows can be used as either core or XInput extension devices. + + <item>Other options were initially explored, but they were all + partial subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are + irrelevant. + +</enum> + +<p>Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the +Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so +that XInput extension devices were supported. + +<p>The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are +still supported in the final version. These do the necessary +initialization to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer +and keyboard devices, but no input events are ever generated. + +<p>Status: The input code is complete. Because of the complexity of the +XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86 +infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented for +Xdmx. The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, the +devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as XInput +"extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds of +devices can be simultaneously available): + <enum> + <item> A "dummy" device drive that never generates events. + + <item> "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the + Xdmx binary is running. This is the only area where using the + XFree86 driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then + only partially, since good support for generic USB devices does + not yet exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver + code was used where possible). Currently, the following local + devices are supported under Linux (porting to other operating + systems should be fairly straightforward): + <itemize> + <item>Linux keyboard + <item>Linux serial mouse (MS) + <item>Linux PS/2 mouse + <item>USB keyboard + <item>USB mouse + <item>USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.) + </itemize> + + <item> "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end + displays. In this case, events are taken from the back-end X + server and are converted to Xdmx events. Care must be taken so + that the sprite moves properly on the display from which input + is being taken. + + <item> "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx + creates on the operator's display (i.e., on the machine running + the Xdmx binary). When the operator's mouse is inside the + console window, then those events are converted to Xdmx events. + Several special features are available: the console can display + outlines of windows that are on the Xdmx display (to facilitate + navigation), the cursor can be confined to the console, and a + "fine" mode can be activated to allow very precise cursor + positioning. + </enum> + + +<!-- May 2002; July 2003 --> + +<sect1>Output device handling + +<p>The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing +requests across multiple screens. The screens are typically arranged in +a grid such that together they represent a single large display. + +<p>The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts. The first +is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client +connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives but +does not actually display any of the drawing primitives. The second +part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from the +front-end server and display the results on their screens. + +<sect2>Initialization + +<p>The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to +each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each of +these screens. However, the information collected from the back-end X +servers might be inconsistent. Handling these cases can be difficult +and/or inefficient. For example, a two screen system has one back-end X +server running at 16bpp while the second is running at 32bpp. +Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or XGetImage() +requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time consuming. +Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is possible to +handle them is required. The current Xinerama code handles many of +these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will be used as a +starting point. In general, the best solution is to use homogeneous X +servers and display devices. Using back-end servers with the same depth +is a requirement of the final DMX implementation. + +<p>Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of +each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized. A +full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and the +cursor on each screen is turned off. The final DMX implementation can +also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per +back-end screen. + +<sect2>Handling rendering requests + +<p>After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server. +There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing +requests are handled in the DMX system: + +<enum> + <item>A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the + render target. In this option, all protocol requests are completely + handled in the front-end server. All state and resources are + maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire + framebuffer. The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are + updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the + shadow framebuffer. + + <p>This solution suffers from two main problems. First, it does not + take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system. + Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and + thus will be limited by the bandwidth available. + + <p>The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by + default. + + <item>Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for + handling (as is done in the Xnest server described above). In this + option, certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end + server and certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the + back-end servers. The framebuffer is distributed across the + multiple back-end servers. Rendering to the framebuffer is handled + on each back-end and can take advantage of any acceleration + available on the back-end servers' graphics display device. State + is maintained both in the front and back-end servers. + + <p>This solution suffers from two main drawbacks. First, protocol + requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will + completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth + and processing time. Second, state is maintained both in the front- + and back-end servers. These drawbacks are not as severe as in + option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through optimizations or + are acceptable. Therefore, this option will be used in the final + implementation. + + <p>The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also + supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism. Several optimizations + were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default + mechanism. These optimizations are described the section below and + in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix). + +</enum> + +<p>Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete. +<!-- May 2002 --> + + +<sect1>Optimizing DMX + +<p>Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured +and analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist. +There are four main areas that will be addressed. + +<p>First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development +phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request. The XSync() +function flushes any pending protocol requests. It then waits for the +back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has +completed. This happens with each back-end server and performance +greatly suffers. As a result of the way XSync() is called in the first +development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is +effectively defeated. The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and +optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals, +except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements). + +<p>Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the +repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of +whether or not they would be completely clipped out. The requests that +are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited +bandwidth available. By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X server's +windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing windows), +we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible so that +trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing functions can +eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests. + +<p>Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is +possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display boundaries. +The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image requests since +they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit data between the +front and back-end servers. Other protocol requests will be analyzed +and those that will benefit from breaking them into smaller requests +will be implemented. + +<p>Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs to +be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end server. +This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font requests and +eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers share the exact +same fonts as the front-end server. We are investigating the +feasibility of this extension during this development phase. + +<p>Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance +analysis. + +<p>Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT +operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an +extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly copy +pixel data to other back-end servers. This potential optimization was +in response to the simple image movement implementation that required +potentially many calls to GetImage() and PutImage(). However, the +current Xinerama implementation handles these BLT operations +differently. Instead of copying data to and from screens, they generate +expose events -- just as happens in the case when a window is moved from +off a screen to on screen. This approach saves the limited bandwidth +available between front and back-end servers and is being standardized +with Xinerama. It also eliminates the potential setup problems and +security issues resulting from having each back-end server open +connections to all other back-end servers. Therefore, we suggest +accepting Xinerama's expose event solution. + +<p>Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third +optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to be +defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to disable +these optimizations. + +<p>Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete. It was +determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and +creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the +fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX. +<!-- September 2002 --> + + +<sect1>DMX X extension support + +<p>The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the +back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to +any client applications. An extension will be developed to pass the +screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients. These +clients can then use this information to directly connect to and render +to the back-end windows. Bypassing the DMX X server allows DMX-aware +clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own and send +them directly to the windows on the back-end server's screens. An +example of a client that can make effective use of this extension is +Chromium. + +<p>Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in +"Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol". Future changes +might be required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to +DMX. Currently, the following facilities are supported: +<enum> + <item> + Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative + to the virtual screen) + <item> + Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each + back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window) + <item> + Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to + back-end device IDs) + <item> + Force window creation (so that a client can override the + server-side lazy window creation optimization) + <item> + Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen + position be changed) + <item> + Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and + console inputs. +</enum> +<!-- September 2002; July 2003 --> + + +<sect1>Common X extension support + +<p>The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used +extensions to the base X11 protocol. XInput allows multiple and +non-standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously. These input +devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers. +XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control. Shape adds +support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window +managers. Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these extensions +available, and support for each one will be added to the DMX system. + +<p>In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X +Rendering extension (Render) is being developed. Render adds digital +image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System. +While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of HP, +support for the current version will be added to the DMX system. + +<p>Support for the XTest extension was added during the first +development phase. + +<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the Phase IV discussion --> +<p>Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in +more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix): + BIG-REQUESTS, + DEC-XTRAP, + DMX, + DPMS, + Extended-Visual-Information, + GLX, + LBX, + RECORD, + RENDER, + SECURITY, + SHAPE, + SYNC, + X-Resource, + XC-APPGROUP, + XC-MISC, + XFree86-Bigfont, + XINERAMA, + XInputExtension, + XKEYBOARD, and + XTEST. +<!-- November 2002; updated February 2003, July 2003 --> + +<sect1>OpenGL support + +<p>OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4 +and later. Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI) +provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and unaccelerated +OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided for non-local +clients. + +<p>The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use +the DMX system. When the front and back-end servers are on the same +physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to +the back-end servers. First, the existing DRI will be extended to +support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system. +OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X +server. The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the +existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension). Support for +synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that supports +it). Note that a single front-end server with a single back-end server +on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated indirect rendering. + +<p>When the front and back-end servers are on different physical +hardware or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render +primitives across the back-end servers will be provided. There are +several options as to how this can be implemented. + +<enum> + <item>The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be + used by repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each + back-end server. This option is similar to the unoptimized + Xnest-style approach mentioned above. Optimization of this solution + is beyond the scope of this project and is better suited to other + distributed rendering systems. + + <item>Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the + current XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via + calls to XPutImage() is another option. This option is similar to + the shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above. It is slower and + bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end servers + are not required to have OpenGL support. +</enum> + +<p>These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the +work. + +<p>Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware. Chromium will use the +DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end +servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX. + +<p>Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by +SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base. +<!-- May 2003--> + + +<!-- ============================================================ --> +<sect>Current issues + +<p>In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further +investigation. + +<sect1>Fonts + +<p>The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and +each of the back-end servers. Font glyphs could be sent to the back-end +servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount of +available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many +different fonts (e.g., Netscape). Initially, the font server (xfs) will +be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end servers. +Other possibilities will be investigated during development. + +<sect1>Zero width rendering primitives + +<p>To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all +back-end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as +the front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps. For those back-end +servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be +automatically converted to one width primitives. This can be handled in +the front-end server via the GC state. + +<sect1>Output scaling + +<p>With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the +information on the standard X desktop. In particular, the cursor can be +easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read. Automatic primitive +scaling might prove to be very useful. We will investigate the +possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate +pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications +use (e.g., fixed). Other options for automatic scaling will also be +investigated. + +<sect1>Per-screen colormaps + +<p>Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers +should be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility. This support +is would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma +tables. On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this type +of correction can be accommodated. One possible implementation would be +to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual while +using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement this type +of color correction. Other options will be investigated. + +<!-- ============================================================ --> +<appendix> + +<sect>Background + +<p>This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that +can be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development +project is based. This section was written before the implementation +was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the implementation. +It is left for historical interest only. + +<sect1>Core input device handling + +<p>The following is a description of how core input devices are handled +by an X server. + +<sect2>InitInput() + +<p>InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each +server generation from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is +to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, register +them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input event queue. +InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X server will abort if +either a core keyboard device or a core pointer device are not +registered. Extended input (XInput) devices can also be registered in +InitInput(). + +<p>InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine +which input devices are available. For each input device it will be +using, it calls AddInputDevice(): + +<descrip> +<tag/AddInputDevice()/ This DIX function allocates the device structure, +registers a callback function (which handles device init, close, on and +off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as opaque. It +is called once for each input device. +</descrip> + +<p>Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have +been obtained from AddInputDevice(), they are registered as core devices +by calling RegisterPointerDevice() and RegisterKeyboardDevice(). Each +of these should be called once. If both core devices are not +registered, then the X server will exit with a fatal error when it +attempts to start the input devices in InitAndStartDevices(), which is +called directly after InitInput() (see below). + +<descrip> +<tag/Register{Pointer,Keyboard}Device()/ These DIX functions take a +handle returned from AddInputDevice() and initialize the core input +device fields in inputInfo, and initialize the input processing and grab +functions for each core input device. +</descrip> + +<p>The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code +(which does the high level cursor handling). While this registration +is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current XFree86 +code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons. + +<descrip> +<tag/miRegisterPointerDevice()/ This MI function registers the core +pointer's input handle with with the miPointer code. +</descrip> + +<p>The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input +event queue handling. In most cases, the event queue handling provided +in the MI layer is used. The primary XFree86 X server uses its own +event queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput +extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension. For our purposes, the +MI event queue handling should be suitable. It is initialized by +calling mieqInit(): + +<descrip> +<tag/mieqInit()/ This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the +core devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles +for the two core devices. +</descrip> + +<p>If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input +events, it can be registered here by calling the DIX function +RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(). (See the devReadInput() description +below.) + +<sect2>InitAndStartDevices() + +<p>InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately +after InitInput() from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is +to initialize each input device that was registered with +AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully +initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices. Once each +registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input +devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and +core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled. If not, +InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server +exiting with a fatal error. + +<p>Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback +(dev->deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument: + +<descrip> +<tag/(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT)/ This function initializes the +device structs with core information relevant to the device. + +<p>For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of buttons, +default button mapping, the function used to get motion events (usually +miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used to change/control the +core pointer motion parameters (acceleration and threshold), and the +motion buffer size. + +<p>For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range, +default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and the +functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control the +keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key click, which +keys are auto-repeating, etc). +</descrip> + +<p>Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice(): + +<descrip> +<tag/EnableDevice()/ EnableDevice() calls the device callback with +DEVICE_ON: + <descrip> + <tag/(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)/ This typically opens and + initializes the relevant physical device, and when appropriate, + registers the device's file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid + input source. + </descrip> + + <p>EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's + global list of enabled devices. +</descrip> + +<p>InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and +pointer has been initialized and enabled. It returns failure if either +are missing. + +<sect2>devReadInput() + +<p>Each device will have some function that gets called to read its +physical input. These may be called in a number of different ways. In +the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX +wakeup-handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is +available. In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from a +(SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available. This +function should do at least two things: make sure that input events get +enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion events +(except if these are handled later by the driver's own event queue +processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI event queue +handling). + +<p>Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue(): + +<descrip> +<tag/mieqEnqueue()/ This MI function is used to add input events to the +event queue. It is simply passed the event to be queued. +</descrip> + +<p>The cursor position should be updated when motion events are +enqueued, by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or +miPointerDeltaCursor(): + +<descrip> +<tag/miPointerAbsoluteCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the +cursor to the absolute coordinates provided. +<tag/miPointerDeltaCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the cursor +relative to its current position. +</descrip> + +<sect2>ProcessInputEvents() + +<p>ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X +server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input +event queue. It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates +the cursor/pointer position. It may also do other DDX-specific event +processing. + +<p>Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed +to the DIX layer for transmission to clients: + +<descrip> +<tag/mieqProcessInputEvents()/ This function processes each event in the +event queue, and passes it to the device's input processing function. +The DIX layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they +handle the task of getting the events passed back to the relevant +clients. +<tag/miPointerUpdate()/ This function resynchronized the cursor position +with the new pointer position. It also takes care of moving the cursor +between screens when needed in multi-head configurations. +</descrip> + + +<sect2>DisableDevice() + +<p>DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the +list of enabled devices. The result of this is that the device no +longer generates input events. The device's data structures are kept in +place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling +EnableDevice(). DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is +desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT +switching). Except for special cases, this is not normally called for +core input devices. + +<p>DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with +<tt/DEVICE_OFF/: + +<descrip> +<tag/(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF)/ This typically closes the +relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's +file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source. +</descrip> + +<p>DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's +global list of enabled devices. + + +<sect2>CloseDevice() + +<p>CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the +list of available devices. It disables input from the device and frees +all data structures associated with the device. This function is +usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() at +the end of each server generation to close all input devices. + +<p>CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with +<tt/DEVICE_CLOSE/: + +<descrip> +<tag/(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE)/ This typically closes the +relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's +file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source. If any device +specific data structures were allocated when the device was initialized, +they are freed here. +</descrip> + +<p>CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated +for the device when it was registered/initialized. + + +<sect2>LegalModifier() +<!-- dmx/dmxinput.c - currently returns TRUE --> +<p>LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to +restrict which keys may be modifier keys. This seems to be present for +historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE +unconditionally. + + +<sect1>Output handling + +<p>The following sections describe the main functions required to +initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the X +server. + +<sect2>InitOutput() + +<p>This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation +from the X server's main() function. InitOutput()'s main purpose is to +initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure for +each screen. It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the screenInfo +struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from main(), which +can be used to determine additional configuration information. + +<p>The primary tasks for this function are outlined below: + +<enum> + <item><bf/Parse configuration info:/ The first task of InitOutput() + is to parses any configuration information from the configuration + file. In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration + information can be taken from the command line. The command line + options can be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the + ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by + ProcessCommandLine(). The configuration information determines the + characteristics of the screen(s). For example, in the XFree86 X + server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the + screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are + located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout. + + <item><bf/Initialize screen info:/ The next task is to initialize + the screen-dependent internal data structures. For example, part of + what the XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap + private indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed + devices to the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that + match to the internal xf86Screens[] structure. + + <item><bf/Set pixmap formats:/ The next task is to initialize the + screenInfo's image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline + unit/pad. The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel + and scanline padding is also initialized at this stage. + + <item><bf/Unify screen info:/ An optional task that might be done at + this stage is to compare all of the information from the various + screens and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of + screens can be unified into a single desktop). This task has + potential to be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's + PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient. +</enum> + +<p>Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each +of these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen(). + +<sect2>AddScreen() + +<p>This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to +add each new screen to the screenInfo structure. The DDX screen +initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and argv) +are passed to it as arguments. + +<p>This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates +that are required. It then initializes some of the fields in the Screen +struct and sets up the pixmap padding information. Finally, it calls +the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is described +below. It returns the number of the screen that were just added, or -1 +if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if the DDX screen +initialization fails. + +<sect2>ScreenInit() + +<p>This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with +either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary). It also +fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in +millimeters, black and white pixel values). + +<p>The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform +certain screen initialization functions. They are described below: + +<descrip> +<tag/{mi,*fb}ScreenInit()/ The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually +calls another layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or +fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver does not +specifically handle. + +<p>After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any +screen-specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's +function pointers. If a function is to be wrapped, each of the old +function pointers from the other layer are stored in a screen private +area. Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() and SaveScreen(). + +<tag/miInitializeBackingStore()/ This MI function initializes the +screen's backing storage functions, which are used to save areas of +windows that are currently covered by other windows. + +<tag/miDCInitialize()/ This MI function initializes the MI cursor +display structures and function pointers. If a hardware cursor is used, +the DDX layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and +the MI cursor display function pointers. +</descrip> + +<p>Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the +output device state. For example, in the XFree86 X server, the +ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and +then initializes the video mode of the graphics device. + +<sect2>CloseScreen() + +<p>This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in +particular the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of +the output device to its original state. It should also free any +private data it created during the screen initialization. + +<sect2>GC operations + +<p>When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does +so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's operation +function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions). These functions +render the basic graphics operations such as drawing rectangles, lines, +text or copying pixmaps. Default routines are provided either by the MI +layer, which draws indirectly through a simple span interface, or by the +framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, FB), which draw directly to a +linearly mapped frame buffer. + +<p>To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device, +specific GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code. +However, many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the +possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation, +appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities of +the hardware. For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate single +pixel width lines with certain dash patterns. Thus, for dash patterns +that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater lines, the +default routine is chosen during GC validation. + +<p>Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are +stored in the Screen structure. They include GetImage(), GetSpans(), +PaintWindowBackground(), PaintWindowBorder(), CopyWindow() and +RestoreAreas(). + +<sect2>Xnest + +<p>The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X +protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then +processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable. To the X +applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server. However, +Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the real X +server, which will actually handle the requests. + +<p>The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output +initialization steps outlined above. + +<descrip> +<tag/InitOutput()/ Xnest takes its configuration information from +command line arguments via ddxProcessArguments(). This information +includes the real X server display to connect to, its default visual +class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc. Xnest then +connects to the real X server and gathers visual, colormap, depth and +pixmap information about that server's display, creates a window on that +server, which will be used as the root window for Xnest. + +<p>Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses the +data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own pixmap +formats. Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, argc, argv) to +initialize each of its screens. + +<tag/ScreenInit()/ Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called +xnestOpenScreen(). This function initializes its screen's depth and +visual information, and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default +screen functions. It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and +miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software cursor. +Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with its own +functions that repackage and send the requests to the real X server to +which Xnest is attached. + +<tag/CloseScreen()/ This function frees its internal data structure +allocations. Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions, +there are no function pointers to unwrap. This can potentially lead to +problems during server regeneration. + +<tag/GC operations/ The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since +they leave all of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is +attached. Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the +real X server using standard Xlib calls. For example, the X +application issues a XDrawLines() call. This function turns into a +protocol request to Xnest, which calls the xnestPolylines() function +through Xnest's GCOps function pointer table. The xnestPolylines() +function is only a single line, which calls XDrawLines() using the same +arguments that were passed into it. Other GCOps functions are very +similar. Two exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above +are the image functions and the BLT operations. + +<p>The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a temporary +image to hold the image to be put of the image that was just grabbed +from the screen while it is in transit to the real X server or the +client. When the image has been transmitted, the temporary image is +destroyed. + +<p>The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only the +copy function, which is the same as the simple cases described above, +but also the graphics exposures that result when the GC's graphics +exposure bit is set to True. Graphics exposures are handled in a helper +function, xnestBitBlitHelper(). This function collects the exposure +events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions being +exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI layer so that it +can generate exposure events for the X application. +</descrip> + +<p>The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is +connected. When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard and +mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent back +to any client that requests those events. + +<sect2>Shadow framebuffer + +<p>The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that +maps to the video memory on the graphics device. However, accessing +that video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow. The +shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire +framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular +intervals. It also has been extended to handle planar video memory and +rotated framebuffers. + +<p>There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code: + +<descrip> +<tag/shadowAlloc(width, height, bpp)/ This function allocates the in +memory copy of the framebuffer of size width*height*bpp. It returns a +pointer to that memory, which will be used by the framebuffer +ScreenInit() code during the screen's initialization. + +<tag/shadowInit(pScreen, updateProc, windowProc)/ This function +initializes the shadow framebuffer layer. It wraps several screen +drawing functions, and registers a block handler that will update the +screen. The updateProc is a function that will copy the damaged regions +to the screen, and the windowProc is a function that is used when the +entire linear video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so +that only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using the +VGA aperture). +</descrip> + +<p>The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each +screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that +have occurred since the last screen update. Then, when the block handler +is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is updated. + +<p>Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all +drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated +hardware drawing operations are possible. + + +<sect1>Xinerama + +<p>Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens +controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen. Although +the extension allows clients to find the physical screen layout via +extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients at the core +X11 protocol level. The original public implementation of Xinerama came +from Digital/Compaq. XFree86 rewrote it, filling in some missing pieces +and improving both X11 core protocol compliance and performance. The +Xinerama extension will be passing through X.Org's standardization +process in the near future, and the sample implementation will be based +on this rewritten version. + +<p>The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX +(device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X +server. With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to +support Xinerama. X server extensions often do need modifications to +provide full Xinerama functionality. + +<p>The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions. + +<p>Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the +PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the +PanoramiX prefix. + +<descrip> + <tag/PanoramiXExtensionInit()/ PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a + device-independent extension function that is called at the start of + each server generation from InitExtensions(), which is called from + the X server's main() function after all output devices have been + initialized, but before any input devices have been initialized. + + <p>PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens. If + only one physical screen is present, the extension is disabled, and + PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing anything else. + + <p>The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension(). + + <p>A local per-screen array of data structures + (panoramiXdataPtr[]) + is allocated for each physical screen, and GC and Screen private + indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are + allocated for each physical screen. These hold Xinerama-specific + per-GC and per-Screen data. Each screen's CreateGC and CloseScreen + functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and + XineramaCloseScreen() respectively. Some new resource classes are + created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types for + Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps. + + <p>A region (XineramaScreenRegions[i]) is initialized for each + physical screen, and single region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is + initialized to be the union of the screen regions. The + panoramiXdataPtr[] array is also initialized with the size and + origin of each screen. The relative positioning information for the + physical screens is taken from the array + dixScreenOrigins[], which + the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput(). The bounds of the + combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and + PanoramiXPixHeight). + + <p>The DIX layer has a list of function pointers + (ProcVector[]) that + holds the entry points for the functions that process core protocol + requests. The requests that Xinerama must intercept and break up + into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped. The original + set is copied to SavedProcVector[]. The types of requests + intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap requests, + drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests. This wrapping + allows the bulk of the protocol request processing to be handled + transparently to the DIX layer. Some operations cannot be dealt with + in this way and are handled with Xinerama-specific code within the + DIX layer. + + <tag/PanoramiXConsolidate()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a + device-independent extension function that is called directly from + the X server's main() function after extensions and input/output + devices have been initialized, and before the root windows are + defined and initialized. + + <p>This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths[]) and + visuals (PanoramiXVisuals[]) + common to all of the physical screens. + PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common depths, and + PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common visuals. + Resources are created for the single root window and the default + colormap. Each of these resources has per-physical screen entries. + + <tag/PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a + device-independent extension function that is called directly from + the X server's main() function after the per-physical screen root + windows are created. It is called instead of the standard DIX + CreateConnectionBlock() function. If this function returns FALSE, + the X server exits with a fatal error. This function will return + FALSE if no common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate(). + With no common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible. + + <p>The connection block holds the information that clients get when + they open a connection to the X server. It includes information + such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the + sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for each + of the screens (much of information that <tt/xdpyinfo/ shows). The + connection block is initialized with the combined single screen + values that were calculated in the above two functions. + + <p>The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection + block callback functions. The purpose of these is to allow other + extensions to do processing at this point. These callbacks can be + registered by calling XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from + the other extension's ExtensionInit() function. Each registered + connection block callback is called at the end of + PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock(). +</descrip> + +<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code + +<p>There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX +code. The main ones are described here. + +<p>Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of +the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the +processing for screen numbers > 0. This is because they are handled for +the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for screen 0. + +<p>The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between +the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin. Also, motion +events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather +than the physical screen origins. + +<p>There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing +that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the +intercepted protocol requests. A particular case is the handling of +pointers moving between physical screens. + +<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code + +<p>The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in miSendExposures() +to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation for expose events. + +<sect2>Intercepted DIX core requests + +<p>Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical +screen. It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical screen. +GCs are translated into per-screen GCs. Colormaps are replicated on +each physical screen. The functions handling the intercepted requests +take care of breaking the requests and repackaging them so that they can +be passed to the standard request handling functions for each screen in +turn. In addition, and to aid the repackaging, the information from +many of the intercepted requests is used to keep up to date the +necessary state information for the single composite screen. Requests +(usually those with replies) that can be satisfied completely from this +stored state information do not call the standard request handling +functions. + +<!-- ============================================================ --> + +<sect>Development Results + +<p>In this section the results of each phase of development are +discussed. This development took place between approximately June 2001 +and July 2003. + +<sect1>Phase I + +<p>The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation +including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and the +unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style implementation. + +<sect2>Scope + +<p>The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can +act as a foundation for ongoing work: +<enum> + <item>Develop the proxy X server + <itemize> + <item>The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and + relay requests as necessary to correctly perform the request. + <item>Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and + Xnest. + <item>Input events and windowing operations are handled in the + proxy server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to + each of the back-end servers for display. + <item>The multiple screen layout (including support for + overlapping screens) will be user configurable via a + configuration file or through the configuration tool. + </itemize> + <item>Develop graphical configuration tool + <itemize> + <item>There will be potentially a large number of X servers to + configure into a single display. The tool will allow the user + to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and + how they should be laid out. + </itemize> + <item>Pass the X Test Suite + <itemize> + <item>The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations. All + tests known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed + X environment. + </itemize> +</enum> + +<p>For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X +servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; future +optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; and the +configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the X source +tree (e.g., Xt). + +<sect2>Results + +<p>The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol +requests to the set of back-end X servers. It opens a window on each +back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root +window that is visible on that screen. It mirrors window, pixmap and +other state in each back-end server. Drawing requests are sent to +either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server. This code is based +on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension. + +<p>Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end +server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3) +from a ``console'' window on another X server. Events for these devices +are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to the Xdmx +server. + +<p>An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user +easily configure the multiple back-end X servers. It was defined (see +grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by +the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility. The parsing +support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the X +source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl). Support for +converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is +provided by the vdltodmx utility. + +<p>Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of +XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a +completely separate X server. Thus, a separate config file format was +developed. In addition, a graphical configuration +tool, xdmxconfig, was developed to allow the user to create and arrange +the screens in the configuration file. The <bf/-configfile/ and <bf/-config/ +command-line options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration +file. + +<p>An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X +Test Suite to function. During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was +implemented in the Xdmx server. The results from running the X Test +Suite are described in detail below. + +<sect2>X Test Suite + + <sect3> Introduction + <p> + The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions + operate correctly. The test suite is designed to run on a + single X server; however, since X applications will not be + able to tell the difference between the DMX server and a + standard X server, the X Test Suite should also run on the + DMX server. + <p> + The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the + existing failures are noted in this section. To put these + results in perspective, we first discuss expected X Test + failures and how errors in underlying systems can impact + Xdmx test results. + + <sect3>Expected Failures for a Single Head + <p> + A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is + expected to fail certain X Test tests. The following + well-known errors occur because of rounding error in the X + server code: + <verb> +XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73 +XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76 + </verb> + <p> + The following failures occur because of the high-level X + server implementation: + <verb> +XLoadQueryFont: Test 1 +XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4 +XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2 + </verb> + <p> + The following test fails when running the X server as root + under Linux because of the way directory modes are + interpreted: + <verb> +XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3 + </verb> + <p> + Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other + failures may also occur because of bugs in the low-level + driver implementation. Over time, failures of this kind + are usually fixed by XFree86, but will show up in Xdmx + testing until then. + + <sect3>Expected Failures for Xinerama + <p> + Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of + design decisions made for the current implementation of + Xinerama. Over time, many of these errors will be + corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a new + Xinerama implementation. Therefore, Xdmx will also share + X Suite Test failures with Xinerama. + <p> + We may be able to fix or work-around some of these + failures at the Xdmx level, but this will require + additional exploration that was not part of Phase I. + <p> + Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of + Xinerama-related failures depends on XFree86 version and + the underlying graphics hardware. We tested with a + variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, ATI Radeon, + and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode). The list below + includes only those failures that appear to be from the + Xinerama layer, and does not include failures listed in + the previous section, or failures that appear to be from + the low-level graphics driver itself: + <p> + These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama + configurations: + <verb> +XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue) +XSetFontPath: Test 4 +XGetDefault: Test 5 +XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1 + </verb> + <p> + These failures were noted only when using one dual-head + video card with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server: + <verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 +XDrawRectangles: Test 45 + </verb> + <p> + These failures were noted only when using two video cards + from different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server: + <verb> +XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 +XCreateWindow: Test 30 +XDrawLine: Test 22 +XFillArc: Test 22 +XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 +XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + </verb> + + <sect3>Additional Failures from Xdmx + <p> + When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted. + Since the Xdmx server is based on Xinerama, we expect to + have most of the Xinerama failures present in the Xdmx + server. Similarly, since the Xdmx server must rely on the + low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we also + expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end + failures. Here is a summary: + <verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent) +XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 +XCreateWindow: Test 30 +XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31 +XSetFontPath: Test 4 +XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent) +XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1 +XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent) + </verb> + <p> + Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for + Xinerama because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform + some Xinerama operations. Further, some Xinerama failures + have been fixed in the XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository. + + <sect3>Summary and Future Work + <p> + Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any + failures that cannot be accounted for by the underlying + Xinerama subsystem used by the front-end or by the + low-level device-driver code running on the back-end X + servers. The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as + possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite + tests. + <p> + During the following phases, we will continue to verify + Xdmx correctness using the X Test Suite. We may also use + other tests suites or write additional tests that run + under the X Test Suite that specifically verify the + expected behavior of DMX. + +<sect2>Fonts + +<p>In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the +back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end +server during this phase as a ``black box''. What this requires is that +<bf/the front- and back-end servers must share the exact same font +path/. There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the +same font path: + +<enum> + <item>First, each server can be configured to use the same font + server. The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to + multiple X servers via TCP. + + <item>Second, each server can be configured to use the same font + path and either those font paths can be copied to each back-end + machine or they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end + machine. +</enum> + +<p>One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font +path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each +back-end machine. + +<p>The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to +initialize the font path of the front end server. This font path is +propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded. If +there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will describe +the problem and list the current font path. For more information about +setting the font path, see the -fontpath option description in the man +page. + +<sect2>Performance + +<p>Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance. Its +focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol in +the Xdmx server. However, several insights were gained during Phase I, +which are listed here for reference during the next phase of +development. + +<enum> + <item>Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a + complete round trip to and from a back-end server. This is + especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks. + <item>Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap + should improve performance. +</enum> + +<sect2>Pixmaps + +<p>Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the +front-end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated +the rendering code and would have required sending potentially large +images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap +to screen. Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just +as it is with regular window state. With this implementation, the same +rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to pixmaps on +the back-end server, and no large image transfers are required to copy +from pixmap to window. + +<!-- ============================================================ --> +<sect1>Phase II + +<p>The second phase of development concentrates on performance +optimizations. These optimizations are documented here, with +<tt/x11perf/ data to show how the optimizations improve performance. + +<p>All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor +1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to +two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and ATI +Rage 128 (RF) video cards. The front end was running Linux +2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and +version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on +August 7, 2002. All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2. + +<sect2>Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0 + +<p>For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged +with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August +2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002). +After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10% +faster: + <verb> +1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) +1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) +1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) +1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) +1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) +1.20 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) +1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) +1.37 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) + </verb> +And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower: + <verb> +0.88 Unmap window via parent (25 kids) +0.75 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) +0.79 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) +0.80 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) +0.82 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) +0.85 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + </verb> +<p>These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and +may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more +"jitter" than most other <tt/x11perf/ tests. + +<sect2>Global changes + +<p>During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global +changes were made. These changes were also compared with the Phase I +server. The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster: + <verb> +1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) +1.15 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) +1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) +1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) +1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) +1.19 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) +1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) +1.15 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) + </verb> + +<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower: + <verb> +0.69 Scroll 10x10 pixels +0.68 Scroll 100x100 pixels +0.68 Copy 10x10 from window to window +0.68 Copy 100x100 from window to window +0.76 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) +0.83 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) + </verb> + +<p>For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will +be the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless +otherwise noted). This will highlight how the optimizations in +isolation impact performance. + +<sect2>XSync() Batching + +<p>During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every +protocol request made by the DMX server. This provided the DMX server +with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system +and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation. During +Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer +followed by calls to XSync(). Instead, the need for an XSync() is +noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX +server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity. +With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during a +100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided. + +<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 8 tests became more than 100 +times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster, +and 181 more than 2X faster. See table below for summary. + +<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with +XSync() batching on: + <verb> +0.88 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) +0.89 Copy 500x500 from window to window + </verb> + +<sect2>Offscreen Optimization + +<p>Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however, +during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end +server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless +of whether or not that window was visible. With the offscreen +optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of a +back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send rendering +requests to those back-end windows. This optimization saves bandwidth +between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the number of +XSync() calls. The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only +two back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the +number of back-end servers increases. + +<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 3 tests were at least twice as +fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster. Two tests were more than +10% slower with the offscreen optimization: + <verb> +0.88 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) +0.89 Resize unmapped window (75 kids) + </verb> + +<sect2>Lazy Window Creation Optimization + +<p>As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every +back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end. With +the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create +windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they +become the parents of a visible window. This optimization builds on the +offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be enabled. + +<p>The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window +data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a window, +but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s). A private +window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window data and +tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order for later +use. The only times a window is created on a back-end server are (1) +when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping the back-end +server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), or (2) when the +window becomes the parent of a previously visible window. The first +case occurs when a window is mapped or when a visible window is copied, +moved or resized and now overlaps the back-end server's screen. The +second case occurs when starting a window manager after having created +windows to which the window manager needs to add decorations. + +<p>When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created +using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data structure. +The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the window on the +back-end and lastly the window is mapped. From this time forward, the +window is handled exactly as if the window had been created at the time +of the client's request. + +<p>Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's +screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed; +rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes +visible on the back-end server's screen. Originally with this +optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later rejected +because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely moved or +resized, which is common in many window managers. + +<p>The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end +servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number of +back-end servers increases. + +<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more +than 10%: + <verb> +1.10 500x500 rectangle outline +1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) +1.20 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) +1.19 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + </verb> + +<sect2>Subdividing Rendering Primitives + +<p>X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and +the X server. During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the +image data to each back-end server. Even with the offscreen +optimization (above), these requests still required transferring +significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible +portion of the window. For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to +copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then the +entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server. + +<p>To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and +the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is +subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end server's +screen is sent to that back-end server. Xinerama already implements a +subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further optimization was +needed. + +<p>Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to +subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time +required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, so +this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives. + +<p>Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two +back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number +of back-end servers increases. + +<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more +than 10%: + <verb> +1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) +1.26 PutImage 10x10 square +1.83 PutImage 100x100 square +1.91 PutImage 500x500 square +1.40 PutImage XY 10x10 square +1.48 PutImage XY 100x100 square +1.50 PutImage XY 500x500 square +1.45 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) +1.74 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) + </verb> + +<p>The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this +optimization: + <verb> +0.88 10-pixel fill chord partial circle + </verb> + +<sect2>Summary of x11perf Data + +<p>With all of the optimizations on, 53 <tt/x11perf/ tests are more than +100X faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than +50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast. +No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II +deliverable. (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate +Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II +deliverable. As noted above, this test seems to have wider variability +than other <tt/x11perf/ tests.) + +<p>The following table summarizes relative <tt/x11perf/ test changes for +all optimizations individually and collectively. Note that some of the +optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together. + <verb> + +1: XSync() batching only +2: Off screen optimizations only +3: Window optimizations only +4: Subdivprims only +5: All optimizations + + 1 2 3 4 5 Operation +------ ---- ---- ---- ------ --------- + 2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00 4.13 Dot + 1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00 3.31 1x1 rectangle + 2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.44 10x10 rectangle + 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98 1.00 100x100 rectangle + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 rectangle + 1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06 3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04 3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99 3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145... + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145... + 1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99 3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00 3.38 1-pixel line segment + 2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00 3.31 10-pixel line segment + 1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.27 100-pixel line segment + 1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03 1.09 500-pixel line segment + 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid) + 1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00 1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids) + 1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids) + 1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00 3.73 10-pixel dashed segment + 1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.34 100-pixel dashed segment + 1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment + 1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00 3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment + 1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00 3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment + 1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment + 2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99 3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment + 1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment + 1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment + 4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01 4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment + 1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00 1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment + 1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment + 4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00 4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment + 1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06 1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment + 1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment + 2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00 3.61 1-pixel line + 2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel line + 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel line + 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.03 500-pixel line + 2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00 3.17 10-pixel dashed line + 1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99 1.23 100-pixel dashed line + 1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00 1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line + 2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00 2.23 10x1 wide line + 1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.20 100x10 wide line + 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 500x50 wide line + 1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00 1.52 100x10 wide dashed line + 1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00 1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line + 1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95 1.95 10x10 rectangle outline + 1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.43 100x100 rectangle outline + 3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09 3.61 500x500 rectangle outline + 1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00 1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline + 1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline + 1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00 3.03 1-pixel circle + 1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00 1.92 10-pixel circle + 1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97 1.20 100-pixel circle + 1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel circle + 1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03 1.38 100-pixel dashed circle + 1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle + 1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.58 10-pixel wide circle + 1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00 1.22 100-pixel wide circle + 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.05 500-pixel wide circle + 1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00 1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle + 1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01 1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle + 2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.32 10-pixel partial circle + 1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00 1.42 100-pixel partial circle + 1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01 1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle + 1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00 1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle + 1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00 2.64 1-pixel solid circle + 2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00 2.03 10-pixel solid circle + 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel solid circle + 1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.01 500-pixel solid circle + 1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88 1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle + 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle + 1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03 1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle + 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle + 2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00 2.71 10-pixel ellipse + 1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.22 100-pixel ellipse + 1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.09 500-pixel ellipse + 1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse + 1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97 1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse + 2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00 2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse + 1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03 1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse + 1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse + 1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00 1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse + 1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00 1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse + 2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse + 1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00 1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse + 2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97 1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse + 1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse + 3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00 3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse + 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse + 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse + 2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00 2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse + 2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00 2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse + 2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00 2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse + 1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97 1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse + 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle + 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00 73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle + 6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle + 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid + 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00 94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid + 6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00 6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid + 1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99 1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid + 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02 67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00 65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8... + 5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8... + 1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8... + 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01 62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99 1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00 45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00 47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12 3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145... + 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145... + 2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145.. + 1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01 1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145.. + 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99 45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00 2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00 54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon + 5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98 5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons + 8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00 16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex) + 8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex) + 8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00 16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex) + 8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex) + 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00 14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13) + 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00 11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13) + 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00 11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15) + 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00 10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14) + 6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24) + 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03 11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10) + 8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99 8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24) + 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00 42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10) + 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01 27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24) + 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00 12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13) + 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00 10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13) + 9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00 9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15) + 9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95 9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14) + 5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24) + 8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00 8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10) + 4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00 4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24) + 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels + 3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98 3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels + 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window + 3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98 3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window + 0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window + 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00 88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window + 2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00 2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window + 1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00 0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window + 2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap + 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap + 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap + 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02 57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap + 2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap + 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00 85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane + 6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01 6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane + 1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane + 4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97 4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane + 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane + 6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26 12.80 PutImage 10x10 square + 1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83 2.11 PutImage 100x100 square + 1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91 1.91 PutImage 500x500 square + 4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40 7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square + 1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48 2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square + 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50 1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square + 1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.06 GetImage 10x10 square + 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 GetImage 100x100 square + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage 500x500 square + 1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97 1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square + 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square + 1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98 0.95 X protocol NoOperation + 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03 1.00 QueryPointer + 1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03 1.00 GetProperty +100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context + 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97 57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids) + 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02 63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids) + 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00 56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids) + 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids) + 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00 32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids) + 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids) + 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids) + 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids) + 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids) + 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids) + 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids) + 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids) + 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids) + 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids) + 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids) + 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01 32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids) + 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95 29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids) + 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00 27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids) + 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00 18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids) + 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99 16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids) + 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99 12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids) + 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids) + 9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00 89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids) + 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids) + 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids) + 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids) +112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids) +105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids) + 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02 74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids) + 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids) +106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids) +120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids) +126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids) +126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids) +128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids) + 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00 20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) + 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids) + 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids) + 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97 17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids) + 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01 17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids) + 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00 16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids) + 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids) + 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00 26.05 Move window (4 kids) + 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00 23.97 Move window (16 kids) + 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 22.90 Move window (25 kids) + 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00 21.32 Move window (50 kids) + 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98 19.44 Move window (75 kids) + 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03 18.17 Move window (100 kids) + 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00 12.68 Move window (200 kids) + 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids) + 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids) + 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids) + 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids) + 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids) + 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids) + 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids) + 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids) + 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids) + 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids) + 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids) + 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids) + 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids) + 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids) + 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00 27.61 Resize window (4 kids) + 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99 25.42 Resize window (16 kids) + 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00 24.47 Resize window (25 kids) + 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00 24.14 Resize window (50 kids) + 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99 22.75 Resize window (75 kids) + 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00 21.20 Resize window (100 kids) + 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00 16.26 Resize window (200 kids) + 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids) + 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids) + 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids) + 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids) + 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids) + 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids) + 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids) + 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00 19.46 Circulate window (4 kids) + 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97 16.24 Circulate window (16 kids) + 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03 15.85 Circulate window (25 kids) + 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00 14.90 Circulate window (50 kids) + 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00 13.06 Circulate window (75 kids) + 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00 11.03 Circulate window (100 kids) + 7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99 7.47 Circulate window (200 kids) + 1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00 0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) + 1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07 1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) + 1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) + 1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18 1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) + 1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45 1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + 1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74 1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) + 1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) + </verb> + +<sect2>Profiling with OProfile + +<p>OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a +system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level +counters to collect sampling data. OProfile can provide information +that is similar to that provided by <tt/gprof/, but without the +necessity of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e., +OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized +programs). A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for +each <tt/x11perf/ test individually. + +<p>Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD +Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a +test configuration different from the one described above). We have +examined OProfile output and have compared it with <tt/gprof/ output. +This investigation has not produced results that yield performance +increases in <tt/x11perf/ numbers. + +<!-- +<sect3>Retired Instructions + +<p>The initial tests using OProfile were done using the RETIRED_INSNS +counter with DMX running on the dual-processor AMD Athlon machine - the +same test configuration that was described above and that was used for +other tests. The RETIRED_INSNS counter counts retired instructions and +showed drawing, text, copying, and image tests to be dominated (> +30%) by calls to Hash(), SecurityLookupIDByClass(), +SecurityLookupIDByType(), and StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Some of +these tests also executed significant instructions in +WaitForSomething(). + +<p>In contrast, the window tests executed significant +instructions in SecurityLookupIDByType(), Hash(), +StandardReadRequestFromClient(), but also executed significant +instructions in other routines, such as ConfigureWindow(). Some time +was spent looking at Hash() function, but optimizations in this routine +did not lead to a dramatic increase in <tt/x11perf/ performance. +--> + +<!-- +<sect3>Clock Cycles + +<p>Retired instructions can be misleading because Intel/AMD instructions +execute in variable amounts of time. The OProfile tests were repeated +using the Intel CPU_CLK_HALTED counter with DMX running on the second +back-end machine. Note that this is a different test configuration that +the one described above. However, these tests show the amount of time +(as measured in CPU cycles) that are spent in each routine. Because +<tt/x11perf/ was running on the first back-end machine and because +window optimizations were on, the load on the second back-end machine +was not significant. + +<p>Using CPU_CLK_HALTED, DMX showed simple drawing +tests spending more than 10% of their time in +StandardReadRequestFromClient(), with significant time (> 20% total) +spent in SecurityLookupIDByClass(), WaitForSomething(), and Dispatch(). +For these tests, < 5% of the time was spent in Hash(), which explains +why optimizing the Hash() routine did not impact <tt/x11perf/ results. + +<p>The trapezoid, text, scrolling, copying, and image tests were +dominated by time in ProcFillPoly(), PanoramiXFillPoly(), dmxFillPolygon(), +SecurityLookupIDByClass(), SecurityLookupIDByType(), and +StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Hash() time was generally above 5% but +less than 10% of total time. +--> + +<sect2>X Test Suite + +<p>The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the +configuration described above. The following failures were noted: + <verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 [1] +XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 [1] +XCreateWindow: Test 30 [1] +XFreeColors: Test 4 [3] +XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30 [2] +XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31 [2] +XSetFontPath: Test 4 [1] +XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10 [1] + +[1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama + implementation (see Phase I discussion). +[2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected + behavior of the Xinerama implementation. +[3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama + implementation bug. + </verb> + +<!-- ============================================================ --> +<sect1>Phase III + +<p>During the third phase of development, support was provided for the +following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput. + +<sect2>SHAPE + +<p>The SHAPE extension is supported. Test applications (e.g., xeyes and +oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will +work as expected. + +<sect2>RENDER + +<p>The RENDER extension is supported. The version included in the DMX +CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx. +Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly; +however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do not +properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers. These apps +will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version 0.2 +functions. This is expected behavior. When the DMX CVS tree is updated +to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer functions +will be added to the DMX X server. + +<sect2>XKEYBOARD + +<p>The XKEYBOARD extension is supported. If present on the back-end X +servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information +about the type of the keyboard for initialization. Otherwise, the +keyboard will be initialized using defaults. Note that this departs +from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support, +the map from the back-end X server will be preserved. With XKEYBOARD +support, the map is not preserved because better information and control +of the keyboard is available. + +<sect2>XInput + +<p>The XInput extension is supported. Any device can be used as a core +device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception of +core devices on the back-end servers. This limitation is present +because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end +cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is +incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device. + +<p>Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx +extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the future. + +<p>To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for +low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been +written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and +non-mouse/non-keyboard USB devices (usb-oth). Please see the man page +for information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using +these Xdmx drivers. + +<sect2>DPMS + +<p>The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time. + +<sect2>Other Extensions + +<p>The LBX, + SECURITY, + XC-APPGROUP, and + XFree86-Bigfont +extensions do not require any special Xdmx support and have been exported. + +<p>The + BIG-REQUESTS, + DEC-XTRAP, + DOUBLE-BUFFER, + Extended-Visual-Information, + FontCache, + GLX, + MIT-SCREEN-SAVER, + MIT-SHM, + MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD, + RECORD, + SECURITY, + SGI-GLX, + SYNC, + TOG-CUP, + X-Resource, + XC-MISC, + XFree86-DGA, + XFree86-DRI, + XFree86-Misc, + XFree86-VidModeExtension, and + XVideo +extensions are <it/not/ supported at this time, but will be evaluated +for inclusion in future DMX releases. <bf>See below for additional work +on extensions after Phase III.</bf> + +<sect1>Phase IV + +<sect2>Moving to XFree86 4.3.0 + +<p>For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003) +was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is +proceeding using this tree. + +<sect2>Extensions + +<sect3>XC-MISC (supported) + +<p>XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the +X server. This is important for long-running X server sessions. Xdmx +supports this extension. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact +same tests before and after this extension was enabled. +<!-- Tested February/March 2003 --> + +<sect3>Extended-Visual-Information (supported) + +<p>The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X +client to obtain detailed visual information. Xdmx supports this +extension. It was tested using the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/evi</tt> example +program. <bf/Note that this extension is not Xinerama-aware/ -- it will +return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is +causing the X server to export a single logical screen. +<!-- Tested March 2003 --> + +<sect3>RES (supported) + +<p>The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain +detailed information about the resources used by other clients. This +extension was tested with the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/res</tt> program. The +X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after +this extension was enabled. +<!-- Tested March 2003 --> + +<sect3>BIG-REQUESTS (supported) + +<p>This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer +than 262140 bytes. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same +tests before and after this extension was enabled. +<!-- Tested March 2003 --> + +<sect3>XSYNC (supported) + +<p>This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to +synchronize their requests. This extension was minimally tested with +<tt/xdpyinfo/ and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same +tests before and after this extension was enabled. +<!-- Tested March 2003 --> + +<sect3>XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported) + +<p>The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for +use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6 +tree. They are also supported in Xdmx. When X Test Suite tests that +make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly +the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server. When the +<tt/rcrdtest/ test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD +extension) is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does +a standard XFree86 X server. <!-- Tested February/March 2003 --> + +<p>There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and +XTestExtension1. The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use by +the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually +became (part of?) the X Test Suite. Unlike XTEST, which only allows +events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also +allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension). The +second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +<p>The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested +with the <tt/xtrap*/ tools which are distributed as standard X11R6 +clients. <!-- Tested March 2003 --> + +<p>The XTestExtension1 is <em/not/ supported because it does not appear +to be used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support +XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing that +it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for +XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so +additional testing is important). <!-- Tested March 2003 --> + +<p>Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree. +Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to +locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are +provide: +<descrip> +<tag/XRECORD/ Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording. 8th Annual X +Technical Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994. +<tag/DEC-XTRAP/ Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap +Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991. +<tag/XTestExtension1/ Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension +Proposal. Hewlett Packard, November 1991. +</descrip> + +<sect3>MIT-MISC (not supported) + +<p>The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag +that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2. +There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use of +this extension and there is not way to verify that it works correctly. +The Xdmx server does <em/not/ support MIT-MISC. + +<sect3>SCREENSAVER (not supported) + +<p>This extension provides special support for the X screen saver. It +was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that +works with it. When Xinerama was not active, <tt/beforelight/ behaved +as expected. However, when Xinerama was active, <tt/beforelight/ did +not behave as expected. Further, when this extension is not active, +<tt/xscreensaver/ (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave +as expected. Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not +commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this +extension disabled at this time. + +<sect3>GLX (supported) + +<p>The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support. In +Xdmx, the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware. It +works by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the +back-end servers or handling them locally. All rendering requests are +handled on the back-end X servers. This code was donated to the DMX +project by SGI. For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below. + +<sect3>RENDER (supported) + +<p>The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image +composition. Geometric and text rendering are supported. RENDER is +partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing +operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle +strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware. The RENDER +extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8. +Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or +requests are added to the extension. + +<p>There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension; +however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the +extension matures. When that test suite becomes available, additional +testing can be performed with Xdmx. The X Test Suite passed and failed +the exact same tests before and after this extension was enabled. + +<sect3>Summary + +<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the "Common X extension +support" section --> +<p>To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported: + BIG-REQUESTS, + DEC-XTRAP, + DMX, + DPMS, + Extended-Visual-Information, + GLX, + LBX, + RECORD, + RENDER, + SECURITY, + SHAPE, + SYNC, + X-Resource, + XC-APPGROUP, + XC-MISC, + XFree86-Bigfont, + XINERAMA, + XInputExtension, + XKEYBOARD, and + XTEST. + +<p>The following extensions are <em/not/ supported at this time: + DOUBLE-BUFFER, + FontCache, + MIT-SCREEN-SAVER, + MIT-SHM, + MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD, + TOG-CUP, + XFree86-DGA, + XFree86-Misc, + XFree86-VidModeExtension, + XTestExtensionExt1, and + XVideo. + +<sect2>Additional Testing with the X Test Suite + +<sect3>XFree86 without XTEST + +<p>After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server +with and without using the XTEST extension. When the XTEST extension +was <em/not/ used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our +usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures in +the following tests: +<verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 +XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 +XGetDefault: Test 5 +XRebindKeysym: Test 1 +</verb> + +<sect3>XFree86 with XTEST + +<p>When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the +following errors: +<verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 +XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 +XGetDefault: Test 5 +XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + +XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 +XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 +XGrabKey: Test 8 +XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 +XUngrabButton: Test 4 +</verb> + +<p>While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed +eventually in the XFree86 source tree. We are particularly interested +in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional +failures that are not known Xinerama failures. + +<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX + +<p>Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors +were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the XFree86 +4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails): +<verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 +XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 +XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + +XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 +XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 +XGrabKey: Test 8 +XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 +XUngrabButton: Test 4 +</verb> + +<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX + +<p>With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors +were reported from Xdmx: +<verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 +XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 +XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + +XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 +XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 +XGrabKey: Test 8 +XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 +XUngrabButton: Test 4 + +XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue) +XDrawLine: Test 67 +XDrawLines: Test 91 +XDrawSegments: Test 68 +</verb> +Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86 +4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error +resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses a +screen boundary. The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are run +individually and they do not cross a screen boundary. We will +investigate these errors further to determine their cause. + +<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX + +<p>With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors +were reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase +IV development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot): +<verb> +XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 +XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 +XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + +XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 +XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 +XGrabKey: Test 8 +XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 +XUngrabButton: Test 4 + +XClearArea: Test 8 +XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30 +XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31 +XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102 +XDrawLine: Test 67 +XDrawSegments: Test 68 +</verb> +Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86 +4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when +Xdmx does not include GLX support. Since the GLX extension adds new +visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs tests +over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were run and +presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary. This conclusion is +supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering errors reported +are resolved when the tests are run individually and they do no cross a +screen boundary. + +<p>Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays, +many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only: +<verb> +XClearArea: Test 8 +XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30 +XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31 +</verb> + +<sect3>Conclusion + +<p>We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are +the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama +implementation. Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably +fixed at the Xdmx layer have been. (Where appropriate, we have +submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.) + +<sect2>Dynamic Reconfiguration + +<p>During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was +added to DMX. This support allows an application to change the position +and offset of a back-end server's screen. For example, if the +application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it could +query Xdmx for the screen's <x,y> position and then dynamically +reconfigure that screen to be at position <x+10,y>. When a screen +is dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window +dimensions are adjusted as needed. These adjustments are transparent to +the user. + +<sect3>Dynamic reconfiguration extension + +<p>The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through +a function in the DMX extension library: +<verb> +Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y) +</verb> +where <it/dpy/ is DMX server's display, <it/screen/ is the number of the +screen to be reconfigured, and <it/x/ and <it/y/ are the new upper, +left-hand coordinates of the screen to be reconfigured. + +<p>The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X +protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number. In +addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values. +Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that the +right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is illegal. + +<sect3>Bounding box + +<p>When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from +the screens' layout given either on the command line or in the +configuration file. This bounding box is currently fixed for the +lifetime of the Xdmx server. + +<p>While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it +is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding box. +For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of <-100,-100> +for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which was +previously at coordinates <0,0>. As expected, the screen is moved +down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the +left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the +reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen. Those +inaccessible regions are filled with black. + +<p>This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future +development phase. + +<sect3>Sample applications + +<p>An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video +wall. It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned, +and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into a +projector). Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it is +now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's screens +using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX. + +<p>Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools, +can make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector +alignment problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged +rectilinearly. Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be +applied to projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems; +however, this must be done external to Xdmx. + +<p>A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples +directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might use +dynamic reconfiguration. See <tt/dmxreconfig.c/ for details. + +<sect3>Additional notes + +<p>In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to +adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the DMX +project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX. This code was later +donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code base, which +freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic reconfiguration (as +described above). + +<sect2>Doxygen documentation + +<p>Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating +browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code. We +have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code files +under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx source +code is available in an easily browseable format. + +<sect2>Valgrind + +<p>Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to +search for memory management errors. Several memory leaks were detected +and repaired. The following errors were not addressed: +<enum> + <item> + When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only + those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in -- + unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore + noted by valgrind. These instances are not errors and were not + repaired. + <item> + At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that + is never freed. The amount of memory lost each generation + approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual. + Because the code involved is automatically generated, this bug + has not been fixed and will be referred to SGI. + <item> + At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont, + which allocates a font structure that is not freed. + dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first + screen, but cannot free it for the other screens since they are + already closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them. + The amount of memory lost each generation is approximately equal + to 80 bytes per font per back-end. When this bug is fixed in + the the X server's device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be + able to properly free the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont. +</enum> + +<sect2>RATS + +<p>RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL) +security analysis tool that scans source code for common +security-related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU +races). RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory +and all "High" notations were checked manually. The code was either +re-written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was +inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code. +Unrepaired warnings are as follows: +<enum> + <item> + Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been + added to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., XmuSnprint). + The only instances that have not yet been fixed are in + config/xdmxconfig.c (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and + input/usb-common.c. + <item> + vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines. In + general, all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a + constant format string from a trusted source, so the use is + relatively benign. + <item> + glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat. The use of these + functions is safe and will remain safe as long as + ExtensionsString is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring + this may not be ovious to the casual programmer, but this is in + automatically generated code, so we hope that the generator + enforces this constraint). +</enum> + + </article> + + <!-- Local Variables: --> + <!-- fill-column: 72 --> + <!-- End: --> diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.txt b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..568c75178 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2989 @@ + Distributed Multihead X design + Kevin E. Martin, David H. Dawes, and Rickard E. Faith + + 29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001) + + This document covers the motivation, background, design, and implemen- + tation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system. It is a living + document and describes the current design and implementation details + of the DMX system. As the project progresses, this document will be + continually updated to reflect the changes in the code and/or design. + _C_o_p_y_r_i_g_h_t _2_0_0_1 _b_y _V_A _L_i_n_u_x _S_y_s_t_e_m_s_, _I_n_c_._, _F_r_e_m_o_n_t_, _C_a_l_i_f_o_r_n_i_a_. _C_o_p_y_- + _r_i_g_h_t _2_0_0_1_-_2_0_0_4 _b_y _R_e_d _H_a_t_, _I_n_c_._, _R_a_l_e_i_g_h_, _N_o_r_t_h _C_a_r_o_l_i_n_a + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + Table of Contents + + + + 1. Introduction + 1.1 The Distributed Multihead X Server + 1.2 Layout of Paper + + 2. Development plan + 2.1 Bootstrap code + 2.2 Input device handling + 2.3 Output device handling + 2.3.1 Initialization + 2.3.2 Handling rendering requests + 2.4 Optimizing DMX + 2.5 DMX X extension support + 2.6 Common X extension support + 2.7 OpenGL support + + 3. Current issues + 3.1 Fonts + 3.2 Zero width rendering primitives + 3.3 Output scaling + 3.4 Per-screen colormaps + + A. Background + A.1 Core input device handling + A.1.1 InitInput() + A.1.2 InitAndStartDevices() + A.1.3 devReadInput() + A.1.4 ProcessInputEvents() + A.1.5 DisableDevice() + A.1.6 CloseDevice() + A.1.7 LegalModifier() + A.2 Output handling + A.2.1 InitOutput() + A.2.2 AddScreen() + A.2.3 ScreenInit() + A.2.4 CloseScreen() + A.2.5 GC operations + A.2.6 Xnest + A.2.7 Shadow framebuffer + A.3 Xinerama + A.3.1 Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code + A.3.2 Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code + A.3.3 Intercepted DIX core requests + + B. Development Results + B.1 Phase I + B.1.1 Scope + B.1.2 Results + B.1.3 X Test Suite + B.1.3.1 Introduction + B.1.3.2 Expected Failures for a Single Head + B.1.3.3 Expected Failures for Xinerama + B.1.3.4 Additional Failures from Xdmx + B.1.3.5 Summary and Future Work + B.1.4 Fonts + B.1.5 Performance + B.1.6 Pixmaps + B.2 Phase II + B.2.1 Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0 + B.2.2 Global changes + B.2.3 XSync() Batching + B.2.4 Offscreen Optimization + B.2.5 Lazy Window Creation Optimization + B.2.6 Subdividing Rendering Primitives + B.2.7 Summary of x11perf Data + B.2.8 Profiling with OProfile + B.2.9 X Test Suite + B.3 Phase III + B.3.1 SHAPE + B.3.2 RENDER + B.3.3 XKEYBOARD + B.3.4 XInput + B.3.5 DPMS + B.3.6 Other Extensions + B.4 Phase IV + B.4.1 Moving to XFree86 4.3.0 + B.4.2 Extensions + B.4.2.1 XC-MISC (supported) + B.4.2.2 Extended-Visual-Information (supported) + B.4.2.3 RES (supported) + B.4.2.4 BIG-REQUESTS (supported) + B.4.2.5 XSYNC (supported) + B.4.2.6 XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported) + B.4.2.7 MIT-MISC (not supported) + B.4.2.8 SCREENSAVER (not supported) + B.4.2.9 GLX (supported) + B.4.2.10 RENDER (supported) + B.4.2.11 Summary + B.4.3 Additional Testing with the X Test Suite + B.4.3.1 XFree86 without XTEST + B.4.3.2 XFree86 with XTEST + B.4.3.3 Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX + B.4.3.4 Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX + B.4.3.5 Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX + B.4.3.6 Conclusion + B.4.4 Dynamic Reconfiguration + B.4.4.1 Dynamic reconfiguration extension + B.4.4.2 Bounding box + B.4.4.3 Sample applications + B.4.4.4 Additional notes + B.4.5 Doxygen documentation + B.4.6 Valgrind + B.4.7 RATS + + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + 11.. IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn + + 11..11.. TThhee DDiissttrriibbuutteedd MMuullttiihheeaadd XX SSeerrvveerr + + Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single + physical machine. A single X server controls multiple display + devices, which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a + single desktop (with Xinerama). These solutions are limited to the + number of physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine + (e.g., due to the number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics + cards). Thus, large tiled displays are not currently possible. The + work described in this paper will eliminate the requirement that the + display devices reside in the same physical machine. This will be + accomplished by developing a front-end proxy X server that will + control multiple back-end X servers that make up the large display. + + + The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is + as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set + of back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering. X + clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally + would to a regular X server. The front-end server will present an + abstracted view to the client of a single large display. This will + ensure that all standard X clients will continue to operate without + modification (limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions + provided by the X server). Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to + use an extension to obtain information about the back-end servers + (e.g., for placement of pop-up windows, window alignments by the + window manager, etc.). + + + The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections: + input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering + and windowing requests). Each of these are describe briefly below, + and the rest of this design document will describe them in greater + detail. + + + The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input + devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine + on which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically + attached to one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate + events via the X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" + devices that can be abstracted from any non-back-end X server. + Backend and console devices are treated differently because the + pointer device on the back-end X server also controls the location of + the hardware X cursor. Full support for XInput extension devices is + provided. + + + Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however, + rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to + the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual + rendering. The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach. + GC state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the + appropriate back-end server(s) as required. Pixmap rendering will (at + least initially) be handled by the front-end X server. Windowing + requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the + front-end server. If the request requires a visible change, the + windowing operation will be translated into requests for the + appropriate back-end server(s). Window state will be mirrored in the + back-end server(s) as needed. + + + 11..22.. LLaayyoouutt ooff PPaappeerr + + The next section describes the general development plan that was + actually used for implementation. The final section discusses + outstanding issues at the conclusion of development. The first + appendix provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest + to those intimately familiar with the X server architecture. The + final appendix describes the four phases of development that were + performed during the first two years of development. + + + The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not described + in specific sections of this document. The major tasks during that + time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in + Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end + displays (instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end + display and input removal and addition. This work is mentioned in + this paper, but is not covered in detail. + + + 22.. DDeevveellooppmmeenntt ppllaann + + This section describes the development plan from approximately June + 2001 through July 2003. + + + + 22..11.. BBoooottssttrraapp ccooddee + + To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple + developers during the first development stage, the problem will be + broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end + rendering services and input device handling services. However, + before the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each + developer could use was implemented to bootstrap the development + effort. This framework renders to a single back-end server and + provides dummy input devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse). The + simple back-end rendering service was implemented using the shadow + framebuffer support currently available in the XFree86 environment. + + + Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to + work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the + framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server + configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned + to the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device + framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will + be developed. + + + Status: The boot strap code is complete. + + + + 22..22.. IInnppuutt ddeevviiccee hhaannddlliinngg + + An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core input + devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse). These core devices are + handled and required by the core X11 protocol. Additional types of + input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension. + These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'', + + + There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core + input devices: + + + 1. Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and mouse) + can be attached directly to the front-end X server. In this case, + the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X + server will be used. The front-end will have drivers to read the + raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X + input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button + press/release, pointer motion). The front-end keyboard driver will + keep track of keyboard properties such as key and modifier + mappings, autorepeat state, keyboard sound and led state. + Similarly the front-end pointer driver will keep track if pointer + properties such as the button mapping and movement acceleration + parameters. With this option, input is handled fully in the front- + end X server, and the back-end X servers are used in a display-only + mode. This option was implemented and works for a limited number + of Linux-specific devices. Adding additional local input devices + for other architectures is expected to be relatively simple. + + + The following options are available for implementing local input + devices: + + + a. The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could be + adapted for this purpose. The mouse driver supports a wide + range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of + Operating System platforms. The keyboard driver in XFree86 is + not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made + so. The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input + drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch + screens. Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally + complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple + devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on + XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not + pursued. + + + b. The kdrive X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that support + PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux. The mouse driver can + indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility gpm is + used as to translate the native mouse protocol into PS/2 mouse + format. These drivers could be adapted and built in to the + front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS support is + sufficient. While much simpler than the XFree86 drivers, the + kdrive drivers were not used for the DMX implementation. + + c. Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from scratch for + the DMX framework. Because keyboard and mouse drivers are + relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was selected. + Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced, and + significant contributions from other drivers are noted in the + DMX source code. + + + 2. Backend Input. The front-end can make use of the core input + devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers. Core + input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input + event stream. This can work sanely when only a single set of input + devices is used at any given time. The keyboard and pointer state + will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the + back-end servers as needed. This option was implemented and works + well. Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware + mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput + extension devices. However, all back-end XInput extensions devices + can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices. + + 3. Console Input. The front-end server could create a console window + that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end X + servers. This console window could display things like the + physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input + events from events delivered to the console window. This option + was implemented and works well. To help the human navigate, window + outlines are also displayed in the console window. Further, + console windows can be used as either core or XInput extension + devices. + + 4. Other options were initially explored, but they were all partial + subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are irrelevant. + + + Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the + Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so + that XInput extension devices were supported. + + + The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are still + supported in the final version. These do the necessary initialization + to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer and keyboard + devices, but no input events are ever generated. + + + Status: The input code is complete. Because of the complexity of the + XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86 + infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented + for Xdmx. The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, + the devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as + XInput "extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds + of devices can be simultaneously available): + + 1. A "dummy" device drive that never generates events. + + 2. "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the Xdmx + binary is running. This is the only area where using the XFree86 + driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then only + partially, since good support for generic USB devices does not yet + exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver code was + used where possible). Currently, the following local devices are + supported under Linux (porting to other operating systems should be + fairly straightforward): + + +o Linux keyboard + + +o Linux serial mouse (MS) + + +o Linux PS/2 mouse + + +o USB keyboard + + +o USB mouse + + +o USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.) + + + 3. "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end displays. + In this case, events are taken from the back-end X server and are + converted to Xdmx events. Care must be taken so that the sprite + moves properly on the display from which input is being taken. + + 4. "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx creates on the + operator's display (i.e., on the machine running the Xdmx binary). + When the operator's mouse is inside the console window, then those + events are converted to Xdmx events. Several special features are + available: the console can display outlines of windows that are on + the Xdmx display (to facilitate navigation), the cursor can be + confined to the console, and a "fine" mode can be activated to + allow very precise cursor positioning. + + + + 22..33.. OOuuttppuutt ddeevviiccee hhaannddlliinngg + + The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing requests + across multiple screens. The screens are typically arranged in a grid + such that together they represent a single large display. + + + The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts. The first + is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client + connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives + but does not actually display any of the drawing primitives. The + second part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from + the front-end server and display the results on their screens. + + + 22..33..11.. IInniittiiaalliizzaattiioonn + + The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to + each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each + of these screens. However, the information collected from the back- + end X servers might be inconsistent. Handling these cases can be + difficult and/or inefficient. For example, a two screen system has + one back-end X server running at 16bpp while the second is running at + 32bpp. Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or + XGetImage() requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time + consuming. Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is + possible to handle them is required. The current Xinerama code + handles many of these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will + be used as a starting point. In general, the best solution is to use + homogeneous X servers and display devices. Using back-end servers + with the same depth is a requirement of the final DMX implementation. + + + Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of + each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized. + A full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and + the cursor on each screen is turned off. The final DMX implementation + can also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per + back-end screen. + + + 22..33..22.. HHaannddlliinngg rreennddeerriinngg rreeqquueessttss + + After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server. + There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing + requests are handled in the DMX system: + + + 1. A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the render + target. In this option, all protocol requests are completely + handled in the front-end server. All state and resources are + maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire + framebuffer. The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are + updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the + shadow framebuffer. + + + This solution suffers from two main problems. First, it does not + take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system. + Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and + thus will be limited by the bandwidth available. + + + The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by + default. + + + 2. Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for handling + (as is done in the Xnest server described above). In this option, + certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end server and + certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the back-end + servers. The framebuffer is distributed across the multiple back- + end servers. Rendering to the framebuffer is handled on each back- + end and can take advantage of any acceleration available on the + back-end servers' graphics display device. State is maintained + both in the front and back-end servers. + + + This solution suffers from two main drawbacks. First, protocol + requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will + completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth + and processing time. Second, state is maintained both in the + front- and back-end servers. These drawbacks are not as severe as + in option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through + optimizations or are acceptable. Therefore, this option will be + used in the final implementation. + + + The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also + supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism. Several optimizations + were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default + mechanism. These optimizations are described the section below and + in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix). + + + + Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete. + + + + 22..44.. OOppttiimmiizziinngg DDMMXX + + Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured and + analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist. There + are four main areas that will be addressed. + + + First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development + phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request. The XSync() + function flushes any pending protocol requests. It then waits for the + back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has + completed. This happens with each back-end server and performance + greatly suffers. As a result of the way XSync() is called in the + first development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is + effectively defeated. The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and + optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals, + except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements). + + + Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the + repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of + whether or not they would be completely clipped out. The requests + that are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited + bandwidth available. By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X + server's windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing + windows), we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible + so that trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing + functions can eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests. + + + Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is + possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display + boundaries. The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image + requests since they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit + data between the front and back-end servers. Other protocol requests + will be analyzed and those that will benefit from breaking them into + smaller requests will be implemented. + + + Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs + to be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end + server. This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font + requests and eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers + share the exact same fonts as the front-end server. We are + investigating the feasibility of this extension during this + development phase. + + + Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance + analysis. + + Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT + operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an + extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly + copy pixel data to other back-end servers. This potential + optimization was in response to the simple image movement + implementation that required potentially many calls to GetImage() and + PutImage(). However, the current Xinerama implementation handles + these BLT operations differently. Instead of copying data to and from + screens, they generate expose events -- just as happens in the case + when a window is moved from off a screen to on screen. This approach + saves the limited bandwidth available between front and back-end + servers and is being standardized with Xinerama. It also eliminates + the potential setup problems and security issues resulting from having + each back-end server open connections to all other back-end servers. + Therefore, we suggest accepting Xinerama's expose event solution. + + + Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third + optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to + be defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to + disable these optimizations. + + + Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete. It was + determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and + creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the + fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX. + + + + 22..55.. DDMMXX XX eexxtteennssiioonn ssuuppppoorrtt + + The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the + back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to + any client applications. An extension will be developed to pass the + screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients. + These clients can then use this information to directly connect to and + render to the back-end windows. Bypassing the DMX X server allows + DMX-aware clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own + and send them directly to the windows on the back-end server's + screens. An example of a client that can make effective use of this + extension is Chromium. + + + Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in "Client- + to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol". Future changes might be + required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to DMX. + Currently, the following facilities are supported: + + 1. Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative to + the virtual screen) + + 2. Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each + back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window) + + 3. Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to back-end + device IDs) + + 4. Force window creation (so that a client can override the server- + side lazy window creation optimization) + + 5. Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen + position be changed) + + 6. Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and console + inputs. + 22..66.. CCoommmmoonn XX eexxtteennssiioonn ssuuppppoorrtt + + The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used + extensions to the base X11 protocol. XInput allows multiple and non- + standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously. These input + devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers. + XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control. Shape adds + support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window + managers. Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these + extensions available, and support for each one will be added to the + DMX system. + + + In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X + Rendering extension (Render) is being developed. Render adds digital + image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System. + While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of + HP, support for the current version will be added to the DMX system. + + + Support for the XTest extension was added during the first development + phase. + + + Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in + more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix): + BIG-REQUESTS, DEC-XTRAP, DMX, DPMS, Extended-Visual-Information, GLX, + LBX, RECORD, RENDER, SECURITY, SHAPE, SYNC, X-Resource, XC-APPGROUP, + XC-MISC, XFree86-Bigfont, XINERAMA, XInputExtension, XKEYBOARD, and + XTEST. + + + 22..77.. OOppeennGGLL ssuuppppoorrtt + + OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4 + and later. Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI) + provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and + unaccelerated OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided + for non-local clients. + + + The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use + the DMX system. When the front and back-end servers are on the same + physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to + the back-end servers. First, the existing DRI will be extended to + support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system. + OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X + server. The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the + existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension). Support for + synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that + supports it). Note that a single front-end server with a single back- + end server on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated + indirect rendering. + + + When the front and back-end servers are on different physical hardware + or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render + primitives across the back-end servers will be provided. There are + several options as to how this can be implemented. + + + 1. The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be used by + repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each back-end + server. This option is similar to the unoptimized Xnest-style + approach mentioned above. Optimization of this solution is beyond + the scope of this project and is better suited to other distributed + rendering systems. + + 2. Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the current + XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via calls to + XPutImage() is another option. This option is similar to the + shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above. It is slower and + bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end + servers are not required to have OpenGL support. + + + These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the + work. + + + Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware. Chromium will use the + DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end + servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX. + + + Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by + SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base. + + + + 33.. CCuurrrreenntt iissssuueess + + In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further + investigation. + + + 33..11.. FFoonnttss + + The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and + each of the back-end servers. Font glyphs could be sent to the back- + end servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount + of available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many + different fonts (e.g., Netscape). Initially, the font server (xfs) + will be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end + servers. Other possibilities will be investigated during development. + + + 33..22.. ZZeerroo wwiiddtthh rreennddeerriinngg pprriimmiittiivveess + + To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all back- + end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as the + front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps. For those back-end + servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be + automatically converted to one width primitives. This can be handled + in the front-end server via the GC state. + + + 33..33.. OOuuttppuutt ssccaalliinngg + + With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the + information on the standard X desktop. In particular, the cursor can + be easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read. Automatic + primitive scaling might prove to be very useful. We will investigate + the possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate + pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications + use (e.g., fixed). Other options for automatic scaling will also be + investigated. + + + + 33..44.. PPeerr--ssccrreeeenn ccoolloorrmmaappss + + Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers should + be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility. This support is + would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma + tables. On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this + type of correction can be accommodated. One possible implementation + would be to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual + while using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement + this type of color correction. Other options will be investigated. + + + AA.. BBaacckkggrroouunndd + + This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that can + be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development + project is based. This section was written before the implementation + was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the + implementation. It is left for historical interest only. + + + AA..11.. CCoorree iinnppuutt ddeevviiccee hhaannddlliinngg + + The following is a description of how core input devices are handled + by an X server. + + + AA..11..11.. IInniittIInnppuutt(()) + + InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each + server generation from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is + to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, + register them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input + event queue. InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X + server will abort if either a core keyboard device or a core pointer + device are not registered. Extended input (XInput) devices can also + be registered in InitInput(). + + + InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine + which input devices are available. For each input device it will be + using, it calls AddInputDevice(): + + + AAddddIInnppuuttDDeevviiccee(()) + This DIX function allocates the device structure, registers a + callback function (which handles device init, close, on and + off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as + opaque. It is called once for each input device. + + + Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have + been obtained from AddInputDevice(), they are registered as core + devices by calling RegisterPointerDevice() and + RegisterKeyboardDevice(). Each of these should be called once. If + both core devices are not registered, then the X server will exit with + a fatal error when it attempts to start the input devices in + InitAndStartDevices(), which is called directly after InitInput() (see + below). + + + RReeggiisstteerr{{PPooiinntteerr,,KKeeyybbooaarrdd}}DDeevviiccee(()) + These DIX functions take a handle returned from AddInputDevice() + and initialize the core input device fields in inputInfo, and + initialize the input processing and grab functions for each core + input device. + The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code + (which does the high level cursor handling). While this registration + is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current + XFree86 code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons. + + + mmiiRReeggiisstteerrPPooiinntteerrDDeevviiccee(()) + This MI function registers the core pointer's input handle with + with the miPointer code. + + + The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input event + queue handling. In most cases, the event queue handling provided in + the MI layer is used. The primary XFree86 X server uses its own event + queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput + extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension. For our purposes, + the MI event queue handling should be suitable. It is initialized by + calling mieqInit(): + + + mmiieeqqIInniitt(()) + This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the core + devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles + for the two core devices. + + + If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input events, + it can be registered here by calling the DIX function + RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(). (See the devReadInput() description + below.) + + + AA..11..22.. IInniittAAnnddSSttaarrttDDeevviicceess(()) + + InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately + after InitInput() from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is + to initialize each input device that was registered with + AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully + initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices. Once each + registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input + devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and + core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled. If not, + InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server + exiting with a fatal error. + + + Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback + (dev->deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument: + + + ((**ddeevv-->>ddeevviicceePPrroocc))((ddeevv,, DDEEVVIICCEE__IINNIITT)) + This function initializes the device structs with core + information relevant to the device. + + + For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of + buttons, default button mapping, the function used to get motion + events (usually miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used + to change/control the core pointer motion parameters + (acceleration and threshold), and the motion buffer size. + + + For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range, + default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and + the functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control + the keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key + click, which keys are auto-repeating, etc). + + + Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice(): + + + EEnnaabblleeDDeevviiccee(()) + EnableDevice() calls the device callback with DEVICE_ON: + + ((**ddeevv-->>ddeevviicceePPrroocc))((ddeevv,, DDEEVVIICCEE__OONN)) + This typically opens and initializes the relevant physical + device, and when appropriate, registers the device's file + descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source. + + + EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's + global list of enabled devices. + + + InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and + pointer has been initialized and enabled. It returns failure if + either are missing. + + + AA..11..33.. ddeevvRReeaaddIInnppuutt(()) + + Each device will have some function that gets called to read its + physical input. These may be called in a number of different ways. + In the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX wakeup- + handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is + available. In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from + a (SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available. This + function should do at least two things: make sure that input events + get enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion + events (except if these are handled later by the driver's own event + queue processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI + event queue handling). + + + Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue(): + + + mmiieeqqEEnnqquueeuuee(()) + This MI function is used to add input events to the event queue. + It is simply passed the event to be queued. + + + The cursor position should be updated when motion events are enqueued, + by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or miPointerDeltaCursor(): + + + mmiiPPooiinntteerrAAbbssoolluutteeCCuurrssoorr(()) + This MI function is used to move the cursor to the absolute + coordinates provided. + + mmiiPPooiinntteerrDDeellttaaCCuurrssoorr(()) + This MI function is used to move the cursor relative to its + current position. + + + AA..11..44.. PPrroocceessssIInnppuuttEEvveennttss(()) + + ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X + server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input + event queue. It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates + the cursor/pointer position. It may also do other DDX-specific event + processing. + + + Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed + to the DIX layer for transmission to clients: + + + mmiieeqqPPrroocceessssIInnppuuttEEvveennttss(()) + This function processes each event in the event queue, and + passes it to the device's input processing function. The DIX + layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they + handle the task of getting the events passed back to the + relevant clients. + + mmiiPPooiinntteerrUUppddaattee(()) + This function resynchronized the cursor position with the new + pointer position. It also takes care of moving the cursor + between screens when needed in multi-head configurations. + + + + AA..11..55.. DDiissaabblleeDDeevviiccee(()) + + DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the + list of enabled devices. The result of this is that the device no + longer generates input events. The device's data structures are kept + in place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling + EnableDevice(). DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is + desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT + switching). Except for special cases, this is not normally called for + core input devices. + + + DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with DEVICE_OFF: + + + ((**ddeevv-->>ddeevviicceePPrroocc))((ddeevv,, DDEEVVIICCEE__OOFFFF)) + This typically closes the relevant physical device, and when + appropriate, unregisters the device's file descriptor (or + equivalent) as a valid input source. + + + DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's + global list of enabled devices. + + + + AA..11..66.. CClloosseeDDeevviiccee(()) + + CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the + list of available devices. It disables input from the device and + frees all data structures associated with the device. This function + is usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() + at the end of each server generation to close all input devices. + + + CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with DEVICE_CLOSE: + + + ((**ddeevv-->>ddeevviicceePPrroocc))((ddeevv,, DDEEVVIICCEE__CCLLOOSSEE)) + This typically closes the relevant physical device, and when + appropriate, unregisters the device's file descriptor (or + equivalent) as a valid input source. If any device specific + data structures were allocated when the device was initialized, + they are freed here. + + CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated for + the device when it was registered/initialized. + + + + AA..11..77.. LLeeggaallMMooddiiffiieerr(()) + + LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to + restrict which keys may be modifier keys. This seems to be present + for historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE + unconditionally. + + + + AA..22.. OOuuttppuutt hhaannddlliinngg + + The following sections describe the main functions required to + initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the + X server. + + + AA..22..11.. IInniittOOuuttppuutt(()) + + This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation + from the X server's main() function. InitOutput()'s main purpose is + to initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure + for each screen. It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the + screenInfo struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from + main(), which can be used to determine additional configuration + information. + + + The primary tasks for this function are outlined below: + + + 1. PPaarrssee ccoonnffiigguurraattiioonn iinnffoo:: The first task of InitOutput() is to + parses any configuration information from the configuration file. + In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration information + can be taken from the command line. The command line options can + be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the + ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by + ProcessCommandLine(). The configuration information determines the + characteristics of the screen(s). For example, in the XFree86 X + server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the + screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are + located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout. + + 2. IInniittiiaalliizzee ssccrreeeenn iinnffoo:: The next task is to initialize the screen- + dependent internal data structures. For example, part of what the + XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap private + indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed devices to + the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that match + to the internal xf86Screens[] structure. + + 3. SSeett ppiixxmmaapp ffoorrmmaattss:: The next task is to initialize the screenInfo's + image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline unit/pad. + The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel and scanline + padding is also initialized at this stage. + + 4. UUnniiffyy ssccrreeeenn iinnffoo:: An optional task that might be done at this + stage is to compare all of the information from the various screens + and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of screens + can be unified into a single desktop). This task has potential to + be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's + PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient. + + Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each of + these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen(). + + + AA..22..22.. AAddddSSccrreeeenn(()) + + This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to + add each new screen to the screenInfo structure. The DDX screen + initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and + argv) are passed to it as arguments. + + + This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates + that are required. It then initializes some of the fields in the + Screen struct and sets up the pixmap padding information. Finally, it + calls the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is + described below. It returns the number of the screen that were just + added, or -1 if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if + the DDX screen initialization fails. + + + AA..22..33.. SSccrreeeennIInniitt(()) + + This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with + either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary). It also + fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in + millimeters, black and white pixel values). + + + The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform + certain screen initialization functions. They are described below: + + + {{mmii,,**ffbb}}SSccrreeeennIInniitt(()) + The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually calls another + layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or + fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver + does not specifically handle. + + + After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any screen- + specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's + function pointers. If a function is to be wrapped, each of the + old function pointers from the other layer are stored in a + screen private area. Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() + and SaveScreen(). + + + mmiiIInniittiiaalliizzeeBBaacckkiinnggSSttoorree(()) + This MI function initializes the screen's backing storage + functions, which are used to save areas of windows that are + currently covered by other windows. + + + mmiiDDCCIInniittiiaalliizzee(()) + This MI function initializes the MI cursor display structures + and function pointers. If a hardware cursor is used, the DDX + layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and + the MI cursor display function pointers. + + + Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the + output device state. For example, in the XFree86 X server, the + ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and + then initializes the video mode of the graphics device. + + AA..22..44.. CClloosseeSSccrreeeenn(()) + + This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in particular + the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of the + output device to its original state. It should also free any private + data it created during the screen initialization. + + + AA..22..55.. GGCC ooppeerraattiioonnss + + When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does + so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's + operation function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions). These + functions render the basic graphics operations such as drawing + rectangles, lines, text or copying pixmaps. Default routines are + provided either by the MI layer, which draws indirectly through a + simple span interface, or by the framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, + FB), which draw directly to a linearly mapped frame buffer. + + + To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device, specific + GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code. However, + many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the + possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation, + appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities + of the hardware. For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate + single pixel width lines with certain dash patterns. Thus, for dash + patterns that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater + lines, the default routine is chosen during GC validation. + + + Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are + stored in the Screen structure. They include GetImage(), GetSpans(), + PaintWindowBackground(), PaintWindowBorder(), CopyWindow() and + RestoreAreas(). + + + AA..22..66.. XXnneesstt + + The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X + protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then + processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable. To + the X applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server. + However, Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the + real X server, which will actually handle the requests. + + + The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output + initialization steps outlined above. + + + IInniittOOuuttppuutt(()) + Xnest takes its configuration information from command line + arguments via ddxProcessArguments(). This information includes + the real X server display to connect to, its default visual + class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc. + Xnest then connects to the real X server and gathers visual, + colormap, depth and pixmap information about that server's + display, creates a window on that server, which will be used as + the root window for Xnest. + + + Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses + the data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own + pixmap formats. Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, + argc, argv) to initialize each of its screens. + SSccrreeeennIInniitt(()) + Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called xnestOpenScreen(). This + function initializes its screen's depth and visual information, + and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default screen + functions. It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and + miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software + cursor. Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with + its own functions that repackage and send the requests to the + real X server to which Xnest is attached. + + + CClloosseeSSccrreeeenn(()) + This function frees its internal data structure allocations. + Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions, there + are no function pointers to unwrap. This can potentially lead + to problems during server regeneration. + + + GGCC ooppeerraattiioonnss + The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since they leave all + of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is attached. + Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the real X + server using standard Xlib calls. For example, the X + application issues a XDrawLines() call. This function turns + into a protocol request to Xnest, which calls the + xnestPolylines() function through Xnest's GCOps function pointer + table. The xnestPolylines() function is only a single line, + which calls XDrawLines() using the same arguments that were + passed into it. Other GCOps functions are very similar. Two + exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above are the + image functions and the BLT operations. + + + The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a + temporary image to hold the image to be put of the image that + was just grabbed from the screen while it is in transit to the + real X server or the client. When the image has been + transmitted, the temporary image is destroyed. + + + The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only + the copy function, which is the same as the simple cases + described above, but also the graphics exposures that result + when the GC's graphics exposure bit is set to True. Graphics + exposures are handled in a helper function, + xnestBitBlitHelper(). This function collects the exposure + events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions + being exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI + layer so that it can generate exposure events for the X + application. + + + The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is + connected. When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard + and mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent + back to any client that requests those events. + + + AA..22..77.. SShhaaddooww ffrraammeebbuuffffeerr + + The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that maps + to the video memory on the graphics device. However, accessing that + video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow. The + shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire + framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular + intervals. It also has been extended to handle planar video memory + and rotated framebuffers. + + + There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code: + + + sshhaaddoowwAAlllloocc((wwiiddtthh,, hheeiigghhtt,, bbpppp)) + This function allocates the in memory copy of the framebuffer of + size width*height*bpp. It returns a pointer to that memory, + which will be used by the framebuffer ScreenInit() code during + the screen's initialization. + + + sshhaaddoowwIInniitt((ppSSccrreeeenn,, uuppddaatteePPrroocc,, wwiinnddoowwPPrroocc)) + This function initializes the shadow framebuffer layer. It + wraps several screen drawing functions, and registers a block + handler that will update the screen. The updateProc is a + function that will copy the damaged regions to the screen, and + the windowProc is a function that is used when the entire linear + video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so that + only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using + the VGA aperture). + + + The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each + screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that + have occurred since the last screen update. Then, when the block + handler is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is + updated. + + + Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all + drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated + hardware drawing operations are possible. + + + + AA..33.. XXiinneerraammaa + + Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens + controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen. + Although the extension allows clients to find the physical screen + layout via extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients + at the core X11 protocol level. The original public implementation of + Xinerama came from Digital/Compaq. XFree86 rewrote it, filling in + some missing pieces and improving both X11 core protocol compliance + and performance. The Xinerama extension will be passing through + X.Org's standardization process in the near future, and the sample + implementation will be based on this rewritten version. + + + The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX + (device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X + server. With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to + support Xinerama. X server extensions often do need modifications to + provide full Xinerama functionality. + + + The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions. + + + Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the + PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the + PanoramiX prefix. + + + PPaannoorraammiiXXEExxtteennssiioonnIInniitt(()) + PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a device-independent extension + function that is called at the start of each server generation + from InitExtensions(), which is called from the X server's + main() function after all output devices have been initialized, + but before any input devices have been initialized. + + + PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens. + If only one physical screen is present, the extension is + disabled, and PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing + anything else. + + + The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension(). + + + A local per-screen array of data structures (panoramiXdataPtr[]) + is allocated for each physical screen, and GC and Screen private + indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are + allocated for each physical screen. These hold Xinerama- + specific per-GC and per-Screen data. Each screen's CreateGC and + CloseScreen functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and + XineramaCloseScreen() respectively. Some new resource classes + are created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types + for Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps. + + + A region (XineramaScreenRegions[i]) is initialized for each + physical screen, and single region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is + initialized to be the union of the screen regions. The + panoramiXdataPtr[] array is also initialized with the size and + origin of each screen. The relative positioning information for + the physical screens is taken from the array dixScreenOrigins[], + which the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput(). The bounds + of the combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and + PanoramiXPixHeight). + + + The DIX layer has a list of function pointers (ProcVector[]) + that holds the entry points for the functions that process core + protocol requests. The requests that Xinerama must intercept + and break up into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped. + The original set is copied to SavedProcVector[]. The types of + requests intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap + requests, drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests. + This wrapping allows the bulk of the protocol request processing + to be handled transparently to the DIX layer. Some operations + cannot be dealt with in this way and are handled with Xinerama- + specific code within the DIX layer. + + + PPaannoorraammiiXXCCoonnssoolliiddaattee(()) + PanoramiXConsolidate() is a device-independent extension + function that is called directly from the X server's main() + function after extensions and input/output devices have been + initialized, and before the root windows are defined and + initialized. + + + This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths[]) and + visuals (PanoramiXVisuals[]) common to all of the physical + screens. PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common + depths, and PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common + visuals. Resources are created for the single root window and + the default colormap. Each of these resources has per-physical + screen entries. + + + PPaannoorraammiiXXCCrreeaatteeCCoonnnneeccttiioonnBBlloocckk(()) + PanoramiXConsolidate() is a device-independent extension + function that is called directly from the X server's main() + function after the per-physical screen root windows are created. + It is called instead of the standard DIX CreateConnectionBlock() + function. If this function returns FALSE, the X server exits + with a fatal error. This function will return FALSE if no + common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate(). With no + common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible. + + + The connection block holds the information that clients get when + they open a connection to the X server. It includes information + such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the + sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for + each of the screens (much of information that xdpyinfo shows). + The connection block is initialized with the combined single + screen values that were calculated in the above two functions. + + + The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection + block callback functions. The purpose of these is to allow + other extensions to do processing at this point. These + callbacks can be registered by calling + XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from the other + extension's ExtensionInit() function. Each registered + connection block callback is called at the end of + PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock(). + + + AA..33..11.. XXiinneerraammaa--ssppeecciiffiicc cchhaannggeess ttoo tthhee DDIIXX ccooddee + + There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX + code. The main ones are described here. + + + Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of + the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the + processing for screen numbers > 0. This is because they are handled + for the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for + screen 0. + + + The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between + the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin. Also, motion + events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather + than the physical screen origins. + + + There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing + that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the + intercepted protocol requests. A particular case is the handling of + pointers moving between physical screens. + + + AA..33..22.. XXiinneerraammaa--ssppeecciiffiicc cchhaannggeess ttoo tthhee MMII ccooddee + + The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in + miSendExposures() to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation + for expose events. + + + + AA..33..33.. IInntteerrcceepptteedd DDIIXX ccoorree rreeqquueessttss + + Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical + screen. It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical + screen. GCs are translated into per-screen GCs. Colormaps are + replicated on each physical screen. The functions handling the + intercepted requests take care of breaking the requests and + repackaging them so that they can be passed to the standard request + handling functions for each screen in turn. In addition, and to aid + the repackaging, the information from many of the intercepted requests + is used to keep up to date the necessary state information for the + single composite screen. Requests (usually those with replies) that + can be satisfied completely from this stored state information do not + call the standard request handling functions. + + + + BB.. DDeevveellooppmmeenntt RReessuullttss + + In this section the results of each phase of development are + discussed. This development took place between approximately June + 2001 and July 2003. + + + BB..11.. PPhhaassee II + + The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation + including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and + the unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style + implementation. + + + BB..11..11.. SSccooppee + + The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can + act as a foundation for ongoing work: + + 1. Develop the proxy X server + + +o The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and relay + requests as necessary to correctly perform the request. + + +o Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and Xnest. + + +o Input events and windowing operations are handled in the proxy + server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to each of + the back-end servers for display. + + +o The multiple screen layout (including support for overlapping + screens) will be user configurable via a configuration file or + through the configuration tool. + + 2. Develop graphical configuration tool + + +o There will be potentially a large number of X servers to + configure into a single display. The tool will allow the user + to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and + how they should be laid out. + + 3. Pass the X Test Suite + + +o The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations. All tests + known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed X + environment. + + + For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X + servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; + future optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; + and the configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the + X source tree (e.g., Xt). + + + BB..11..22.. RReessuullttss + + The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol + requests to the set of back-end X servers. It opens a window on each + back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root + window that is visible on that screen. It mirrors window, pixmap and + other state in each back-end server. Drawing requests are sent to + either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server. This code is based + on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension. + + + Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end + server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3) + from a ``console'' window on another X server. Events for these + devices are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to + the Xdmx server. + + + An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user + easily configure the multiple back-end X servers. It was defined (see + grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by + the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility. The parsing + support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the + X source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl). Support for + converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is + provided by the vdltodmx utility. + + + Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of + XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a + completely separate X server. Thus, a separate config file format was + developed. In addition, a graphical configuration tool, xdmxconfig, + was developed to allow the user to create and arrange the screens in + the configuration file. The --ccoonnffiiggffiillee and --ccoonnffiigg command-line + options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration file. + + + An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X + Test Suite to function. During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was + implemented in the Xdmx server. The results from running the X Test + Suite are described in detail below. + + + BB..11..33.. XX TTeesstt SSuuiittee + + BB..11..33..11.. IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn + + The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions operate + correctly. The test suite is designed to run on a single X server; + however, since X applications will not be able to tell the difference + between the DMX server and a standard X server, the X Test Suite + should also run on the DMX server. + + The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the existing + failures are noted in this section. To put these results in + perspective, we first discuss expected X Test failures and how errors + in underlying systems can impact Xdmx test results. + + + BB..11..33..22.. EExxppeecctteedd FFaaiilluurreess ffoorr aa SSiinnggllee HHeeaadd + + A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is expected to + fail certain X Test tests. The following well-known errors occur + because of rounding error in the X server code: + + XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73 + XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76 + + + + The following failures occur because of the high-level X server + implementation: + + XLoadQueryFont: Test 1 + XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4 + XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2 + + + + The following test fails when running the X server as root under Linux + because of the way directory modes are interpreted: + + XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3 + + + + Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other failures may + also occur because of bugs in the low-level driver implementation. + Over time, failures of this kind are usually fixed by XFree86, but + will show up in Xdmx testing until then. + + + BB..11..33..33.. EExxppeecctteedd FFaaiilluurreess ffoorr XXiinneerraammaa + + Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of design decisions + made for the current implementation of Xinerama. Over time, many of + these errors will be corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a + new Xinerama implementation. Therefore, Xdmx will also share X Suite + Test failures with Xinerama. + + We may be able to fix or work-around some of these failures at the + Xdmx level, but this will require additional exploration that was not + part of Phase I. + + Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of Xinerama-related + failures depends on XFree86 version and the underlying graphics + hardware. We tested with a variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, + ATI Radeon, and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode). The list below + includes only those failures that appear to be from the Xinerama + layer, and does not include failures listed in the previous section, + or failures that appear to be from the low-level graphics driver + itself: + + These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama configurations: + + XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue) + XSetFontPath: Test 4 + XGetDefault: Test 5 + XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1 + + + + These failures were noted only when using one dual-head video card + with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server: + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 + XDrawRectangles: Test 45 + + + + These failures were noted only when using two video cards from + different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server: + + XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 + XCreateWindow: Test 30 + XDrawLine: Test 22 + XFillArc: Test 22 + XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 + XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + + + + BB..11..33..44.. AAddddiittiioonnaall FFaaiilluurreess ffrroomm XXddmmxx + + When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted. Since the Xdmx + server is based on Xinerama, we expect to have most of the Xinerama + failures present in the Xdmx server. Similarly, since the Xdmx server + must rely on the low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we + also expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end failures. + Here is a summary: + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent) + XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 + XCreateWindow: Test 30 + XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31 + XSetFontPath: Test 4 + XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent) + XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1 + XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent) + + + + Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for Xinerama + because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform some Xinerama + operations. Further, some Xinerama failures have been fixed in the + XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository. + + + BB..11..33..55.. SSuummmmaarryy aanndd FFuuttuurree WWoorrkk + + Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any failures that + cannot be accounted for by the underlying Xinerama subsystem used by + the front-end or by the low-level device-driver code running on the + back-end X servers. The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as + possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite tests. + + During the following phases, we will continue to verify Xdmx + correctness using the X Test Suite. We may also use other tests + suites or write additional tests that run under the X Test Suite that + specifically verify the expected behavior of DMX. + + + + BB..11..44.. FFoonnttss + + In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the + back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end + server during this phase as a ``black box''. What this requires is + that tthhee ffrroonntt-- aanndd bbaacckk--eenndd sseerrvveerrss mmuusstt sshhaarree tthhee eexxaacctt ssaammee ffoonntt + ppaatthh. There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the + same font path: + + + 1. First, each server can be configured to use the same font server. + The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to multiple + X servers via TCP. + + 2. Second, each server can be configured to use the same font path and + either those font paths can be copied to each back-end machine or + they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end machine. + + + One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font + path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each + back-end machine. + + + The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to + initialize the font path of the front end server. This font path is + propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded. + If there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will + describe the problem and list the current font path. For more + information about setting the font path, see the -fontpath option + description in the man page. + + + BB..11..55.. PPeerrffoorrmmaannccee + + Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance. Its + focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol + in the Xdmx server. However, several insights were gained during + Phase I, which are listed here for reference during the next phase of + development. + + + 1. Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a + complete round trip to and from a back-end server. This is + especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks. + + 2. Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap + should improve performance. + + + BB..11..66.. PPiixxmmaappss + + Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the front- + end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated the + rendering code and would have required sending potentially large + images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap + to screen. Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just + as it is with regular window state. With this implementation, the + same rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to + pixmaps on the back-end server, and no large image transfers are + required to copy from pixmap to window. + + + + BB..22.. PPhhaassee IIII + + The second phase of development concentrates on performance + optimizations. These optimizations are documented here, with x11perf + data to show how the optimizations improve performance. + + + All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor + 1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to + two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and + ATI Rage 128 (RF) video cards. The front end was running Linux + 2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and + version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on + August 7, 2002. All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2. + + + BB..22..11.. MMoovviinngg ffrroomm XXFFrreeee8866 44..11..9999..11 ttoo 44..22..00..00 + + For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged + with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August + 2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002). + After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10% + faster: + + 1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.20 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.37 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) + + + + And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower: + + 0.88 Unmap window via parent (25 kids) + 0.75 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) + 0.79 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) + 0.80 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) + 0.82 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) + 0.85 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + + + + These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and + may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more + "jitter" than most other x11perf tests. + + + BB..22..22.. GGlloobbaall cchhaannggeess + + During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global + changes were made. These changes were also compared with the Phase I + server. The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster: + + + + 1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 1.15 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.19 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.15 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) + + + + The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower: + + 0.69 Scroll 10x10 pixels + 0.68 Scroll 100x100 pixels + 0.68 Copy 10x10 from window to window + 0.68 Copy 100x100 from window to window + 0.76 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + 0.83 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) + + + + For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will be + the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless + otherwise noted). This will highlight how the optimizations in + isolation impact performance. + + + BB..22..33.. XXSSyynncc(()) BBaattcchhiinngg + + During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every + protocol request made by the DMX server. This provided the DMX server + with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system + and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation. During + Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer + followed by calls to XSync(). Instead, the need for an XSync() is + noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX + server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity. + With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during + a 100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided. + + + Out of more than 300 x11perf tests, 8 tests became more than 100 times + faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster, and + 181 more than 2X faster. See table below for summary. + + + The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with XSync() + batching on: + + 0.88 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 0.89 Copy 500x500 from window to window + + + + BB..22..44.. OOffffssccrreeeenn OOppttiimmiizzaattiioonn + + Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however, + during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end + server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless + of whether or not that window was visible. With the offscreen + optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of + a back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send + rendering requests to those back-end windows. This optimization saves + bandwidth between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the + number of XSync() calls. The performance tests were run on a DMX + system with only two back-end servers. Greater performance gains will + be had as the number of back-end servers increases. + + + Out of more than 300 x11perf tests, 3 tests were at least twice as + fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster. Two tests were more + than 10% slower with the offscreen optimization: + + 0.88 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) + 0.89 Resize unmapped window (75 kids) + + + + BB..22..55.. LLaazzyy WWiinnddooww CCrreeaattiioonn OOppttiimmiizzaattiioonn + + As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every + back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end. With + the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create + windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they + become the parents of a visible window. This optimization builds on + the offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be + enabled. + + + The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window + data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a + window, but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s). + A private window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window + data and tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order + for later use. The only times a window is created on a back-end + server are (1) when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping + the back-end server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), + or (2) when the window becomes the parent of a previously visible + window. The first case occurs when a window is mapped or when a + visible window is copied, moved or resized and now overlaps the back- + end server's screen. The second case occurs when starting a window + manager after having created windows to which the window manager needs + to add decorations. + + + When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created + using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data + structure. The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the + window on the back-end and lastly the window is mapped. From this + time forward, the window is handled exactly as if the window had been + created at the time of the client's request. + + + Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's + screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed; + rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes + visible on the back-end server's screen. Originally with this + optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later + rejected because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely + moved or resized, which is common in many window managers. + + + + The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end + servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number of back- + end servers increases. + + + This optimization improved the following x11perf tests by more than + 10%: + + 1.10 500x500 rectangle outline + 1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 1.20 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) + 1.19 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + + + + BB..22..66.. SSuubbddiivviiddiinngg RReennddeerriinngg PPrriimmiittiivveess + + X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and + the X server. During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the + image data to each back-end server. Even with the offscreen + optimization (above), these requests still required transferring + significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible + portion of the window. For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to + copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then + the entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server. + + + To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and + the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is + subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end + server's screen is sent to that back-end server. Xinerama already + implements a subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further + optimization was needed. + + + Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to + subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time + required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, + so this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives. + + + Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two + back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number + of back-end servers increases. + + + This optimization improved the following x11perf tests by more than + 10%: + + 1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 1.26 PutImage 10x10 square + 1.83 PutImage 100x100 square + 1.91 PutImage 500x500 square + 1.40 PutImage XY 10x10 square + 1.48 PutImage XY 100x100 square + 1.50 PutImage XY 500x500 square + 1.45 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + 1.74 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) + + + + The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this + optimization: + + 0.88 10-pixel fill chord partial circle + + + + BB..22..77.. SSuummmmaarryy ooff xx1111ppeerrff DDaattaa + + With all of the optimizations on, 53 x11perf tests are more than 100X + faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than + 50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast. + No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II + deliverable. (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate + Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II + deliverable. As noted above, this test seems to have wider + variability than other x11perf tests.) + + + The following table summarizes relative x11perf test changes for all + optimizations individually and collectively. Note that some of the + optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together. + + + + 1: XSync() batching only + 2: Off screen optimizations only + 3: Window optimizations only + 4: Subdivprims only + 5: All optimizations + + 1 2 3 4 5 Operation + ------ ---- ---- ---- ------ --------- + 2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00 4.13 Dot + 1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00 3.31 1x1 rectangle + 2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.44 10x10 rectangle + 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98 1.00 100x100 rectangle + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 rectangle + 1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06 3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) + 1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04 3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) + 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) + 1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99 3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) + 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145... + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145... + 1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99 3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) + 1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) + 1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00 3.38 1-pixel line segment + 2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00 3.31 10-pixel line segment + 1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.27 100-pixel line segment + 1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03 1.09 500-pixel line segment + 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid) + 1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00 1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids) + 1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids) + 1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00 3.73 10-pixel dashed segment + 1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.34 100-pixel dashed segment + 1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment + 1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00 3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment + 1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00 3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment + 1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment + 2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99 3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment + 1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment + 1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment + 4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01 4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment + 1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00 1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment + 1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment + 4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00 4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment + 1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06 1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment + 1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment + 2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00 3.61 1-pixel line + 2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel line + 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel line + 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.03 500-pixel line + 2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00 3.17 10-pixel dashed line + 1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99 1.23 100-pixel dashed line + 1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00 1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line + 2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00 2.23 10x1 wide line + 1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.20 100x10 wide line + 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 500x50 wide line + 1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00 1.52 100x10 wide dashed line + 1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00 1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line + 1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95 1.95 10x10 rectangle outline + 1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.43 100x100 rectangle outline + 3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09 3.61 500x500 rectangle outline + 1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00 1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline + 1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline + 1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00 3.03 1-pixel circle + 1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00 1.92 10-pixel circle + 1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97 1.20 100-pixel circle + 1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel circle + 1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03 1.38 100-pixel dashed circle + 1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle + 1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.58 10-pixel wide circle + 1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00 1.22 100-pixel wide circle + 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.05 500-pixel wide circle + 1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00 1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle + 1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01 1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle + 2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.32 10-pixel partial circle + 1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00 1.42 100-pixel partial circle + 1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01 1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle + 1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00 1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle + 1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00 2.64 1-pixel solid circle + 2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00 2.03 10-pixel solid circle + 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel solid circle + 1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.01 500-pixel solid circle + 1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88 1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle + 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle + 1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03 1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle + 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle + 2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00 2.71 10-pixel ellipse + 1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.22 100-pixel ellipse + 1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.09 500-pixel ellipse + 1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse + 1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97 1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse + 2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00 2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse + 1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03 1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse + 1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse + 1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00 1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse + 1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00 1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse + 2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse + 1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00 1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse + 2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97 1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse + 1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse + 3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00 3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse + 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse + 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse + 2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00 2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse + 2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00 2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse + 2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00 2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse + 1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97 1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse + 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle + 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00 73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle + 6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle + 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid + 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00 94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid + 6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00 6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid + 1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99 1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid + 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02 67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) + 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00 65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8... + 5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8... + 1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8... + 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01 62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99 1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) + 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) + 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00 45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15... + 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00 47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) + 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12 3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) + 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145... + 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145... + 2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145.. + 1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01 1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145.. + 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) + 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99 45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00 2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) + 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00 54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon + 5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98 5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons + 8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00 16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex) + 8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex) + 8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00 16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex) + 8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex) + 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00 14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13) + 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00 11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13) + 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00 11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15) + 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00 10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14) + 6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24) + 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03 11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10) + 8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99 8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24) + 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00 42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10) + 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01 27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24) + 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00 12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13) + 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00 10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13) + 9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00 9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15) + 9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95 9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14) + 5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24) + 8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00 8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10) + 4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00 4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24) + 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels + 3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98 3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels + 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window + 3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98 3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window + 0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window + 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00 88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window + 2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00 2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window + 1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00 0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window + 2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap + 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap + 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap + 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02 57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap + 2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap + 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00 85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane + 6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01 6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane + 1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane + 4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97 4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane + 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane + 6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26 12.80 PutImage 10x10 square + 1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83 2.11 PutImage 100x100 square + 1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91 1.91 PutImage 500x500 square + 4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40 7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square + 1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48 2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square + 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50 1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square + 1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.06 GetImage 10x10 square + 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 GetImage 100x100 square + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage 500x500 square + 1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97 1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square + 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square + 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square + 1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98 0.95 X protocol NoOperation + 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03 1.00 QueryPointer + 1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03 1.00 GetProperty + 100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context + 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97 57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids) + 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02 63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids) + 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00 56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids) + 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids) + 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00 32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids) + 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids) + 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids) + 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids) + 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids) + 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids) + 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids) + 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids) + 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids) + 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids) + 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids) + 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01 32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids) + 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95 29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids) + 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00 27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids) + 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00 18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids) + 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99 16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids) + 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99 12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids) + 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids) + 9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00 89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids) + 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids) + 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids) + 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids) + 112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids) + 105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids) + 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02 74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids) + 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids) + 106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids) + 120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids) + 126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids) + 126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids) + 128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids) + 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00 20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) + 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids) + 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids) + 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97 17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids) + 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01 17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids) + 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00 16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids) + 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids) + 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00 26.05 Move window (4 kids) + 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00 23.97 Move window (16 kids) + 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 22.90 Move window (25 kids) + 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00 21.32 Move window (50 kids) + 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98 19.44 Move window (75 kids) + 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03 18.17 Move window (100 kids) + 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00 12.68 Move window (200 kids) + 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids) + 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids) + 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids) + 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids) + 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids) + 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids) + 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids) + 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids) + 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids) + 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids) + 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids) + 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids) + 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids) + 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids) + 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00 27.61 Resize window (4 kids) + 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99 25.42 Resize window (16 kids) + 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00 24.47 Resize window (25 kids) + 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00 24.14 Resize window (50 kids) + 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99 22.75 Resize window (75 kids) + 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00 21.20 Resize window (100 kids) + 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00 16.26 Resize window (200 kids) + 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids) + 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids) + 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids) + 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids) + 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids) + 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids) + 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids) + 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00 19.46 Circulate window (4 kids) + 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97 16.24 Circulate window (16 kids) + 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03 15.85 Circulate window (25 kids) + 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00 14.90 Circulate window (50 kids) + 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00 13.06 Circulate window (75 kids) + 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00 11.03 Circulate window (100 kids) + 7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99 7.47 Circulate window (200 kids) + 1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00 0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) + 1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07 1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) + 1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) + 1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18 1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) + 1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45 1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) + 1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74 1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) + 1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) + + + + BB..22..88.. PPrrooffiilliinngg wwiitthh OOPPrrooffiillee + + OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a + system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level + counters to collect sampling data. OProfile can provide information + that is similar to that provided by gprof, but without the necessity + of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e., + OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized + programs). A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for + each x11perf test individually. + + + Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD + Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a + test configuration different from the one described above). We have + examined OProfile output and have compared it with gprof output. This + investigation has not produced results that yield performance + increases in x11perf numbers. + + + + BB..22..99.. XX TTeesstt SSuuiittee + + The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the + configuration described above. The following failures were noted: + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 [1] + XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 [1] + XCreateWindow: Test 30 [1] + XFreeColors: Test 4 [3] + XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30 [2] + XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31 [2] + XSetFontPath: Test 4 [1] + XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10 [1] + + [1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama + implementation (see Phase I discussion). + [2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected + behavior of the Xinerama implementation. + [3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama + implementation bug. + + + + BB..33.. PPhhaassee IIIIII + + During the third phase of development, support was provided for the + following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput. + + + BB..33..11.. SSHHAAPPEE + + The SHAPE extension is supported. Test applications (e.g., xeyes and + oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will + work as expected. + + + BB..33..22.. RREENNDDEERR + + The RENDER extension is supported. The version included in the DMX + CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx. + Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly; + however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do + not properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers. These + apps will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version + 0.2 functions. This is expected behavior. When the DMX CVS tree is + updated to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer + functions will be added to the DMX X server. + + + BB..33..33.. XXKKEEYYBBOOAARRDD + + The XKEYBOARD extension is supported. If present on the back-end X + servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information + about the type of the keyboard for initialization. Otherwise, the + keyboard will be initialized using defaults. Note that this departs + from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support, + the map from the back-end X server will be preserved. With XKEYBOARD + support, the map is not preserved because better information and + control of the keyboard is available. + + + BB..33..44.. XXIInnppuutt + + The XInput extension is supported. Any device can be used as a core + device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception + of core devices on the back-end servers. This limitation is present + because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end + cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is + incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device. + + + Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx + extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the + future. + + + To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for + low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been + written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and non-mouse/non- + keyboard USB devices (usb-oth). Please see the man page for + information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using these + Xdmx drivers. + + + BB..33..55.. DDPPMMSS + + The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time. + + + BB..33..66.. OOtthheerr EExxtteennssiioonnss + + The LBX, SECURITY, XC-APPGROUP, and XFree86-Bigfont extensions do not + require any special Xdmx support and have been exported. + + + The BIG-REQUESTS, DEC-XTRAP, DOUBLE-BUFFER, Extended-Visual- + Information, FontCache, GLX, MIT-SCREEN-SAVER, MIT-SHM, MIT-SUNDRY- + NONSTANDARD, RECORD, SECURITY, SGI-GLX, SYNC, TOG-CUP, X-Resource, XC- + MISC, XFree86-DGA, XFree86-DRI, XFree86-Misc, + XFree86-VidModeExtension, and XVideo extensions are _n_o_t supported at + this time, but will be evaluated for inclusion in future DMX releases. + SSeeee bbeellooww ffoorr aaddddiittiioonnaall wwoorrkk oonn eexxtteennssiioonnss aafftteerr PPhhaassee IIIIII.. + + + BB..44.. PPhhaassee IIVV + + BB..44..11.. MMoovviinngg ttoo XXFFrreeee8866 44..33..00 + + For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003) + was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is + proceeding using this tree. + + + BB..44..22.. EExxtteennssiioonnss + + BB..44..22..11.. XXCC--MMIISSCC ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the X + server. This is important for long-running X server sessions. Xdmx + supports this extension. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact + same tests before and after this extension was enabled. + + + BB..44..22..22.. EExxtteennddeedd--VViissuuaall--IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X + client to obtain detailed visual information. Xdmx supports this + extension. It was tested using the hw/dmx/examples/evi example + program. NNoottee tthhaatt tthhiiss eexxtteennssiioonn iiss nnoott XXiinneerraammaa--aawwaarree -- it will + return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is + causing the X server to export a single logical screen. + + + BB..44..22..33.. RREESS ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain + detailed information about the resources used by other clients. This + extension was tested with the hw/dmx/examples/res program. The X Test + Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after this + extension was enabled. + + + BB..44..22..44.. BBIIGG--RREEQQUUEESSTTSS ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer than + 262140 bytes. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests + before and after this extension was enabled. + + + BB..44..22..55.. XXSSYYNNCC ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to + synchronize their requests. This extension was minimally tested with + xdpyinfo and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests + before and after this extension was enabled. + + + BB..44..22..66.. XXTTEESSTT,, RREECCOORRDD,, DDEECC--XXTTRRAAPP ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) aanndd XXTTeessttEExxtteennssiioonn11 + ((nnoott ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for + use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6 + tree. They are also supported in Xdmx. When X Test Suite tests that + make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly + the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server. When the rcrdtest + test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD extension) + is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does a + standard XFree86 X server. + + + There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and + XTestExtension1. The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use + by the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually + became (part of?) the X Test Suite. Unlike XTEST, which only allows + events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also + allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension). The + second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital + Equipment Corporation. + + + The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested + with the xtrap* tools which are distributed as standard X11R6 clients. + + + The XTestExtension1 is _n_o_t supported because it does not appear to be + used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support + XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing + that it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for + XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so + additional testing is important). + + + Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree. + Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to + locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are + provide: + + XXRREECCOORRDD + Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording. 8th Annual X Technical + Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994. + + DDEECC--XXTTRRAAPP + Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap + Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991. + + XXTTeessttEExxtteennssiioonn11 + Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension Proposal. Hewlett + Packard, November 1991. + + + BB..44..22..77.. MMIITT--MMIISSCC ((nnoott ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag + that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2. + There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use + of this extension and there is not way to verify that it works + correctly. The Xdmx server does _n_o_t support MIT-MISC. + + + BB..44..22..88.. SSCCRREEEENNSSAAVVEERR ((nnoott ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + This extension provides special support for the X screen saver. It + was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that + works with it. When Xinerama was not active, beforelight behaved as + expected. However, when Xinerama was active, beforelight did not + behave as expected. Further, when this extension is not active, + xscreensaver (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave as + expected. Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not + commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this + extension disabled at this time. + + BB..44..22..99.. GGLLXX ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support. In Xdmx, + the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware. It works + by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the back- + end servers or handling them locally. All rendering requests are + handled on the back-end X servers. This code was donated to the DMX + project by SGI. For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below. + + + BB..44..22..1100.. RREENNDDEERR ((ssuuppppoorrtteedd)) + + The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image + composition. Geometric and text rendering are supported. RENDER is + partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing + operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle + strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware. The RENDER + extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8. + Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or + requests are added to the extension. + + + There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension; + however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the + extension matures. When that test suite becomes available, additional + testing can be performed with Xdmx. The X Test Suite passed and + failed the exact same tests before and after this extension was + enabled. + + + BB..44..22..1111.. SSuummmmaarryy + + To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported: BIG- + REQUESTS, DEC-XTRAP, DMX, DPMS, Extended-Visual-Information, GLX, LBX, + RECORD, RENDER, SECURITY, SHAPE, SYNC, X-Resource, XC-APPGROUP, XC- + MISC, XFree86-Bigfont, XINERAMA, XInputExtension, XKEYBOARD, and + XTEST. + + + The following extensions are _n_o_t supported at this time: DOUBLE- + BUFFER, FontCache, MIT-SCREEN-SAVER, MIT-SHM, MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD, + TOG-CUP, XFree86-DGA, XFree86-Misc, XFree86-VidModeExtension, + XTestExtensionExt1, and XVideo. + + + BB..44..33.. AAddddiittiioonnaall TTeessttiinngg wwiitthh tthhee XX TTeesstt SSuuiittee + + BB..44..33..11.. XXFFrreeee8866 wwiitthhoouutt XXTTEESSTT + + After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server + with and without using the XTEST extension. When the XTEST extension + was _n_o_t used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our + usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures + in the following tests: + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 + XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 + XGetDefault: Test 5 + XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + + + + BB..44..33..22.. XXFFrreeee8866 wwiitthh XXTTEESSTT + + When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the + following errors: + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 + XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 + XGetDefault: Test 5 + XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + + XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 + XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 + XGrabKey: Test 8 + XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 + XUngrabButton: Test 4 + + + + While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed + eventually in the XFree86 source tree. We are particularly interested + in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional + failures that are not known Xinerama failures. + + + BB..44..33..33.. XXddmmxx wwiitthh XXTTEESSTT,, wwiitthhoouutt XXiinneerraammaa,, wwiitthhoouutt GGLLXX + + Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors + were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the + XFree86 4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails): + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 + XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 + XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + + XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 + XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 + XGrabKey: Test 8 + XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 + XUngrabButton: Test 4 + + + + BB..44..33..44.. XXddmmxx wwiitthh XXTTEESSTT,, wwiitthh XXiinneerraammaa,, wwiitthhoouutt GGLLXX + + With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors were + reported from Xdmx: + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 + XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 + XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + + XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 + XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 + XGrabKey: Test 8 + XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 + XUngrabButton: Test 4 + + XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue) + XDrawLine: Test 67 + XDrawLines: Test 91 + XDrawSegments: Test 68 + + + + Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86 + 4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error + resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses + a screen boundary. The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are + run individually and they do not cross a screen boundary. We will + investigate these errors further to determine their cause. + + + BB..44..33..55.. XXddmmxx wwiitthh XXTTEESSTT,, wwiitthh XXiinneerraammaa,, wwiitthh GGLLXX + + With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors were + reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase IV + development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot): + + XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 + XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10 + XRebindKeysym: Test 1 + + XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24 + XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25 + XGrabKey: Test 8 + XSetPointerMapping: Test 3 + XUngrabButton: Test 4 + + XClearArea: Test 8 + XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30 + XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31 + XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102 + XDrawLine: Test 67 + XDrawSegments: Test 68 + + + Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86 + 4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when + Xdmx does not include GLX support. Since the GLX extension adds new + visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs + tests over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were + run and presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary. This con- + clusion is supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering + errors reported are resolved when the tests are run individually and + they do no cross a screen boundary. + + + Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays, + many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only: + + XClearArea: Test 8 + XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30 + XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31 + + + + BB..44..33..66.. CCoonncclluussiioonn + + We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are + the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama + implementation. Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably + fixed at the Xdmx layer have been. (Where appropriate, we have + submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.) + + + BB..44..44.. DDyynnaammiicc RReeccoonnffiigguurraattiioonn + + During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was + added to DMX. This support allows an application to change the + position and offset of a back-end server's screen. For example, if + the application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it + could query Xdmx for the screen's <x,y> position and then dynamically + reconfigure that screen to be at position <x+10,y>. When a screen is + dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window + dimensions are adjusted as needed. These adjustments are transparent + to the user. + + + BB..44..44..11.. DDyynnaammiicc rreeccoonnffiigguurraattiioonn eexxtteennssiioonn + + The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through + a function in the DMX extension library: + + Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y) + + + where _d_p_y is DMX server's display, _s_c_r_e_e_n is the number of the screen + to be reconfigured, and _x and _y are the new upper, left-hand coordi- + nates of the screen to be reconfigured. + + + The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X + protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number. In + addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values. + Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that + the right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is + illegal. + + + BB..44..44..22.. BBoouunnddiinngg bbooxx + + When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from the + screens' layout given either on the command line or in the + configuration file. This bounding box is currently fixed for the + lifetime of the Xdmx server. + + + While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it + is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding + box. For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of + <-100,-100> for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which + was previously at coordinates <0,0>. As expected, the screen is moved + down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the + left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the + reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen. Those + inaccessible regions are filled with black. + + + This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future + development phase. + + + BB..44..44..33.. SSaammppllee aapppplliiccaattiioonnss + + An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video + wall. It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned, + and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into + a projector). Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it + is now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's + screens using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX. + + + Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools, can + make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector alignment + problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged rectilinearly. + Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be applied to + projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems; however, + this must be done external to Xdmx. + + + A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples + directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might + use dynamic reconfiguration. See dmxreconfig.c for details. + + + BB..44..44..44.. AAddddiittiioonnaall nnootteess + + In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to + adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the + DMX project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX. This code was + later donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code + base, which freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic + reconfiguration (as described above). + + + BB..44..55.. DDooxxyyggeenn ddooccuummeennttaattiioonn + + Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating + browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code. + We have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code + files under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx + source code is available in an easily browseable format. + + + BB..44..66.. VVaallggrriinndd + + Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to + search for memory management errors. Several memory leaks were + detected and repaired. The following errors were not addressed: + + 1. When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only + those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in -- + unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore + noted by valgrind. These instances are not errors and were not + repaired. + + 2. At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that is + never freed. The amount of memory lost each generation + approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual. Because + the code involved is automatically generated, this bug has not been + fixed and will be referred to SGI. + + 3. At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont, + which allocates a font structure that is not freed. + dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first screen, + but cannot free it for the other screens since they are already + closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them. The amount of + memory lost each generation is approximately equal to 80 bytes per + font per back-end. When this bug is fixed in the the X server's + device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be able to properly free + the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont. + + + BB..44..77.. RRAATTSS + + RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL) + security analysis tool that scans source code for common security- + related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU races). + RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory and all + "High" notations were checked manually. The code was either re- + written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was + inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code. + Unrepaired warnings are as follows: + + 1. Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been added + to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., XmuSnprint). The only + instances that have not yet been fixed are in config/xdmxconfig.c + (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and input/usb-common.c. + + 2. vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines. In general, + all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a constant + format string from a trusted source, so the use is relatively + benign. + + 3. glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat. The use of these + functions is safe and will remain safe as long as ExtensionsString + is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring this may not be ovious + to the casual programmer, but this is in automatically generated + code, so we hope that the generator enforces this constraint). + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b706b6d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.conf @@ -0,0 +1,1090 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.3.4 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded +# by quotes) that should identify the project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "Distributed Multihead X" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = "dmx-1-2-20040604 and later" + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, +# Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en +# (Japanese with English messages), Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, +# Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# This tag can be used to specify the encoding used in the generated output. +# The encoding is not always determined by the language that is chosen, +# but also whether or not the output is meant for Windows or non-Windows users. +# In case there is a difference, setting the USE_WINDOWS_ENCODING tag to YES +# forces the Windows encoding (this is the default for the Windows binary), +# whereas setting the tag to NO uses a Unix-style encoding (the default for +# all platforms other than Windows). + +USE_WINDOWS_ENCODING = NO + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all inherited +# members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those members were +# ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment operators of +# the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = NO + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an +# explict @brief command for a brief description. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the DETAILS_AT_TOP tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will output the detailed description near the top, like JavaDoc. +# If set to NO, the detailed description appears after the member +# documentation. + +DETAILS_AT_TOP = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# reimplements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 8 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for Java. +# For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified scopes +# will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = .. \ + ../input \ + ../config \ + ../../../Xext/dmx.c \ + ../../../../../include/extensions/dmxproto.h \ + ../../../../../include/extensions/dmxext.h \ + ../../../../../lib/dmx + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx *.hpp +# *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc + +FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = NO + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. + +EXCLUDE = ../config/parser.c \ + ../config/parser.h \ + ../config/scanner.c + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or directories +# that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = YES + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = atKeynames.h \ + Canvas*.* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = YES + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. + +HTML_HEADER = doxygen.head + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = doxygen.foot + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet + +HTML_STYLESHEET = doxygen.css + +# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, +# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to +# NO a bullet list will be used. + +HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output dir. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = NO + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at +# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) +# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 + +# If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be +# generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are +# probably better off using the HTML help feature. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = NO + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. + +PREDEFINED = SHAPE \ + RENDER \ + XKB \ + XINPUT + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone +# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such +# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the +# parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::addtions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. +# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation +# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without +# this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or +# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool +# does not have to be run to correct the links. +# Note that each tag file must have a unique name +# (where the name does NOT include the path) +# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen +# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base or +# super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this +# option is superceded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a fallback. It is +# recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = YES + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similiar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will +# generate a call dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif +# If left blank png will be used. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = gif + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width +# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than +# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within +# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very +# large images. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH = 1024 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height +# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than +# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within +# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very +# large images. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT = 1024 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that +# lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to +# 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that a graph may be further truncated if the graph's image dimensions are +# not sufficient to fit the graph (see MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH and MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT). +# If 0 is used for the depth value (the default), the graph is not depth-constrained. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::addtions related to the search engine +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be +# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.css b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..841f709a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.css @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +H1 { text-align: center; } +CAPTION { font-weight: bold } +A.qindex {} +A.qindexRef {} +A.el { text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold } +A.elRef { font-weight: bold } +A.code { text-decoration: none; font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee } +A.codeRef { font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee } +A:hover { text-decoration: none; background-color: #f2f2ff } +DL.el { margin-left: -1cm } +DIV.fragment { width: 100%; border: none; background-color: #eeeeee } +DIV.ah { background-color: black; font-weight: bold; color: #ffffff; margin-bottom: 3px; margin-top: 3px } +TD.md { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; } +TD.mdname1 { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; } +TD.mdname { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; width: 600px; } +DIV.groupHeader { margin-left: 16px; margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: bold } +DIV.groupText { margin-left: 16px; font-style: italic; font-size: smaller } +BODY { background: white } +TD.indexkey { + background-color: #eeeeff; + font-weight: bold; + padding-right : 10px; + padding-top : 2px; + padding-left : 10px; + padding-bottom : 2px; + margin-left : 0px; + margin-right : 0px; + margin-top : 2px; + margin-bottom : 2px +} +TD.indexvalue { + background-color: #eeeeff; + font-style: italic; + padding-right : 10px; + padding-top : 2px; + padding-left : 10px; + padding-bottom : 2px; + margin-left : 0px; + margin-right : 0px; + margin-top : 2px; + margin-bottom : 2px +} +FONT.keyword { color: #008000 } +FONT.keywordtype { color: #604020 } +FONT.keywordflow { color: #e08000 } +FONT.comment { color: #800000 } +FONT.preprocessor { color: #806020 } +FONT.stringliteral { color: #002080 } +FONT.charliteral { color: #008080 } diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.foot b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.foot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aca11763 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.foot @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + <hr> + <address> + <small> + Generated June 29, 2004 for <a + href="http://dmx.sourceforge.net">Distributed Multihead X</a> by + <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">doxygen</a> + 1.3.4. + </small> + </addres> + </hr> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.head b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.head new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89bda8fda --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/doxygen.head @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN"> +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> + <title>File Index + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29fc27d63 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

ChkNotMaskEv.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "ChkNotMaskEv.h"
+ + + + + +

Functions

Bool XCheckNotMaskEvent (Display *dpy, long mask, XEvent *event)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides a XCheckNotMaskEvent function that is derived from the standard Xlib XCheckMaskEvent function.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool XCheckNotMaskEvent ( Display *  dpy,
long  mask,
XEvent *  event
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Check existing events in queue to find if any match. If so, return. If not, flush buffer and see if any more events are readable. If one matches, return. If all else fails, tell the user no events found.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a4fc4c52 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

ChkNotMaskEv.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _CHKNOTMASKEV_H_
+00039 #define _CHKNOTMASKEV_H_
+00040 extern Bool XCheckNotMaskEvent (Display *dpy, long mask, XEvent *event);
+00041 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..658c94d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ChkNotMaskEv_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

ChkNotMaskEv.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + +

Functions

Bool XCheckNotMaskEvent (Display *dpy, long mask, XEvent *event)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for XCheckNotMaskEvent function.
See also:
ChkNotMaskEv.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool XCheckNotMaskEvent ( Display *  dpy,
long  mask,
XEvent *  event
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Check existing events in queue to find if any match. If so, return. If not, flush buffer and see if any more events are readable. If one matches, return. If all else fails, tell the user no events found.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/annotated.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/annotated.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bd5e9c98 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/annotated.html @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

Distributed Multihead X Data Structures

Here are the data structures with brief descriptions: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
_dmxArg
_dmxColormapPriv
_DMXConfigComment
_DMXConfigDisplay
_DMXConfigEntry
_DMXConfigFullDim
_DMXConfigNumber
_DMXConfigOption
_DMXConfigPair
_DMXConfigParam
_DMXConfigPartDim
_DMXConfigString
_DMXConfigSub
_DMXConfigToken
_DMXConfigVirtual
_DMXConfigWall
_dmxCursorPriv
_DMXEventMap
_dmxFontPriv
_dmxGCPriv
_dmxGlyphPriv
_DMXInputInfo
_DMXLocalInitInfo
_DMXLocalInputInfo
_dmxPictPriv
_dmxPixPriv
_DMXScreenInfo
_DMXStatAvg
_DMXStatInfo
_dmxWinPriv
_Event
_EventQueue
_myPrivate
DMXConfigCmdStruct
DMXConfigListStruct
DMXDesktopAttributes
DMXDesktopAttributesRec
dmxGlxVisualPrivate
DMXInputAttributes
DMXInputAttributesRec
DMXScreenAttributes
DMXScreenAttributesRec
DMXWindowAttributes
DMXWindowAttributesRec
xDMXAddInputReply
xDMXAddInputReq
xDMXAddScreenReply
xDMXAddScreenReq
xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply
xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq
xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply
xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq
xDMXForceWindowCreationReply
xDMXForceWindowCreationReq
xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply
xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq
xDMXGetInputAttributesReply
xDMXGetInputAttributesReq
xDMXGetInputCountReply
xDMXGetInputCountReq
xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply
xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq
xDMXGetScreenCountReply
xDMXGetScreenCountReq
xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply
xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq
xDMXQueryVersionReply
xDMXQueryVersionReq
xDMXRemoveInputReply
xDMXRemoveInputReq
xDMXRemoveScreenReply
xDMXRemoveScreenReq
xDMXSyncReply
xDMXSyncReq
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/classes.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/classes.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6632fb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/classes.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

Distributed Multihead X Data Structure Index

+
  _  
+		_DMXConfigWall   _EventQueue   xDMXAddInputReply   xDMXGetInputCountReq   
_dmxArg   _dmxCursorPriv   _myPrivate   xDMXAddInputReq   xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply   
_dmxColormapPriv   _DMXEventMap   
  D  
+		xDMXAddScreenReply   xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq   
_DMXConfigComment   _dmxFontPriv   DMXConfigCmdStruct   xDMXAddScreenReq   xDMXGetScreenCountReply   
_DMXConfigDisplay   _dmxGCPriv   DMXConfigListStruct   xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply   xDMXGetScreenCountReq   
_DMXConfigEntry   _dmxGlyphPriv   DMXDesktopAttributes   xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq   xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply   
_DMXConfigFullDim   _DMXInputInfo   DMXDesktopAttributesRec   xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply   xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq   
_DMXConfigNumber   _DMXLocalInitInfo   dmxGlxVisualPrivate   xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq   xDMXQueryVersionReply   
_DMXConfigOption   _DMXLocalInputInfo   DMXInputAttributes   xDMXForceWindowCreationReply   xDMXQueryVersionReq   
_DMXConfigPair   _dmxPictPriv   DMXInputAttributesRec   xDMXForceWindowCreationReq   xDMXRemoveInputReply   
_DMXConfigParam   _dmxPixPriv   DMXScreenAttributes   xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply   xDMXRemoveInputReq   
_DMXConfigPartDim   _DMXScreenInfo   DMXScreenAttributesRec   xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq   xDMXRemoveScreenReply   
_DMXConfigString   _DMXStatAvg   DMXWindowAttributes   xDMXGetInputAttributesReply   xDMXRemoveScreenReq   
_DMXConfigSub   _DMXStatInfo   DMXWindowAttributesRec   xDMXGetInputAttributesReq   xDMXSyncReply   
_DMXConfigToken   _dmxWinPriv   
  X  
+		xDMXGetInputCountReply   xDMXSyncReq   
_DMXConfigVirtual   _Event   
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3dc9b85ac --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmx.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+00033  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00034  *
+00035  */
+00036 
+00051 #ifndef DMX_H
+00052 #define DMX_H
+00053 
+00054 #include "gcstruct.h"
+00055 
+00056 /* Handle client-side include files in one place. */
+00057 #include "dmxclient.h"
+00058 
+00059 #include "globals.h"
+00060 #include "scrnintstr.h"
+00061 
+00062 #ifdef RENDER
+00063 #include "picturestr.h"
+00064 #endif
+00065 
+00066 #ifdef GLXEXT
+00067 #include <GL/glx.h>
+00068 #include <GL/glxint.h>
+00069 #endif
+00070 
+00071 typedef enum {
+00072     PosNone = -1,
+00073     PosAbsolute = 0,
+00074     PosRightOf,
+00075     PosLeftOf,
+00076     PosAbove,
+00077     PosBelow,
+00078     PosRelative
+00079 } PositionType;
+00080 
+00083 typedef struct _DMXInputInfo DMXInputInfo;
+00084 
+00087 typedef struct _DMXStatInfo DMXStatInfo;
+00088 
+00090 typedef struct _DMXScreenInfo {
+00091     const char   *name;           
+00092     int           index;          
+00094     /*---------- Back-end X server information ----------*/
+00095 
+00096     Display      *beDisplay;      
+00097     int           beWidth;        
+00098     int           beHeight;       
+00099     int           beDepth;        
+00100     int           beBPP;          
+00101     int           beXDPI;         
+00102     int           beYDPI;         
+00104     int           beNumDepths;    
+00105     int          *beDepths;       
+00107     int           beNumPixmapFormats; 
+00108     XPixmapFormatValues *bePixmapFormats; 
+00110     int           beNumVisuals;   
+00111     XVisualInfo  *beVisuals;      
+00112     int           beDefVisualIndex; 
+00114     int           beNumDefColormaps; 
+00115     Colormap     *beDefColormaps; 
+00117     Pixel         beBlackPixel;   
+00118     Pixel         beWhitePixel;   
+00120     /*---------- Screen window information ----------*/
+00121 
+00122     Window        scrnWin;        
+00123     int           scrnX;          
+00124     int           scrnY;          
+00125     int           scrnWidth;      
+00126     int           scrnHeight;     
+00127     int           scrnXSign;      
+00128     int           scrnYSign;      
+00131     Drawable      scrnDefDrawables[MAXFORMATS];
+00132 
+00133     struct _DMXScreenInfo *next;  
+00134     struct _DMXScreenInfo *over;  
+00136     /*---------- Root window information ----------*/
+00137 
+00138     Window        rootWin;        
+00139     int           rootX;          
+00140     int           rootY;          
+00141     int           rootWidth;      
+00142     int           rootHeight;     
+00144     int           rootXOrigin;    
+00145     int           rootYOrigin;    
+00147     /*---------- Shadow framebuffer information ----------*/
+00148 
+00149     void         *shadow;         
+00150     XlibGC        shadowGC;       
+00151     XImage       *shadowFBImage;  
+00153     /*---------- Other related information ----------*/
+00154 
+00155     int           shared;         
+00157     Bool          WMRunningOnBE;
+00158 
+00159     Cursor        noCursor;
+00160     Cursor        curCursor;
+00161                                 /* Support for cursors on overlapped
+00162                                  * backend displays. */
+00163     CursorPtr     cursor;
+00164     int           cursorVisible;
+00165     int           cursorNotShared; /* for overlapping screens on a backend */
+00166 
+00167     PositionType  where;            
+00168     int           whereX;           
+00169     int           whereY;           
+00170     int           whereRefScreen;   
+00172     int           savedTimeout;     
+00173     int           dpmsCapable;      
+00174     int           dpmsEnabled;      
+00175     int           dpmsStandby;      
+00176     int           dpmsSuspend;      
+00177     int           dpmsOff;          
+00179     DMXStatInfo  *stat;             
+00180     Bool          needsSync;        
+00182 #ifdef GLXEXT
+00183 
+00184     int           numGlxVisuals;
+00185     __GLXvisualConfig *glxVisuals;
+00186     int           glxMajorOpcode;
+00187     int           glxErrorBase;
+00188 
+00190     __GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs;
+00191     int           numFBConfigs;
+00192 #endif
+00193 
+00196     CloseScreenProcPtr             CloseScreen;
+00197     SaveScreenProcPtr              SaveScreen;
+00198 
+00199     CreateGCProcPtr                CreateGC;
+00200 
+00201     CreateWindowProcPtr            CreateWindow;
+00202     DestroyWindowProcPtr           DestroyWindow;
+00203     PositionWindowProcPtr          PositionWindow;
+00204     ChangeWindowAttributesProcPtr  ChangeWindowAttributes;
+00205     RealizeWindowProcPtr           RealizeWindow;
+00206     UnrealizeWindowProcPtr         UnrealizeWindow;
+00207     RestackWindowProcPtr           RestackWindow;
+00208     WindowExposuresProcPtr         WindowExposures;
+00209     PaintWindowBackgroundProcPtr   PaintWindowBackground;
+00210     PaintWindowBorderProcPtr       PaintWindowBorder;
+00211     CopyWindowProcPtr              CopyWindow;
+00212 
+00213     ResizeWindowProcPtr            ResizeWindow;
+00214     ReparentWindowProcPtr          ReparentWindow;
+00215 
+00216     ChangeBorderWidthProcPtr       ChangeBorderWidth;
+00217 
+00218     GetImageProcPtr                GetImage;
+00219     GetSpansProcPtr                GetSpans;
+00220 
+00221     CreatePixmapProcPtr            CreatePixmap;
+00222     DestroyPixmapProcPtr           DestroyPixmap;
+00223     BitmapToRegionProcPtr          BitmapToRegion;
+00224 
+00225     RealizeFontProcPtr             RealizeFont;
+00226     UnrealizeFontProcPtr           UnrealizeFont;
+00227 
+00228     CreateColormapProcPtr          CreateColormap;
+00229     DestroyColormapProcPtr         DestroyColormap;
+00230     InstallColormapProcPtr         InstallColormap;
+00231     StoreColorsProcPtr             StoreColors;
+00232 
+00233 #ifdef SHAPE
+00234     SetShapeProcPtr                SetShape;
+00235 #endif
+00236 
+00237 #ifdef RENDER
+00238     CreatePictureProcPtr           CreatePicture;
+00239     DestroyPictureProcPtr          DestroyPicture;
+00240     ChangePictureClipProcPtr       ChangePictureClip;
+00241     DestroyPictureClipProcPtr      DestroyPictureClip;
+00242     
+00243     ChangePictureProcPtr           ChangePicture;
+00244     ValidatePictureProcPtr         ValidatePicture;
+00245 
+00246     CompositeProcPtr               Composite;
+00247     GlyphsProcPtr                  Glyphs;
+00248     CompositeRectsProcPtr          CompositeRects;
+00249 
+00250     InitIndexedProcPtr             InitIndexed;
+00251     CloseIndexedProcPtr            CloseIndexed;
+00252     UpdateIndexedProcPtr           UpdateIndexed;
+00253 
+00254     TrapezoidsProcPtr              Trapezoids;
+00255     TrianglesProcPtr               Triangles;
+00256     TriStripProcPtr                TriStrip;
+00257     TriFanProcPtr                  TriFan;
+00258 #endif
+00259 } DMXScreenInfo;
+00260 
+00261 /* Global variables available to all Xserver/hw/dmx routines. */
+00262 extern int              dmxNumScreens;          
+00263 extern DMXScreenInfo   *dmxScreens;             
+00264 extern int              dmxShadowFB;            
+00267 extern XErrorEvent      dmxLastErrorEvent;      
+00269 extern Bool             dmxErrorOccurred;       
+00271 extern Bool             dmxOffScreenOpt;        
+00274 extern Bool             dmxSubdividePrimitives; 
+00277 extern Bool             dmxLazyWindowCreation;  
+00280 extern Bool             dmxUseXKB;              
+00284 extern int              dmxDepth;               
+00286 extern Bool             dmxNoRender;            
+00289 #ifdef GLXEXT
+00290 extern Bool             dmxGLXProxy;            
+00292 extern Bool             dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport; 
+00296 extern Bool             dmxGLXSyncSwap;         
+00300 extern Bool             dmxGLXFinishSwap;       
+00305 #endif
+00306 extern char            *dmxFontPath;            
+00315 extern Bool             dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths;  
+00319 extern Bool             dmxAddRemoveScreens;    
+00324 #define DMX_WRAP(_entry, _newfunc, _saved, _actual)                     \
+00325 do {                                                                    \
+00326     (_saved)->_entry  = (_actual)->_entry;                              \
+00327     (_actual)->_entry = (_newfunc);                                     \
+00328 } while (0)
+00329 
+00331 #define DMX_UNWRAP(_entry, _saved, _actual)                             \
+00332 do {                                                                    \
+00333     (_actual)->_entry = (_saved)->_entry;                               \
+00334 } while (0)
+00335 
+00336 #endif /* DMX_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecdde319d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,532 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmx.h File Reference

#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "dmxclient.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _DMXScreenInfo

Defines

#define DMX_WRAP(_entry, _newfunc, _saved, _actual)
#define DMX_UNWRAP(_entry, _saved, _actual)

Typedefs

typedef _DMXInputInfo DMXInputInfo
typedef _DMXStatInfo DMXStatInfo
typedef _DMXScreenInfo DMXScreenInfo

Variables

int dmxNumScreens
DMXScreenInfo * dmxScreens
int dmxShadowFB
XErrorEvent dmxLastErrorEvent
Bool dmxErrorOccurred
Bool dmxOffScreenOpt
Bool dmxSubdividePrimitives
Bool dmxLazyWindowCreation
Bool dmxUseXKB
int dmxDepth
Bool dmxNoRender
char * dmxFontPath
Bool dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths
Bool dmxAddRemoveScreens
+

Detailed Description

+Main header file included by all other DMX-related files.

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
#define DMX_UNWRAP( _entry,
_saved,
_actual   )  +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Value:

do {                                                                    \
+    (_actual)->_entry = (_saved)->_entry;                               \
+} while (0)
+
Unwrap screen or GC function pointer
+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
#define DMX_WRAP( _entry,
_newfunc,
_saved,
_actual   )  +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Value:

do {                                                                    \
+    (_saved)->_entry  = (_actual)->_entry;                              \
+    (_actual)->_entry = (_newfunc);                                     \
+} while (0)
+
Wrap screen or GC function pointer
+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXInputInfo DMXInputInfo +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Provide the typedef globally, but keep the contents opaque outside of the input routines.

See also:
dmxinput.h
+
+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXScreenInfo DMXScreenInfo +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Global structure containing information about each backend screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXStatInfo DMXStatInfo +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Provide the typedef globally, but keep the contents opaque outside of the XSync statistic routines.

See also:
dmxstat.c
+
+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxAddRemoveScreens +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if add and remove screens support is enabled

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxDepth +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Requested depth if non-zero

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxErrorOccurred +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if an error occurred

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
char* dmxFontPath +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+NULL if no font path is set on the command line; otherwise, a string of comma separated paths built from the command line specified font paths

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if bad font paths should be ignored during server init

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XErrorEvent dmxLastErrorEvent +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Last error that occurred

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxLazyWindowCreation +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if using the lazy window creation optimization

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxNoRender +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if the RENDER extension should be disabled

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxNumScreens +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of dmxScreens

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxOffScreenOpt +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if using off screen optimizations

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXScreenInfo* dmxScreens +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of outputs

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxShadowFB +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if using shadow frame-buffer (deprecated)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxSubdividePrimitives +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if using the primitive subdivision optimization

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxUseXKB +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if the XKB extension should be used with the backend servers

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx__glxvisuals_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx__glxvisuals_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1885e30d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmx__glxvisuals_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmx_glxvisuals.h

00001 /*
+00002 ** License Applicability. Except to the extent portions of this file are
+00003 ** made subject to an alternative license as permitted in the SGI Free
+00004 ** Software License B, Version 1.1 (the "License"), the contents of this
+00005 ** file are subject only to the provisions of the License. You may not use
+00006 ** this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy
+00007 ** of the License at Silicon Graphics, Inc., attn: Legal Services, 1600
+00008 ** Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA 94043-1351, or at:
+00009 **
+00010 ** http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB
+00011 **
+00012 ** Note that, as provided in the License, the Software is distributed on an
+00013 ** "AS IS" basis, with ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS
+00014 ** DISCLAIMED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND
+00015 ** CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A
+00016 ** PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
+00017 **
+00018 ** Original Code. The Original Code is: OpenGL Sample Implementation,
+00019 ** Version 1.2.1, released January 26, 2000, developed by Silicon Graphics,
+00020 ** Inc. The Original Code is Copyright (c) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+00021 ** Copyright in any portions created by third parties is as indicated
+00022 ** elsewhere herein. All Rights Reserved.
+00023 **
+00024 ** Additional Notice Provisions: The application programming interfaces
+00025 ** established by SGI in conjunction with the Original Code are The
+00026 ** OpenGL(R) Graphics System: A Specification (Version 1.2.1), released
+00027 ** April 1, 1999; The OpenGL(R) Graphics System Utility Library (Version
+00028 ** 1.3), released November 4, 1998; and OpenGL(R) Graphics with the X
+00029 ** Window System(R) (Version 1.3), released October 19, 1998. This software
+00030 ** was created using the OpenGL(R) version 1.2.1 Sample Implementation
+00031 ** published by SGI, but has not been independently verified as being
+00032 ** compliant with the OpenGL(R) version 1.2.1 Specification.
+00033 **
+00034 */
+00035 
+00036 #ifndef _GLXVISUALS_H
+00037 #define _GLXVISUALS_H
+00038 
+00039 #include <GL/glxint.h>
+00040 
+00042 typedef struct {
+00043     int x_visual_depth;
+00044     int x_visual_class;
+00045 } dmxGlxVisualPrivate;
+00046 
+00047 __GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigs(Display *dpy,
+00048                                        int screen,
+00049                                        int *nconfigs);
+00050 
+00051 __GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfigs(Display *dpy,
+00052                                int glxMajorOpcode,
+00053                                int *nconfigs);
+00054 
+00055 __GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigsFromFBConfigs(__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs, 
+00056                                                     int nfbconfigs, 
+00057                                                     XVisualInfo *visuals,
+00058                                                     int nvisuals,
+00059                                                     __GLXvisualConfig
+00060                                                     *glxConfigs,
+00061                                                     int nGlxConfigs,
+00062                                                     int *nconfigs);
+00063 
+00064 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db05599a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxarg.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxarg.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxArg

Functions

dmxArg dmxArgCreate (void)
void dmxArgFree (dmxArg a)
void dmxArgAdd (dmxArg a, const char *string)
const char * dmxArgV (dmxArg a, int item)
int dmxArgC (dmxArg a)
dmxArg dmxArgParse (const char *string)
+

Detailed Description

+Generic comma-delimited argument processing.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxArgAdd ( dmxArg  a,
const char *  string
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add the string as the next argument in the dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxArgC ( dmxArg  a  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the number of arguments in the dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxArg dmxArgCreate ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create an (externally opaque) dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxArgFree ( dmxArg  a  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free the specified dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxArg dmxArgParse ( const char *  string  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Parse a string into arguments delimited by commas. Return a new dmxArg object containing the arguments.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
const char* dmxArgV ( dmxArg  a,
int  item
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the argument number item in the dmxArg object. Arguments are 0 based. NULL will be returned for values less than 0 or equal to or greater than the number of arguments in the object.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f2fbce39 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxarg.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXARG_H_
+00039 #define _DMXARG_H_
+00040 
+00041 typedef struct _dmxArg *dmxArg;
+00042 
+00043 extern dmxArg     dmxArgCreate(void);
+00044 extern void       dmxArgFree(dmxArg a);
+00045 extern void       dmxArgAdd(dmxArg a, const char *string);
+00046 extern const char *dmxArgV(dmxArg a, int item);
+00047 extern int        dmxArgC(dmxArg a);
+00048 extern dmxArg     dmxArgParse(const char *string);
+00049 
+00050 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41fd707e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxarg_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxarg.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

dmxArg dmxArgCreate (void)
void dmxArgFree (dmxArg a)
void dmxArgAdd (dmxArg a, const char *string)
const char * dmxArgV (dmxArg a, int item)
int dmxArgC (dmxArg a)
dmxArg dmxArgParse (const char *string)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to argument handling functions.
See also:
dmxarg.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxArgAdd ( dmxArg  a,
const char *  string
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add the string as the next argument in the dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxArgC ( dmxArg  a  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the number of arguments in the dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxArg dmxArgCreate ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create an (externally opaque) dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxArgFree ( dmxArg  a  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free the specified dmxArg object.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxArg dmxArgParse ( const char *  string  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Parse a string into arguments delimited by commas. Return a new dmxArg object containing the arguments.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
const char* dmxArgV ( dmxArg  a,
int  item
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the argument number item in the dmxArg object. Arguments are 0 based. NULL will be returned for values less than 0 or equal to or greater than the number of arguments in the object.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fde71a99 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxbackend.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxbackend.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxconsole.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+#include "dmxevents.h"
+#include "ChkNotMaskEv.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "keysym.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _myPrivate

Functions

pointer dmxBackendCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void dmxBackendDestroyPrivate (pointer private)
void dmxBackendUpdatePosition (pointer private, int x, int y)
void dmxBackendCollectEvents (DevicePtr pDev, dmxMotionProcPtr motion, dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue, dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial, DMXBlockType block)
void dmxBackendProcessInput (pointer private)
void dmxBackendLateReInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxBackendInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxBackendMouGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxBackendKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int dmxBackendFunctions (pointer private, DMXFunctionType function)
+

Detailed Description

+These routines support taking input from devices on the backend (output) displays.
See also:
dmxcommon.c.
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendCollectEvents ( DevicePtr  pDev,
dmxMotionProcPtr  motion,
dmxEnqueueProcPtr  enqueue,
dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr  checkspecial,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get events from the X queue on the backend servers and put the events into the DMX event queue.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer dmxBackendCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create and return a private data structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendDestroyPrivate ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the private data structure. No checking is performed to verify that the structure was actually created by dmxBackendCreatePrivate.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxBackendFunctions ( pointer  private,
DMXFunctionType  function
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Process #DMXFunctionType functions. The only function handled here is to acknowledge a pending server shutdown.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialized the backend device described by pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get information about the backend keyboard (for initialization).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendLateReInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialized the backend device described by pDev (after a reconfig).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendMouGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get information about the backend pointer (for initialization).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendProcessInput ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called after input events are processed from the DMX queue. No event processing actually takes place here, but this is a convenient place to update the pointer.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendUpdatePosition ( pointer  private,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is called from #dmxCoreMotion for each motion event. #x and #y are global coordinants.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b58dac3e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxbackend.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00039 #ifndef _DMXBACKEND_H_
+00040 #define _DMXBACKEND_H_
+00041 
+00042 extern pointer dmxBackendCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pDevice);
+00043 extern void    dmxBackendDestroyPrivate(pointer private);
+00044 extern void    dmxBackendInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00045 extern void    dmxBackendLateReInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00046 extern void    dmxBackendMouGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00047 extern void    dmxBackendKbdGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00048 extern void    dmxBackendCollectEvents(DevicePtr pDev,
+00049                                        dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00050                                        dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00051                                        dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00052                                        DMXBlockType block);
+00053 extern void    dmxBackendProcessInput(pointer private);
+00054 extern int     dmxBackendFunctions(pointer private, DMXFunctionType function);
+00055 extern void    dmxBackendUpdatePosition(pointer private, int x, int y);
+00056 
+00057 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a601be0c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxbackend_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxbackend.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

pointer dmxBackendCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void dmxBackendDestroyPrivate (pointer private)
void dmxBackendInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxBackendLateReInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxBackendMouGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxBackendKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxBackendCollectEvents (DevicePtr pDev, dmxMotionProcPtr motion, dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue, dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial, DMXBlockType block)
void dmxBackendProcessInput (pointer private)
int dmxBackendFunctions (pointer private, DMXFunctionType function)
void dmxBackendUpdatePosition (pointer private, int x, int y)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to backend input device support.
See also:
dmxbackend.c

+dmxcommon.c

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendCollectEvents ( DevicePtr  pDev,
dmxMotionProcPtr  motion,
dmxEnqueueProcPtr  enqueue,
dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr  checkspecial,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get events from the X queue on the backend servers and put the events into the DMX event queue.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer dmxBackendCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create and return a private data structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendDestroyPrivate ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the private data structure. No checking is performed to verify that the structure was actually created by dmxBackendCreatePrivate.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxBackendFunctions ( pointer  private,
DMXFunctionType  function
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Process #DMXFunctionType functions. The only function handled here is to acknowledge a pending server shutdown.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialized the backend device described by pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get information about the backend keyboard (for initialization).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendLateReInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialized the backend device described by pDev (after a reconfig).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendMouGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get information about the backend pointer (for initialization).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendProcessInput ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called after input events are processed from the DMX queue. No event processing actually takes place here, but this is a convenient place to update the pointer.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBackendUpdatePosition ( pointer  private,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is called from #dmxCoreMotion for each motion event. #x and #y are global coordinants.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..072c3ff06 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcb.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxSetWidthHeight (int width, int height)
void dmxComputeWidthHeight (DMXRecomputeFlag flag)
void dmxConnectionBlockCallback (void)

Variables

int dmxGlobalWidth
int dmxGlobalHeight
+

Detailed Description

+This code queries and modifies the connection block.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxComputeWidthHeight ( DMXRecomputeFlag  flag  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Computes the global bounding box for DMX. This may be larger than the one computed by Xinerama because of the DMX configuration file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConnectionBlockCallback ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+A callback routine that hooks into Xinerama and provides a convenient place to print summary log information during server startup. This routine does not modify any values.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSetWidthHeight ( int  width,
int  height
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+We may want the wall dimensions to be different from the bounding box dimensions that Xinerama computes, so save those and update them here.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGlobalHeight +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The cursor position, in global coordinates.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGlobalWidth +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The cursor position, in global coordinates.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff57d4982 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcb.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00039 #ifndef _DMXCB_H_
+00040 #define _DMXCB_H_
+00041 
+00042 extern int  dmxGlobalWidth, dmxGlobalHeight;
+00043 
+00046 typedef enum {
+00047     DMX_RECOMPUTE_BOUNDING_BOX,
+00048     DMX_NO_RECOMPUTE_BOUNDING_BOX
+00049 } DMXRecomputeFlag;
+00050 
+00051 extern void dmxSetWidthHeight(int width, int height);
+00052 extern void dmxComputeWidthHeight(DMXRecomputeFlag flag);
+00053 extern void dmxConnectionBlockCallback(void);
+00054 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78eaf4f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcb_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcb.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Enumerations

enum  DMXRecomputeFlag

Functions

void dmxSetWidthHeight (int width, int height)
void dmxComputeWidthHeight (DMXRecomputeFlag flag)
void dmxConnectionBlockCallback (void)

Variables

int dmxGlobalWidth
int dmxGlobalHeight
+

Detailed Description

+Header file for connection block functions.
See also:
dmxcb.c.
+

Enumeration Type Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
enum DMXRecomputeFlag +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+dmxComputeWidthHeight can either recompute the global bounding box or not.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxComputeWidthHeight ( DMXRecomputeFlag  flag  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Computes the global bounding box for DMX. This may be larger than the one computed by Xinerama because of the DMX configuration file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConnectionBlockCallback ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+A callback routine that hooks into Xinerama and provides a convenient place to print summary log information during server startup. This routine does not modify any values.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSetWidthHeight ( int  width,
int  height
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+We may want the wall dimensions to be different from the bounding box dimensions that Xinerama computes, so save those and update them here.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGlobalHeight +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The cursor position, in global coordinates.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGlobalWidth +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The cursor position, in global coordinates.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39d1b3bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxclient.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright (c) 1995  X Consortium
+00004  * Copyright 2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00005  *
+00006  * All Rights Reserved.
+00007  *
+00008  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00009  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00010  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00011  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00012  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00013  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00014  * subject to the following conditions:
+00015  *
+00016  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+00017  * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT, THE X CONSORTIUM,
+00023  * AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+00024  * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+00025  * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+00026  * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+00027  *
+00028  * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium
+00029  * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale,
+00030  * use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+00031  * authorization from the X Consortium.
+00032  */
+00033 
+00034 /*
+00035  * Derived from hw/xnest/Xnest.h by Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00036  */
+00037 
+00042 #ifndef _DMXCLIENT_H_
+00043 #define _DMXCLIENT_H_
+00044 
+00045 #define GC XlibGC
+00046 
+00047 #ifdef _XSERVER64
+00048 #define DMX64
+00049 #undef _XSERVER64
+00050 typedef unsigned long XID64;
+00051 typedef unsigned long Mask64;
+00052 typedef unsigned long Atom64;
+00053 typedef unsigned long VisualID64;
+00054 typedef unsigned long Time64;
+00055 #define XID           XID64
+00056 #define Mask          Mask64
+00057 #define Atom          Atom64
+00058 #define VisualID      VisualID64
+00059 #define Time          Time64
+00060 typedef XID           Window64;
+00061 typedef XID           Drawable64;
+00062 typedef XID           Font64;
+00063 typedef XID           Pixmap64;
+00064 typedef XID           Cursor64;
+00065 typedef XID           Colormap64;
+00066 typedef XID           GContext64;
+00067 typedef XID           KeySym64;
+00068 #define Window        Window64
+00069 #define Drawable      Drawable64
+00070 #define Font          Font64
+00071 #define Pixmap        Pixmap64
+00072 #define Cursor        Cursor64
+00073 #define Colormap      Colormap64
+00074 #define GContext      GContext64
+00075 #define KeySym        KeySym64
+00076 #endif
+00077 
+00078 #include <X11/Xlib.h>
+00079 #include <X11/Xlibint.h>        /* For _XExtension */
+00080 #include <X11/X.h>              /* from glxserver.h */
+00081 #include <X11/Xmd.h>            /* from glxserver.h */
+00082 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
+00083 #include <X11/Xutil.h>
+00084 #include <X11/Xatom.h>
+00085 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
+00086 #include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h>    /* For XmuSnprintf */
+00087 
+00088 #ifdef SHAPE
+00089 #include <X11/extensions/shape.h>
+00090 #endif
+00091 
+00092 #ifdef RENDER
+00093 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
+00094 #undef PictFormatType
+00095 #endif
+00096 
+00097 #ifdef XKB
+00098 #include <X11/extensions/XKB.h>
+00099 #include <X11/extensions/XKBstr.h>
+00100 #endif
+00101 
+00102 #ifdef XINPUT
+00103 #include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+00104 #endif
+00105 
+00106 /* Always include these, since we query them even if we don't export XINPUT. */
+00107 #include <X11/extensions/XInput.h> /* For XDevice */
+00108 #include <X11/extensions/Xext.h>
+00109 
+00110 #undef GC
+00111 
+00112 #ifdef DMX64
+00113 #define _XSERVER64
+00114 #undef XID
+00115 #undef Mask
+00116 #undef Atom
+00117 #undef VisualID
+00118 #undef Time
+00119 #undef Window
+00120 #undef Drawable
+00121 #undef Font
+00122 #undef Pixmap
+00123 #undef Cursor
+00124 #undef Colormap
+00125 #undef GContext
+00126 #undef KeySym
+00127 #endif
+00128 
+00129 /* These are in exglobals.h, but that conflicts with X11/extensions/XKBsrv.h */
+00130 extern int ProximityIn;
+00131 extern int ProximityOut;
+00132 extern int DeviceValuator;
+00133 extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
+00134 extern int DeviceFocusIn;
+00135 extern int DeviceFocusOut;
+00136 extern int DeviceStateNotify;
+00137 extern int DeviceMappingNotify;
+00138 extern int ChangeDeviceNotify;
+00139 
+00140 /* Some protocol gets included last, after undefines. */
+00141 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
+00142 #ifdef XKB
+00143 #include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+00144 #define XKB_IN_SERVER
+00145 #include <X11/extensions/XKBsrv.h>
+00146 #undef XPointer
+00147 #endif
+00148 #include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+00149 
+00150 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5e62f572 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxclient_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxclient.h File Reference

#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xlibint.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
+#include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/shape.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XKB.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBstr.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XInput.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/Xext.h>
+#include <X11/XKBlib.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBsrv.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + +
+

Detailed Description

+This file includes all client-side include files with proper wrapping.
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40f62a633 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcmap.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxcmap.h"
+#include "dmxvisual.h"
+#include "micmap.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool dmxBECreateColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
Bool dmxCreateColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
Bool dmxBEFreeColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
void dmxDestroyColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
void dmxInstallColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
void dmxStoreColors (ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
Bool dmxCreateDefColormap (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+

Detailed Description

+Colormap support.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBECreateColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create pColormap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pColormap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create colormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateDefColormap ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create the DMX server's default colormap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy colormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInstallColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Install colormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStoreColors ( ColormapPtr  pColormap,
int  ndef,
xColorItem *  pdef
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Store colors in pColormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3a9b291a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcmap.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXCMAP_H
+00039 #define DMXCMAP_H
+00040 
+00041 #include "colormapst.h"
+00042 
+00044 typedef struct _dmxColormapPriv {
+00045     Colormap  cmap;
+00046 } dmxColormapPrivRec, *dmxColormapPrivPtr;
+00047 
+00048 
+00049 extern Bool dmxCreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
+00050 extern void dmxDestroyColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
+00051 extern void dmxInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
+00052 extern void dmxStoreColors(ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef);
+00053 
+00054 extern Bool dmxCreateDefColormap(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+00055 
+00056 extern Bool dmxBECreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
+00057 extern Bool dmxBEFreeColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap);
+00058 
+00060 extern int dmxColormapPrivateIndex;
+00061 
+00063 #define DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(_pCMap, _pCMapPriv)                       \
+00064     (_pCMap)->devPrivates[dmxColormapPrivateIndex].ptr                  \
+00065         = (pointer)(_pCMapPriv);
+00066 
+00068 #define DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(_pCMap)                                   \
+00069     (dmxColormapPrivPtr)(_pCMap)->devPrivates[dmxColormapPrivateIndex].ptr
+00070 
+00071 #endif /* DMXCMAP_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f22a97b0e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcmap_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcmap.h File Reference

#include "colormapst.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxColormapPriv

Defines

#define DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(_pCMap, _pCMapPriv)
#define DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(_pCMap)   (dmxColormapPrivPtr)(_pCMap)->devPrivates[dmxColormapPrivateIndex].ptr

Typedefs

typedef _dmxColormapPriv dmxColormapPrivRec
typedef _dmxColormapPriv * dmxColormapPrivPtr

Functions

Bool dmxCreateColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
void dmxDestroyColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
void dmxInstallColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
void dmxStoreColors (ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
Bool dmxCreateDefColormap (ScreenPtr pScreen)
Bool dmxBECreateColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)
Bool dmxBEFreeColormap (ColormapPtr pColormap)

Variables

int dmxColormapPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+Header file for colormap support.
See also:
dmxcmap.c.
+

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
#define DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV( _pCMap   )    (dmxColormapPrivPtr)(_pCMap)->devPrivates[dmxColormapPrivateIndex].ptr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get colormap private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
#define DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV( _pCMap,
_pCMapPriv   )  +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Value:

(_pCMap)->devPrivates[dmxColormapPrivateIndex].ptr                      \
+        = (pointer)(_pCMapPriv);
+
Set colormap private structure.
+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxColormapPriv * dmxColormapPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Colormap private area.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxColormapPriv dmxColormapPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Colormap private area.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBECreateColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create pColormap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pColormap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create colormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateDefColormap ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create the DMX server's default colormap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy colormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInstallColormap ( ColormapPtr  pColormap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Install colormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStoreColors ( ColormapPtr  pColormap,
int  ndef,
xColorItem *  pdef
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Store colors in pColormap on back-end server associated with pColormap's screen.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxColormapPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Colormaps

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e0459c12 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,701 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcommon.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxconsole.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxmap.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "keysym.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include <unistd.h>
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _myPrivate

Typedefs

typedef _myPrivate myPrivate

Functions

void dmxCommonKbdCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
void dmxCommonMouCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, PtrCtrl *ctrl)
void dmxCommonKbdBell (DevicePtr pDev, int percent, int volume, int pitch, int duration)
void dmxCommonKbdGetMap (DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
void dmxCommonKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int dmxCommonKbdOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonKbdOff (DevicePtr pDev)
int dmxCommonOthOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonOthOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonOthGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxCommonMouGetMap (DevicePtr pDev, unsigned char *map, int *nButtons)
int dmxCommonMouOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonMouOff (DevicePtr pDev)
int dmxFindPointerScreen (int x, int y)
pointer dmxCommonCopyPrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void dmxCommonSaveState (pointer private)
void dmxCommonRestoreState (pointer private)
+

Detailed Description

+This file implements common routines used by the backend and console input devices.

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _myPrivate myPrivate +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Each device has a private area that is visible only from inside the driver code.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer dmxCommonCopyPrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns a pointer to the private area for the device that comes just prior to pDevice in the current dmxInput device list. This is used as the private area for the current device in some situations (e.g., when a keyboard and mouse form a pair that should share the same private area). If the requested private area cannot be located, then NULL is returned.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdBell ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int  percent,
int  volume,
int  pitch,
int  duration
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Sound they keyboard bell.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Update the keyboard control.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill in the XKEYBOARD parts of the info structure for the specified pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdGetMap ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeySymsPtr  pKeySyms,
CARD8 *  pModMap
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get the keyboard mapping.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCommonKbdOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonMouCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
PtrCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Update the mouse control.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonMouGetMap ( DevicePtr  pDev,
unsigned char *  map,
int *  nButtons
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Obtain the mouse button mapping.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonMouOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCommonMouOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonOthGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonOthOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCommonOthOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonRestoreState ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine restores all the information saved by dmxCommonSaveState.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonSaveState ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine saves and resets some important state for the backend and console device drivers:

    +
  • the modifier map is saved and set to 0 (so DMX controls the LEDs)
  • the key click, bell, led, and repeat masks are saved and set to the values that DMX claims to be using
+

+This routine and dmxCommonRestoreState are used when the pointer enters and leaves the console window, or when the backend window is active or not active (for a full-screen window, this only happens at server startup and server shutdown).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxFindPointerScreen ( int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Given the global coordinates x and y, determine the screen with the lowest number on which those coordinates lie. If they are not on any screen, return -1. The number returned is an index into #dmxScreenInfo and is between -1 and dmxNumScreens - 1, inclusive.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72ac5378b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcommon.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002,2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00039 #ifndef _DMXCOMMON_H_
+00040 #define _DMXCOMMON_H_
+00041 
+00042 #define DMX_COMMON_OTHER                    \
+00043     Display                 *display;       \
+00044     Window                  window;         \
+00045     DMXScreenInfo           *be;            \
+00046     DMXLocalInputInfoPtr    dmxLocal;       \
+00047     int                     initPointerX;   \
+00048     int                     initPointerY;   \
+00049     long                    eventMask;      \
+00050     KeybdCtrl               kctrl;          \
+00051     PtrCtrl                 mctrl;          \
+00052     int                     kctrlset;       \
+00053     int                     mctrlset;       \
+00054     KeybdCtrl               savedKctrl;     \
+00055     XModifierKeymap         *savedModMap;   \
+00056     int                     stateSaved
+00057 
+00058 #ifdef XKB
+00059 #define DMX_COMMON_XKB                      \
+00060     DMX_COMMON_OTHER;                       \
+00061     XkbDescPtr              xkb;            \
+00062     XkbIndicatorRec         savedIndicators
+00063 #else
+00064 #define DMX_COMMON_XKB      DMX_COMMON_OTHER
+00065 #endif
+00066 
+00067 #ifdef XINPUT
+00068 #define DMX_COMMON_PRIVATE                  \
+00069     DMX_COMMON_XKB;                         \
+00070     XDevice                 *xi
+00071 #else
+00072 #define DMX_COMMON_PRIVATE  DMX_COMMON_OTHER
+00073 #endif
+00074 
+00075 #define GETONLYPRIVFROMPRIVATE                                          \
+00076     myPrivate            *priv     = private
+00077 
+00078 #define GETPRIVFROMPRIVATE                                              \
+00079     GETONLYPRIVFROMPRIVATE;                                             \
+00080     DMXInputInfo         *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[priv->dmxLocal->inputIdx]
+00081 
+00082 #define GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE                                          \
+00083     DevicePtr            pDev      = &pDevice->public;                  \
+00084     DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal  = pDev->devicePrivate
+00085 
+00086 #define GETDMXINPUTFROMPRIV                                             \
+00087     DMXInputInfo         *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[priv->dmxLocal->inputIdx]
+00088 
+00089 #define GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE                                          \
+00090     GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;                                             \
+00091     DMXInputInfo         *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[dmxLocal->inputIdx]
+00092 
+00093 #define GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEV                                             \
+00094     DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal  = pDev->devicePrivate
+00095 
+00096 #define GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEV                                             \
+00097     GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEV;                                                \
+00098     DMXInputInfo         *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[dmxLocal->inputIdx]
+00099 
+00100 #define GETPRIVFROMPDEV                                                 \
+00101     GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEV;                                                \
+00102     myPrivate            *priv     = dmxLocal->private
+00103 
+00104 #define DMX_KEYBOARD_EVENT_MASK                                         \
+00105     (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | KeymapStateMask)
+00106 
+00107 #define DMX_POINTER_EVENT_MASK                                          \
+00108     (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | PointerMotionMask)
+00109 
+00110 extern void    dmxCommonKbdGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00111 extern void    dmxCommonKbdGetMap(DevicePtr pDev,
+00112                                   KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap);
+00113 extern void    dmxCommonKbdCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl);
+00114 extern void    dmxCommonKbdBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,
+00115                                 int volume, int pitch, int duration);
+00116 extern int     dmxCommonKbdOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00117 extern void    dmxCommonKbdOff(DevicePtr pDev);
+00118 extern void    dmxCommonMouGetMap(DevicePtr pDev,
+00119                                   unsigned char *map, int *nButtons);
+00120 extern void    dmxCommonMouCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, PtrCtrl *ctrl);
+00121 extern int     dmxCommonMouOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00122 extern void    dmxCommonMouOff(DevicePtr pDev);
+00123 extern int     dmxFindPointerScreen(int x, int y);
+00124 
+00125 extern int     dmxCommonOthOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00126 extern void    dmxCommonOthOff(DevicePtr pDev);
+00127 extern void    dmxCommonOthGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00128 
+00129                                 /* helper functions */
+00130 extern pointer dmxCommonCopyPrivate(DeviceIntPtr pDevice);
+00131 extern void    dmxCommonSaveState(pointer private);
+00132 extern void    dmxCommonRestoreState(pointer private);
+00133 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9367b5d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcommon_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,665 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcommon.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxCommonKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxCommonKbdGetMap (DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
void dmxCommonKbdCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
void dmxCommonKbdBell (DevicePtr pDev, int percent, int volume, int pitch, int duration)
int dmxCommonKbdOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonKbdOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonMouGetMap (DevicePtr pDev, unsigned char *map, int *nButtons)
void dmxCommonMouCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, PtrCtrl *ctrl)
int dmxCommonMouOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonMouOff (DevicePtr pDev)
int dmxFindPointerScreen (int x, int y)
int dmxCommonOthOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonOthOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxCommonOthGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
pointer dmxCommonCopyPrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void dmxCommonSaveState (pointer private)
void dmxCommonRestoreState (pointer private)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to functions used by backend and console input devices.
See also:
dmxcommon.c

+dmxbackend.c

+dmxconsole.c

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer dmxCommonCopyPrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns a pointer to the private area for the device that comes just prior to pDevice in the current dmxInput device list. This is used as the private area for the current device in some situations (e.g., when a keyboard and mouse form a pair that should share the same private area). If the requested private area cannot be located, then NULL is returned.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdBell ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int  percent,
int  volume,
int  pitch,
int  duration
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Sound they keyboard bell.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Update the keyboard control.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill in the XKEYBOARD parts of the info structure for the specified pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdGetMap ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeySymsPtr  pKeySyms,
CARD8 *  pModMap
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get the keyboard mapping.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonKbdOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCommonKbdOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonMouCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
PtrCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Update the mouse control.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonMouGetMap ( DevicePtr  pDev,
unsigned char *  map,
int *  nButtons
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Obtain the mouse button mapping.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonMouOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCommonMouOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonOthGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonOthOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCommonOthOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonRestoreState ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine restores all the information saved by dmxCommonSaveState.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCommonSaveState ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine saves and resets some important state for the backend and console device drivers:

    +
  • the modifier map is saved and set to 0 (so DMX controls the LEDs)
  • the key click, bell, led, and repeat masks are saved and set to the values that DMX claims to be using
+

+This routine and dmxCommonRestoreState are used when the pointer enters and leaves the console window, or when the backend window is active or not active (for a full-screen window, this only happens at server startup and server shutdown).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxFindPointerScreen ( int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Given the global coordinates x and y, determine the screen with the lowest number on which those coordinates lie. If they are not on any screen, return -1. The number returned is an index into #dmxScreenInfo and is between -1 and dmxNumScreens - 1, inclusive.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe1f991ea --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcompat.c File Reference

#include "dmxconfig.h"
+#include "dmxparse.h"
+#include "dmxcompat.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+ + + + + +

Functions

DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxVDLRead (const char *filename)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides some compatibility support for reading VDL files that are used by xmovie (http://www.llnl.gov/icc/sdd/img/xmovie/xmovie.shtml).

+This file is not used by the DMX server.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxVDLRead ( const char *  filename  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read from the VDL format filename and return a newly allocated DMXConfigEntryPtr

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5199ae022 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcompat.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00041 #ifndef _DMXCOMPAT_H_
+00042 #define _DMXCOMPAT_H_
+00043 
+00044 extern DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxVDLRead(const char *filename);
+00045 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab3412ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcompat_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcompat.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + +

Functions

DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxVDLRead (const char *filename)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to VDL compatibility support.
See also:
dmxcompat.c
+This file is not used by the DMX server.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
DMXConfigEntryPtr dmxVDLRead ( const char *  filename  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read from the VDL format filename and return a newly allocated DMXConfigEntryPtr

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a20ab1c26 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxconfig.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxconfig.h"
+#include "dmxparse.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+#include "dmxstat.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  DMXConfigCmdStruct
struct  DMXConfigListStruct

Defines

#define GEN(param, glob, def)

Typedefs

typedef DMXConfigListStruct DMXConfigList
typedef DMXConfigListStruct * DMXConfigListPtr
typedef DMXConfigCmdStruct DMXConfigCmd
typedef DMXConfigCmdStruct * DMXConfigCmdPtr

Functions

void dmxConfigStoreDisplay (const char *display)
void dmxConfigStoreInput (const char *input)
void dmxConfigStoreXInput (const char *input)
void dmxConfigStoreFile (const char *file)
void dmxConfigStoreConfig (const char *config)
void dmxConfigConfigure (void)
void dmxConfigSetMaxScreens (void)
+

Detailed Description

+Provides interface for reading DMX configuration files and for combining that information with command-line configuration parameters.

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
#define GEN( param,
glob,
def   )  +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Value:

void dmxConfigSet##glob(const char *param) {                                 \
+     if (dmx##glob) free((void *)dmx##glob);                                  \
+     dmx##glob = strdup(param);                                               \
+ }                                                                            \
+ char *dmxConfigGet##glob(void) {                                             \
+     return (char *)(dmx##glob ? dmx##glob : def);                            \
+ }
+
This macro is used to generate the following access methods:
    +
  • dmxConfig{Set,Get}rules
  • dmxConfig{Set,Get}model
  • dmxConfig{Set,Get}layout
  • dmxConfig{Set,Get}variant
  • dmxConfig{Set,Get}options These methods are used to read and write information about the keyboard.
+
+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct DMXConfigCmdStruct DMXConfigCmd +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This stucture stores the parsed configuration information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct DMXConfigCmdStruct * DMXConfigCmdPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This stucture stores the parsed configuration information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct DMXConfigListStruct DMXConfigList +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores lists of configuration information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct DMXConfigListStruct * DMXConfigListPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores lists of configuration information.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigConfigure ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set up the appropriate global variables so that the DMX server will be initialized using the configuration specified in the config file and on the command line.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigSetMaxScreens ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function determines the number of displays we WILL have and sets MAXSCREENS to that value. This is difficult since the number depends on the command line (which is easy to count) or on the config file, which has to be parsed.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreConfig ( const char *  config  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that config should be used as the configuration for current instantiation of the DMX server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreDisplay ( const char *  display  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that display is the name of an X11 display that should be initialized as a backend (output) display. Called from ddxProcessArgument.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreFile ( const char *  file  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that file is the configuration file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreInput ( const char *  input  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that input is the name of an X11 display that should be used for input (either a backend or a console input device).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreXInput ( const char *  input  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that input is the name of an X11 display that should be used for input from XInput extension devices.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eeaae6481 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxconfig.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXCONFIG_H_
+00039 #define _DMXCONFIG_H_
+00040 #define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_RULES  "xfree86"
+00041 #define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_MODEL  "pc101"
+00042 #define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_LAYOUT "us"
+00043 #define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_VARIANT NULL
+00044 #define DMX_DEFAULT_XKB_OPTIONS NULL
+00045 
+00046 extern void dmxConfigStoreDisplay(const char *display);
+00047 extern void dmxConfigStoreInput(const char *input); /* Core devices */
+00048 extern void dmxConfigStoreXInput(const char *input); /* Non-core devices */
+00049 extern void dmxConfigStoreFile(const char *file);
+00050 extern void dmxConfigStoreConfig(const char *config);
+00051 extern void dmxConfigConfigure(void);
+00052 extern void dmxConfigSetMaxScreens(void);
+00053 
+00054 extern void dmxConfigSetXkbRules(const char *rules);
+00055 extern void dmxConfigSetXkbModel(const char *model);
+00056 extern void dmxConfigSetXkbLayout(const char *layout);
+00057 extern void dmxConfigSetXkbVariant(const char *variant);
+00058 extern void dmxConfigSetXkbOptions(const char *options);
+00059 
+00060 extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbRules(void);
+00061 extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbModel(void);
+00062 extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbLayout(void);
+00063 extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbVariant(void);
+00064 extern char *dmxConfigGetXkbOptions(void);
+00065 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76c2eb03d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconfig_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxconfig.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxConfigStoreDisplay (const char *display)
void dmxConfigStoreInput (const char *input)
void dmxConfigStoreXInput (const char *input)
void dmxConfigStoreFile (const char *file)
void dmxConfigStoreConfig (const char *config)
void dmxConfigConfigure (void)
void dmxConfigSetMaxScreens (void)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for DMX configuration file support.
See also:
dmxconfig.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigConfigure ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set up the appropriate global variables so that the DMX server will be initialized using the configuration specified in the config file and on the command line.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigSetMaxScreens ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function determines the number of displays we WILL have and sets MAXSCREENS to that value. This is difficult since the number depends on the command line (which is easy to count) or on the config file, which has to be parsed.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreConfig ( const char *  config  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that config should be used as the configuration for current instantiation of the DMX server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreDisplay ( const char *  display  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that display is the name of an X11 display that should be initialized as a backend (output) display. Called from ddxProcessArgument.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreFile ( const char *  file  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that file is the configuration file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreInput ( const char *  input  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that input is the name of an X11 display that should be used for input (either a backend or a console input device).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigStoreXInput ( const char *  input  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that input is the name of an X11 display that should be used for input from XInput extension devices.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..026847587 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxconsole.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxevents.h"
+#include "dmxconsole.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxscrinit.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _myPrivate

Functions

pointer dmxConsoleCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate (pointer private)
void dmxConsoleUpdateInfo (pointer private, DMXUpdateType type, WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxConsoleUpdatePosition (pointer private, int x, int y)
void dmxConsoleCollectEvents (DevicePtr pDev, dmxMotionProcPtr motion, dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue, dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial, DMXBlockType block)
void dmxConsoleReInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxConsoleInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxConsoleMouGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int dmxConsoleFunctions (pointer private, DMXFunctionType function)
void dmxConsoleCapture (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxConsoleUncapture (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+

Detailed Description

+This file implements the console input devices.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleCapture ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is used to warp the pointer into the console window from anywhere on the screen. It is used when backend and console input are both being taken from the same X display.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleCollectEvents ( DevicePtr  pDev,
dmxMotionProcPtr  motion,
dmxEnqueueProcPtr  enqueue,
dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr  checkspecial,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Collect all pending events from the console's display. Plase these events on the server event queue using the motion and enqueue routines. The checkspecial routine is used to check for special keys that need handling. block tells if signals should be blocked when updating the event queue.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer dmxConsoleCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create the private area for pDevice.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If private is non-NULL, free its associated memory.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxConsoleFunctions ( pointer  private,
DMXFunctionType  function
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Handle special console-only keys.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialized the console device described by pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill in the info structure for the specified pDev. Only used for keyboard.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleMouGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill in the info structure for the specified pDev. Only used for pointers.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleReInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialized the console device described by pDev (after a reconfig).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleUncapture ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Undo the capture that was done by dmxConsoleCapture.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleUpdateInfo ( pointer  private,
DMXUpdateType  type,
WindowPtr  pWindow
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Whenever the window layout (size, position, stacking order) might be changed, this routine is called with the pWindow that changed and the type of change. This routine is called in a conservative fashion: the actual layout of the windows of the screen might not have had any human-visible changes.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleUpdatePosition ( pointer  private,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine gets called from #dmxCoreMotion for each motion. This allows the console's notion of the cursor postion to change when another input device actually caused the change.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b806b86fc --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxconsole.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXCONSOLE_H_
+00039 #define _DMXCONSOLE_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern pointer dmxConsoleCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pDevice);
+00042 extern void    dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate(pointer private);
+00043 extern void    dmxConsoleInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00044 extern void    dmxConsoleReInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00045 extern void    dmxConsoleMouGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00046 extern void    dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00047 extern void    dmxConsoleCollectEvents(DevicePtr pDev,
+00048                                        dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00049                                        dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00050                                        dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00051                                        DMXBlockType block);
+00052 extern int     dmxConsoleFunctions(pointer private, DMXFunctionType function);
+00053 extern void    dmxConsoleUpdatePosition(pointer private, int x, int y);
+00054 extern void    dmxConsoleKbdSetCtrl(pointer private, KeybdCtrl *ctrl);
+00055 extern void    dmxConsoleCapture(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00056 extern void    dmxConsoleUncapture(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00057 extern void    dmxConsoleUpdateInfo(pointer private,
+00058                                     DMXUpdateType, WindowPtr pWindow);
+00059 
+00060 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..398f56a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxconsole_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,488 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxconsole.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

pointer dmxConsoleCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate (pointer private)
void dmxConsoleInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxConsoleReInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void dmxConsoleMouGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxConsoleCollectEvents (DevicePtr pDev, dmxMotionProcPtr motion, dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue, dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial, DMXBlockType block)
int dmxConsoleFunctions (pointer private, DMXFunctionType function)
void dmxConsoleUpdatePosition (pointer private, int x, int y)
void dmxConsoleCapture (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxConsoleUncapture (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxConsoleUpdateInfo (pointer private, DMXUpdateType, WindowPtr pWindow)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for console device support.
See also:
dmxconsole.c

+dmxcommon.c

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleCapture ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is used to warp the pointer into the console window from anywhere on the screen. It is used when backend and console input are both being taken from the same X display.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleCollectEvents ( DevicePtr  pDev,
dmxMotionProcPtr  motion,
dmxEnqueueProcPtr  enqueue,
dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr  checkspecial,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Collect all pending events from the console's display. Plase these events on the server event queue using the motion and enqueue routines. The checkspecial routine is used to check for special keys that need handling. block tells if signals should be blocked when updating the event queue.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer dmxConsoleCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create the private area for pDevice.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate ( pointer  private  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If private is non-NULL, free its associated memory.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxConsoleFunctions ( pointer  private,
DMXFunctionType  function
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Handle special console-only keys.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialized the console device described by pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill in the info structure for the specified pDev. Only used for keyboard.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleMouGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill in the info structure for the specified pDev. Only used for pointers.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleReInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialized the console device described by pDev (after a reconfig).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleUncapture ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Undo the capture that was done by dmxConsoleCapture.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleUpdateInfo ( pointer  private,
DMXUpdateType  type,
WindowPtr  pWindow
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Whenever the window layout (size, position, stacking order) might be changed, this routine is called with the pWindow that changed and the type of change. This routine is called in a conservative fashion: the actual layout of the windows of the screen might not have had any human-visible changes.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConsoleUpdatePosition ( pointer  private,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine gets called from #dmxCoreMotion for each motion. This allows the console's notion of the cursor postion to change when another input device actually caused the change.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..744bc3547 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcursor.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxCursorNoMulti (void)
void dmxReInitOrigins (void)
void dmxInitOrigins (void)
int dmxOnScreen (int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxInitOverlap (void)
void dmxBECreateCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
Bool dmxBEFreeCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
void dmxMoveCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
void dmxHideCursor (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxCheckCursor (void)

Variables

miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs
miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs
+

Detailed Description

+This file contains code than supports cursor movement, including the code that initializes and reinitializes the screen positions and computes screen overlap.

+"This code is based very closely on the XFree86 equivalent (xfree86/common/xf86Cursor.c)." --David Dawes.

+"This code was then extensively re-written, as explained here." --Rik Faith

+The code in xf86Cursor.c used edge lists to implement the CursorOffScreen function. The edge list computation was complex (especially in the face of arbitrarily overlapping screens) compared with the speed savings in the CursorOffScreen function. The new implementation has erred on the side of correctness, readability, and maintainability over efficiency. For the common (non-edge) case, the dmxCursorOffScreen function does avoid a loop over all the screens. When the cursor has left the screen, all the screens are searched, and the first screen (in dmxScreens order) containing the cursor will be returned. If run-time profiling shows that this routing is a performance bottle-neck, then an edge list may have to be reimplemented. An edge list algorithm is O(edges) whereas the new algorithm is O(dmxNumScreens). Since edges is usually 1-3 and dmxNumScreens may be 30-60 for large backend walls, this trade off may be compelling.

+The xf86InitOrigins routine uses bit masks during the computation and is therefore limited to the length of a word (e.g., 32 or 64 bits) screens. Because Xdmx is expected to be used with a large number of backend displays, this limitation was removed. The new implementation has erred on the side of readability over efficiency, using the dmxSL* routines to manage a screen list instead of a bitmap, and a function call to decrease the length of the main routine. Both algorithms are of the same order, and both are called only at server generation time, so trading clarity and long-term maintainability for efficiency does not seem justified in this case.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECreateCursor ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
CursorPtr  pCursor
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create pCursor on the back-end associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeCursor ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
CursorPtr  pCursor
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free pCursor on the back-end associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCheckCursor ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is called during reconfiguration to make sure the cursor is visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCursorNoMulti ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn off support for displaying multiple cursors on overlapped back-end displays. See #dmxCursorDoMultiCursors.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxHideCursor ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is used by the backend input routines to hide the cursor on a screen that is being used for relative input.

See also:
dmxbackend.c
+
+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitOrigins ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize screen origins (and relative position). This is called for each server generation. For dynamic reconfiguration, use dmxReInitOrigins() instead.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitOverlap ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Detects overlapping dmxScreens and creates circular lists. This uses an O(dmxNumScreens^2) algorithm, but dmxNumScreens is < 100 and the computation only needs to be performed for every server generation or dynamic reconfiguration .

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMoveCursor ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Move the cursor to coordinates (x, y)on pScreen. This function is usually called via dmxPointerSpriteFuncs, except during reconfiguration when the cursor is repositioned to force an update on newley overlapping screens and on screens that no longer overlap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxOnScreen ( int  x,
int  y,
DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns non-zero if the global x, y coordinate is on the screen window of the dmxScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxReInitOrigins ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Recompute origin information in the dmxScreens list. This is either called from dmxInitOrigins() or from #dmxReconfig().

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initial value:

+{
+    dmxCursorOffScreen,
+    dmxCrossScreen,
+    dmxWarpCursor,
+    dmxeqEnqueue,
+    dmxeqSwitchScreen
+}
+
Cursor functions for mi layer.
See also:
dmxcursor.c

+dmxscrinit.c

+
+

+ + + + +
+ + +
miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initial value:

+{
+    dmxRealizeCursor,
+    dmxUnrealizeCursor,
+    dmxSetCursor,
+    dmxMoveCursor,
+}
+
Sprite functions for mi layer.
See also:
dmxcursor.c

+dmxscrinit.c

+
+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9a7c8d4d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcursor.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+00032  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00033  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00034  *
+00035  */
+00036 
+00040 #ifndef DMXCURSOR_H
+00041 #define DMXCURSOR_H
+00042 
+00043 #include "mipointer.h"
+00044 
+00046 typedef struct _dmxCursorPriv {
+00047     Cursor  cursor;
+00048 } dmxCursorPrivRec, *dmxCursorPrivPtr;
+00049 
+00051 extern miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs;
+00053 extern miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs;
+00054 
+00055 extern void dmxReInitOrigins(void);
+00056 extern void dmxInitOrigins(void);
+00057 extern void dmxInitOverlap(void);
+00058 extern void dmxCursorNoMulti(void);
+00059 extern void dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y);
+00060 extern void dmxCheckCursor(void);
+00061 extern int  dmxOnScreen(int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00062 extern void dmxHideCursor(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00063 
+00064 extern void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
+00065 extern Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
+00066 
+00067 #define DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(_pCursor, _pScreen)                         \
+00068     (dmxCursorPrivPtr)(_pCursor)->devPriv[(_pScreen)->myNum]
+00069 
+00070 #endif /* DMXCURSOR_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bb81f00f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxcursor_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxcursor.h File Reference

#include "mipointer.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxCursorPriv

Typedefs

typedef _dmxCursorPriv dmxCursorPrivRec
typedef _dmxCursorPriv * dmxCursorPrivPtr

Functions

void dmxReInitOrigins (void)
void dmxInitOrigins (void)
void dmxInitOverlap (void)
void dmxCursorNoMulti (void)
void dmxMoveCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
void dmxCheckCursor (void)
int dmxOnScreen (int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxHideCursor (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxBECreateCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
Bool dmxBEFreeCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)

Variables

miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs
miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for cursor support.
See also:
dmxcursor.c.
+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxCursorPriv * dmxCursorPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Cursor private area.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxCursorPriv dmxCursorPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Cursor private area.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECreateCursor ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
CursorPtr  pCursor
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create pCursor on the back-end associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeCursor ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
CursorPtr  pCursor
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free pCursor on the back-end associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCheckCursor ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is called during reconfiguration to make sure the cursor is visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCursorNoMulti ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn off support for displaying multiple cursors on overlapped back-end displays. See #dmxCursorDoMultiCursors.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxHideCursor ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is used by the backend input routines to hide the cursor on a screen that is being used for relative input.

See also:
dmxbackend.c
+
+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitOrigins ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize screen origins (and relative position). This is called for each server generation. For dynamic reconfiguration, use dmxReInitOrigins() instead.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitOverlap ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Detects overlapping dmxScreens and creates circular lists. This uses an O(dmxNumScreens^2) algorithm, but dmxNumScreens is < 100 and the computation only needs to be performed for every server generation or dynamic reconfiguration .

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMoveCursor ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Move the cursor to coordinates (x, y)on pScreen. This function is usually called via dmxPointerSpriteFuncs, except during reconfiguration when the cursor is repositioned to force an update on newley overlapping screens and on screens that no longer overlap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxOnScreen ( int  x,
int  y,
DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns non-zero if the global x, y coordinate is on the screen window of the dmxScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxReInitOrigins ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Recompute origin information in the dmxScreens list. This is either called from dmxInitOrigins() or from #dmxReconfig().

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Cursor functions for mi layer.

See also:
dmxcursor.c

+dmxscrinit.c

+
+

+ + + + +
+ + +
miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Sprite functions for mi layer.

See also:
dmxcursor.c

+dmxscrinit.c

+
+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdetach_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdetach_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e311a99bd --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdetach_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxdetach.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+ + + + + +

Functions

void dmxInputDetach (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool reserveId)
+

Detailed Description

+Provide support and helper functions for input detach and attach.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputDetach ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
Bool  reserveId
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Search for input associated with dmxScreen, and detach.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ad87da6d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxdpms.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxdpms.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dpmsproc.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "X11/extensions/dpms.h"
+ + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxDPMSInit (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxDPMSTerm (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxDPMSWakeup (void)
+

Detailed Description

+Provides DPMS support and unifies all DPMS and other screen-saver support in one file. If -dpms is given on the command line, or the Xdmx server is not compiled with DPMS support, then the DPMS extension does not work for clients, but DPMS on the backends is still disables (and restored at Xdmx server shutdown time).

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDPMSInit ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize DPMS support. We save the current settings and turn off DPMS. The settings are restored in dmxDPMSTerm.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDPMSTerm ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Terminate DPMS support on dmxScreen. We restore the settings saved in dmxDPMSInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDPMSWakeup ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called when activity is detected so that DPMS power-saving mode can be deactivated.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff74d3ab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxdpms.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Author:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXDPMS_H_
+00039 #define _DMXDPMS_H_
+00040 extern void dmxDPMSInit(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00041 extern void dmxDPMSTerm(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00042 extern void dmxDPMSWakeup(void); /* Call when input is processed */
+00043 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45b5a6495 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdpms_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxdpms.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxDPMSInit (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxDPMSTerm (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxDPMSWakeup (void)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for DPMS extension support.
See also:
dmxdpms.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDPMSInit ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize DPMS support. We save the current settings and turn off DPMS. The settings are restored in dmxDPMSTerm.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDPMSTerm ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Terminate DPMS support on dmxScreen. We restore the settings saved in dmxDPMSInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDPMSWakeup ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called when activity is detected so that DPMS power-saving mode can be deactivated.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d497e154a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxdummy.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxdummy.h"
+ + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxDummyKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxDummyMouGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+Provide mouse and keyboard that are sufficient for starting the X server, but that don't actually provide any events. This is useful for testing.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDummyKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return information about the dummy keyboard device specified in pDev into the structure pointed to by info. The keyboard is set up to have 1 valid key code that is NoSymbol

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDummyMouGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return information about the dummy mouse device specified in pDev into the structure pointed to by info. They mouse has 3 buttons and two axes.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907b0f0aa --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxdummy.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXDUMMY_H_
+00039 #define _DMXDUMMY_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern void dmxDummyMouGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00042 extern void dmxDummyKbdGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00043 
+00044 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca868f943 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxdummy_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxdummy.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxDummyMouGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
void dmxDummyKbdGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to dummy input device support.
See also:
dmxdummy.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDummyKbdGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return information about the dummy keyboard device specified in pDev into the structure pointed to by info. The keyboard is set up to have 1 valid key code that is NoSymbol

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDummyMouGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return information about the dummy mouse device specified in pDev into the structure pointed to by info. They mouse has 3 buttons and two axes.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccf71b829 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxeq.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxeq.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxdpms.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "XIproto.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _Event
struct  _EventQueue

Defines

#define QUEUE_SIZE   256

Typedefs

typedef _Event EventRec
typedef _Event * EventPtr
typedef _EventQueue EventQueueRec
typedef _EventQueue * EventQueuePtr

Functions

void dmxeqEnqueue (xEvent *e)
void dmxeqSwitchScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool fromDIX)
void dmxeqProcessInputEvents (void)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides an event queue that knows about XInput events. All of the code is based on mi/mieq.c and was modified as little as possible to provide XInput event support (the copyright and some of the comments are from The Open Group, Keith Packard, MIT X Consortium). (Another example of similar code is provided in hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c.)

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define QUEUE_SIZE   256 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The size of our queue. (The queue provided by mi/mieq.c has a size of 256.)

+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _Event * EventPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Information about the event.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _EventQueue * EventQueuePtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Event queue.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _EventQueue EventQueueRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Event queue.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _Event EventRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Information about the event.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxeqEnqueue ( xEvent *  e  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function adds an event to the end of the queue. If the event is an XInput event, then the next event (the valuator event) is also stored in the queue. If the new event has a time before the time of the last event currently on the queue, then the time is updated for the new event.

+Must be reentrant with ProcessInputEvents. Assumption: dmxeqEnqueue will never be interrupted. If this is called from both signal handlers and regular code, make sure the signal is suspended when called from regular code.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxeqProcessInputEvents ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function is called from ProcessInputEvents() to remove events from the queue and process them.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxeqSwitchScreen ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
Bool  fromDIX
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make pScreen the new screen for enqueueing events. If fromDIX is TRUE, also make pScreen the new screen for dequeuing events.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc73d8e2a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxeq.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00040 #ifndef _DMXEQ_H_
+00041 #define _DMXEQ_H_
+00042 extern Bool dmxeqInit(DevicePtr pKbd, DevicePtr pPtr);
+00043 extern void dmxeqProcessInputEvents(void);
+00044 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..255528ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxeq_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxeq.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + +

Functions

void dmxeqProcessInputEvents (void)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to the event queue support. Some of these functions are included in dmxinput.h, since they are used by top-level .c files.
See also:
dmxeq.c

+dmxinput.h

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxeqProcessInputEvents ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function is called from ProcessInputEvents() to remove events from the queue and process them.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..105749a00 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxevents.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxevents.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxmotion.h"
+#include "dmxeq.h"
+#include "dmxsigio.h"
+#include "dmxmap.h"
+#include "keysym.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxGetGlobalPosition (int *x, int *y)
void dmxInvalidateGlobalPosition (void)
void dmxMotion (DevicePtr pDev, int *v, int firstAxes, int axesCount, DMXMotionType type, DMXBlockType block)
void dmxEnqueue (DevicePtr pDev, int type, int detail, KeySym keySym, XEvent *e, DMXBlockType block)
int dmxCheckSpecialKeys (DevicePtr pDev, KeySym keySym)
+

Detailed Description

+Provide support and helper functions for enqueing events received by the low-level input drivers.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCheckSpecialKeys ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeySym  keySym
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+A pointer to this routine is passed to low-level input drivers so that all special keychecking is unified to this file. This function returns 0 if no special keys have been pressed. If the user has requested termination of the DMX server, -1 is returned. If the user has requested a switch to a VT, then the (1-based) number of that VT is returned.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxEnqueue ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int  type,
int  detail,
KeySym  keySym,
XEvent *  e,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Enqueue a non-motion event from the pDev device with the specified type and detail. If the event is a KeyPress or KeyRelease event, then the keySym is also specified.

+If block is set to DMX_BLOCK, then the SIGIO handler will be blocked around calls to dmxeqEnqueue().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGetGlobalPosition ( int *  x,
int *  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return DMX's notion of the pointer position in the global coordinate space.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInvalidateGlobalPosition ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Invalidate the global position for #dmxCoreMotion.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMotion ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int *  v,
int  firstAxes,
int  axesCount,
DMXMotionType  type,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Enqueue a motion event for pDev. The v vector has length axesCount, and contains values for each of the axes, starting at firstAxes.

+The type of the motion may be DMX_RELATIVE, DMX_ABSOLUTE, or DMX_ABSOLUTE_CONFINED (in the latter case, the pointer will not be allowed to move outside the global boundaires).

+If block is set to DMX_BLOCK, then the SIGIO handler will be blocked around calls to dmxeqEnqueue().

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ead3c2d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxevents.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXEVENTS_H_
+00039 #define _DMXEVENTS_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern void dmxMotion(DevicePtr pDev, int *v, int firstAxis, int axesCount,
+00042                       DMXMotionType type, DMXBlockType block);
+00043 extern void dmxEnqueue(DevicePtr pDev, int type, int detail, KeySym keySym,
+00044                        XEvent *e, DMXBlockType block);
+00045 extern int  dmxCheckSpecialKeys(DevicePtr pDev, KeySym keySym);
+00046 extern void dmxInvalidateGlobalPosition(void);
+00047 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2aa5910d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxevents_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxevents.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxMotion (DevicePtr pDev, int *v, int firstAxis, int axesCount, DMXMotionType type, DMXBlockType block)
void dmxEnqueue (DevicePtr pDev, int type, int detail, KeySym keySym, XEvent *e, DMXBlockType block)
int dmxCheckSpecialKeys (DevicePtr pDev, KeySym keySym)
void dmxInvalidateGlobalPosition (void)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to event processing functions.
See also:
dmxevents.h
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCheckSpecialKeys ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeySym  keySym
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+A pointer to this routine is passed to low-level input drivers so that all special keychecking is unified to this file. This function returns 0 if no special keys have been pressed. If the user has requested termination of the DMX server, -1 is returned. If the user has requested a switch to a VT, then the (1-based) number of that VT is returned.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxEnqueue ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int  type,
int  detail,
KeySym  keySym,
XEvent *  e,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Enqueue a non-motion event from the pDev device with the specified type and detail. If the event is a KeyPress or KeyRelease event, then the keySym is also specified.

+If block is set to DMX_BLOCK, then the SIGIO handler will be blocked around calls to dmxeqEnqueue().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInvalidateGlobalPosition ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Invalidate the global position for #dmxCoreMotion.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMotion ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int *  v,
int  firstAxes,
int  axesCount,
DMXMotionType  type,
DMXBlockType  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Enqueue a motion event for pDev. The v vector has length axesCount, and contains values for each of the axes, starting at firstAxes.

+The type of the motion may be DMX_RELATIVE, DMX_ABSOLUTE, or DMX_ABSOLUTE_CONFINED (in the latter case, the pointer will not be allowed to move outside the global boundaires).

+If block is set to DMX_BLOCK, then the SIGIO handler will be blocked around calls to dmxeqEnqueue().

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e18f0f785 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxext.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00040 #ifndef _DMXEXT_H_
+00041 #define _DMXEXT_H_
+00042 
+00043 /* These values must be larger than LastExtensionError.
+00044    The values in dmxext.h and dmxproto.h *MUST* match. */
+00045 #define DmxBadXinerama         1001
+00046 #define DmxBadValue            1002
+00047 #define DmxBadReply            1003
+00048 
+00049 #define DMXScreenWindowWidth   (1L<<0)
+00050 #define DMXScreenWindowHeight  (1L<<1)
+00051 #define DMXScreenWindowXoffset (1L<<2)
+00052 #define DMXScreenWindowYoffset (1L<<3)
+00053 #define DMXRootWindowWidth     (1L<<4)
+00054 #define DMXRootWindowHeight    (1L<<5)
+00055 #define DMXRootWindowXoffset   (1L<<6)
+00056 #define DMXRootWindowYoffset   (1L<<7)
+00057 #define DMXRootWindowXorigin   (1L<<8)
+00058 #define DMXRootWindowYorigin   (1L<<9)
+00059 
+00060 #define DMXDesktopWidth        (1L<<0)
+00061 #define DMXDesktopHeight       (1L<<1)
+00062 #define DMXDesktopShiftX       (1L<<2)
+00063 #define DMXDesktopShiftY       (1L<<3)
+00064 
+00065 #define DMXInputType           (1L<<0)
+00066 #define DMXInputPhysicalScreen (1L<<1)
+00067 #define DMXInputSendsCore      (1L<<2)
+00068 
+00069 #ifndef _DMX_SERVER_
+00070 
+00073 typedef struct {
+00074     char         *displayName;
+00075     int          logicalScreen;
+00076 
+00077     unsigned int screenWindowWidth;    /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00078     unsigned int screenWindowHeight;   /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00079     int          screenWindowXoffset;  /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00080     int          screenWindowYoffset;  /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00081 
+00082     unsigned int rootWindowWidth;      /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00083     unsigned int rootWindowHeight;     /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00084     int          rootWindowXoffset;    /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00085     int          rootWindowYoffset;    /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00086 
+00087     int          rootWindowXorigin;    /* global coordinate system */
+00088     int          rootWindowYorigin;    /* global coordinate system */
+00089 } DMXScreenAttributes;
+00090 
+00093 typedef struct {
+00094     int          screen;
+00095     Window       window;
+00096     XRectangle   pos, vis;
+00097 } DMXWindowAttributes;
+00098 
+00101 typedef struct {
+00102     unsigned int width;         /* global coordinate system */
+00103     unsigned int height;        /* global coordinate system */
+00104     int          shiftX;        /* global coordinate system */
+00105     int          shiftY;        /* global coordinate system */
+00106 } DMXDesktopAttributes;
+00107 
+00110 typedef enum {
+00111     DMXLocalInputType,
+00112     DMXConsoleInputType,
+00113     DMXBackendInputType
+00114 } DMXInputEnum;
+00115 
+00118 typedef struct {
+00119     DMXInputEnum inputType;
+00120     int          physicalScreen;
+00121     int          physicalId;
+00122     Bool         isCore;
+00123     Bool         sendsCore;
+00124     const char   *name;
+00125     Bool         detached;
+00126 } DMXInputAttributes;
+00127 
+00128 _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+00129 
+00130 extern Bool DMXQueryExtension(Display *dpy,
+00131                               int *event_basep, int *error_basep);
+00132 extern Bool DMXQueryVersion(Display *dpy, int *major_version,
+00133                             int *minor_version, int *patch_version);
+00134 extern Bool DMXSync(Display *dpy);
+00135 extern Bool DMXForceWindowCreation(Display *dpy, Window window);
+00136 
+00137 
+00138 extern Bool DMXGetScreenCount(Display *dpy, int *screen_count);
+00139 extern Bool DMXGetScreenAttributes(Display *dpy,
+00140                                    int screen,
+00141                                    DMXScreenAttributes *attr);
+00142 extern int  DMXChangeScreensAttributes(Display *dpy,
+00143                                        int screen_count,
+00144                                        int *screens,
+00145                                        int mask_count,
+00146                                        unsigned int *masks,
+00147                                        DMXScreenAttributes *attr, /* vector */
+00148                                        int *error_screen);
+00149 
+00150 extern Bool DMXAddScreen(Display *dpy,
+00151                          const char *displayName,
+00152                          unsigned int mask,
+00153                          DMXScreenAttributes *attr,
+00154                          int *screen);
+00155 extern Bool DMXRemoveScreen(Display *dpy, int screen);
+00156 
+00157 /* Call DMXGetScreenWindowCount and allocate info to that size.  Pass
+00158  * the size in available_count.  This call can generate a large amount
+00159  * of wire traffic and should not be used called with available_count=0
+00160  * just to determine the screen_count value -- use DMXGetScreenCount
+00161  * instead.  NOTE: Also see DMX protocol specification (DMXSpec.txt) for
+00162  * usage of DMXSync to flush pending commands. */
+00163 extern Bool DMXGetWindowAttributes(Display *dpy, Window window,
+00164                                    int *screen_count, int available_count,
+00165                                    DMXWindowAttributes *attr);
+00166 
+00167 extern Bool DMXGetDesktopAttributes(Display *dpy, DMXDesktopAttributes *attr);
+00168 extern int  DMXChangeDesktopAttributes(Display *dpy,
+00169                                        unsigned int mask,
+00170                                        DMXDesktopAttributes *attr);
+00171 
+00172 extern Bool DMXGetInputCount(Display *dpy, int *input_count);
+00173 extern Bool DMXGetInputAttributes(Display *dpy, int id,
+00174                                   DMXInputAttributes *attr);
+00175 
+00176 extern Bool DMXAddInput(Display *dpy,
+00177                         unsigned int mask,
+00178                         DMXInputAttributes *attr,
+00179                         int *id);
+00180 extern Bool DMXRemoveInput(Display *dpy, int id);
+00181 
+00182 /* These are helper functions that call DMXAddInput. */
+00183 extern Bool DMXAddBackendInput(Display *dpy, int screen, int sendsCore,
+00184                                int *newId);
+00185 extern Bool DMXAddConsoleInput(Display *dpy, const char *name, int sendsCore,
+00186                                int *newId);
+00187 
+00188 _XFUNCPROTOEND
+00189 #endif
+00190 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb143283f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxext_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,926 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxext.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  DMXDesktopAttributes
struct  DMXInputAttributes
struct  DMXScreenAttributes
struct  DMXWindowAttributes

Enumerations

enum  DMXInputEnum

Functions

_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN Bool DMXQueryExtension (Display *dpy, int *event_basep, int *error_basep)
Bool DMXQueryVersion (Display *dpy, int *major_version, int *minor_version, int *patch_version)
Bool DMXSync (Display *dpy)
Bool DMXForceWindowCreation (Display *dpy, Window window)
Bool DMXGetScreenCount (Display *dpy, int *screen_count)
Bool DMXGetScreenAttributes (Display *dpy, int screen, DMXScreenAttributes *attr)
int DMXChangeScreensAttributes (Display *dpy, int screen_count, int *screens, int mask_count, unsigned int *masks, DMXScreenAttributes *attr, int *error_screen)
Bool DMXAddScreen (Display *dpy, const char *displayName, unsigned int mask, DMXScreenAttributes *attr, int *screen)
Bool DMXRemoveScreen (Display *dpy, int screen)
Bool DMXGetWindowAttributes (Display *dpy, Window window, int *screen_count, int available_count, DMXWindowAttributes *attr)
Bool DMXGetDesktopAttributes (Display *dpy, DMXDesktopAttributes *attr)
int DMXChangeDesktopAttributes (Display *dpy, unsigned int mask, DMXDesktopAttributes *attr)
Bool DMXGetInputCount (Display *dpy, int *input_count)
Bool DMXGetInputAttributes (Display *dpy, int id, DMXInputAttributes *attr)
Bool DMXAddInput (Display *dpy, unsigned int mask, DMXInputAttributes *attr, int *id)
Bool DMXRemoveInput (Display *dpy, int id)
Bool DMXAddBackendInput (Display *dpy, int screen, int sendsCore, int *newId)
Bool DMXAddConsoleInput (Display *dpy, const char *name, int sendsCore, int *newId)
+

Detailed Description

+This file describes the interface to the client-side libdmx.a library. All DMX-aware client-side applications should include this file.

Enumeration Type Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
enum DMXInputEnum +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Enumeration for the #inputType field in the DMXInputAttributes structure.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddBackendInput ( Display *  dpy,
int  screen,
int  sendsCore,
int *  newId
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add backend input (a helper function that calls DMXAddInput).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddConsoleInput ( Display *  dpy,
const char *  name,
int  sendsCore,
int *  newId
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add console input (a helper function that calls DMXAddInput).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddInput ( Display *  dpy,
unsigned int  mask,
DMXInputAttributes *  attr,
int *  id
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add input.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddScreen ( Display *  dpy,
const char *  displayName,
unsigned int  mask,
DMXScreenAttributes *  attr,
int *  screen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add a screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int DMXChangeDesktopAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
unsigned int  mask,
DMXDesktopAttributes *  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the global bounding box and origin offset.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int DMXChangeScreensAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
int  screen_count,
int *  screens,
int  mask_count,
unsigned int *  masks,
DMXScreenAttributes *  attrs,
int *  error_screen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change geometries and positions of the DMX screen and root windows on the back-end X server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXForceWindowCreation ( Display *  dpy,
Window  window
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The creation of the specified window will be forced.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.2 Reply added in DMX Protocol Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetDesktopAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
DMXDesktopAttributes *  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetDesktopAttributes protocol request returns information correctly, the information will be placed in attr, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetInputAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
int  id,
DMXInputAttributes *  inf
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetInputAttributes protocol request returns information about the input device with the specified id, information about the input device will be placed in inf, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.1

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetInputCount ( Display *  dpy,
int *  input_count
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetInputCount protocol request returns the input count, the value will be placed in input_count, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.1

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetScreenAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
int  physical_screen,
DMXScreenAttributes *  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetScreenAttributes protocol request returns information for the specified physical_screen, information about the screen will be placed in attr, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0; Modified in Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetScreenCount ( Display *  dpy,
int *  screen_count
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetScreenCount protocol request returns the screen count, the value will be placed in screen_count, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetWindowAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
Window  window,
int *  screen_count,
int  available_count,
DMXWindowAttributes *  inf
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetWindowAttributes protocol request returns information about the specified window, the number of screens for which information is available will be returned in screen_count and information about the first available_count of those screens will be placed in inf. Because this call transports a great deal of information over the wire, please call DMXGetScreenCount first, and make sure inf is that large.

+Note that if the specified window has not yet been mapped when DMXGetWindowAttributes is called, then a subsequent XMapWindow call might be buffered in xlib while requests directly to the back-end X servers are processed. This race condition can be solved by calling DMXSync before talking directly to the back-end X servers.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0, but not working correctly until DMX Protocol Version 1.4

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN Bool DMXQueryExtension ( Display *  dpy,
int *  event_basep,
int *  error_basep
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the server has the DMX extension, the event and error bases will be placed in event_basep and error_basep, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXQueryVersion ( Display *  dpy,
int *  majorVersion,
int *  minorVersion,
int *  patchVersion
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXQueryVersion protocol request returns version information from the server, majorVersion, minorVersion, and patchVersion are filled in with the appropriate information and True is returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXRemoveInput ( Display *  dpy,
int  id
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove an input.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXRemoveScreen ( Display *  dpy,
int  screen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove a screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXSync ( Display *  dpy  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Flush all pending dmxSync requests in DMX server.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.5

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bcf8f133 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxextension.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxinit.h"
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxgc.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "dmxcmap.h"
+#include "dmxpict.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxscrinit.h"
+#include "input/dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "dmxproto.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool dmxGetScreenAttributes (int physical, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr)
Bool dmxGetWindowAttributes (WindowPtr pWindow, DMXWindowAttributesPtr attr)
int dmxGetInputCount (void)
int dmxGetInputAttributes (int deviceId, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr)
int dmxAddInput (DMXInputAttributesPtr attr, int *id)
int dmxRemoveInput (int id)
unsigned long dmxGetNumScreens (void)
void dmxForceWindowCreation (WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxFlushPendingSyncs (void)
int dmxAttachScreen (int idx, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr)
int dmxDetachScreen (int idx)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides the only interface to the X server extension support in programs/Xserver/Xext. Those programs should only include dmxext.h

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxAddInput ( DMXInputAttributesPtr  attr,
int *  id
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add an input with the specified attributes. If the input is added, the physical id is returned in deviceId.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxAttachScreen ( int  idx,
DMXScreenAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reattach previously detached back-end screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxDetachScreen ( int  idx  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Detach back-end screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxFlushPendingSyncs ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Flush pending syncs for all screens.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxForceWindowCreation ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make sure that dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow has been called for pWindow.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxGetInputAttributes ( int  deviceId,
DMXInputAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return information about the device with id = deviceId. This information is primarily for the ProcDMXGetInputAttributes() function, which does not have access to the appropriate data structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxGetInputCount ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the total number of devices, not just dmxNumInputs. The number returned should be the same as that returned by XListInputDevices.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
unsigned long dmxGetNumScreens ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the value of dmxNumScreens -- the total number of backend screens in use (these are logical screens and may be larger than the number of backend displays).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxGetScreenAttributes ( int  physical,
DMXScreenAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine provides information to the DMX protocol extension about a particular screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxGetWindowAttributes ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
DMXWindowAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine provides information to the DMX protocol extension about a particular window.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxRemoveInput ( int  id  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove the input with physical id id.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fd796af5 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxextension.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2003-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Author:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00033  *
+00034  */
+00035 
+00040 #ifndef _DMXEXTENSION_H_
+00041 #define _DMXEXTENSION_H_
+00042 
+00045 typedef struct {
+00046     const char   *displayName;
+00047     int          logicalScreen;
+00048 
+00049     unsigned int screenWindowWidth;    /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00050     unsigned int screenWindowHeight;   /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00051     int          screenWindowXoffset;  /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00052     int          screenWindowYoffset;  /* displayName's coordinate system */
+00053 
+00054     unsigned int rootWindowWidth;      /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00055     unsigned int rootWindowHeight;     /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00056     int          rootWindowXoffset;    /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00057     int          rootWindowYoffset;    /* screenWindow's coordinate system */
+00058 
+00059     int          rootWindowXorigin;    /* global coordinate system */
+00060     int          rootWindowYorigin;    /* global coordinate system */
+00061 } DMXScreenAttributesRec, *DMXScreenAttributesPtr;
+00062 
+00064 typedef struct {
+00065     int          screen;
+00066     Window       window;
+00067     xRectangle   pos;
+00068     xRectangle   vis;
+00069 } DMXWindowAttributesRec, *DMXWindowAttributesPtr;
+00070 
+00073 typedef struct {
+00074     int          width;
+00075     int          height;
+00076     int          shiftX;
+00077     int          shiftY;
+00078 } DMXDesktopAttributesRec, *DMXDesktopAttributesPtr;
+00079 
+00081 typedef struct {
+00082     const char   *name;
+00083     int          inputType;
+00084     int          physicalScreen;
+00085     int          physicalId;
+00086     int          isCore;
+00087     int          sendsCore;
+00088     int          detached;
+00089 } DMXInputAttributesRec, *DMXInputAttributesPtr;
+00090 
+00091 
+00092 extern unsigned long dmxGetNumScreens(void);
+00093 extern void          dmxForceWindowCreation(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00094 extern void          dmxFlushPendingSyncs(void);
+00095 extern Bool          dmxGetScreenAttributes(int physical,
+00096                                             DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr);
+00097 extern Bool          dmxGetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
+00098                                             DMXWindowAttributesPtr attr);
+00099 extern void          dmxGetDesktopAttributes(DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr);
+00100 extern int           dmxGetInputCount(void);
+00101 extern int           dmxGetInputAttributes(int deviceId,
+00102                                            DMXInputAttributesPtr attr);
+00103 extern int           dmxAddInput(DMXInputAttributesPtr attr, int *deviceId);
+00104 extern int           dmxRemoveInput(int deviceId);
+00105 
+00106 extern int           dmxConfigureScreenWindows(int nscreens,
+00107                                                CARD32 *screens,
+00108                                                DMXScreenAttributesPtr attribs,
+00109                                                int *errorScreen);
+00110 
+00111 extern int           dmxConfigureDesktop(DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attribs);
+00112 
+00113 /* dmxUpdateScreenResources exposed for dmxCreateWindow in dmxwindow.c */
+00114 extern void          dmxUpdateScreenResources(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+00115                                               int x, int y, int w, int h);
+00116 
+00117 extern int           dmxAttachScreen(int idx, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr);
+00118 extern int           dmxDetachScreen(int idx);
+00119 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41cdcd3eb --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxextension_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxextension.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  DMXDesktopAttributesRec
struct  DMXInputAttributesRec
struct  DMXScreenAttributesRec
struct  DMXWindowAttributesRec

Functions

unsigned long dmxGetNumScreens (void)
void dmxForceWindowCreation (WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxFlushPendingSyncs (void)
Bool dmxGetScreenAttributes (int physical, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr)
Bool dmxGetWindowAttributes (WindowPtr pWindow, DMXWindowAttributesPtr attr)
int dmxGetInputCount (void)
int dmxGetInputAttributes (int deviceId, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr)
int dmxAddInput (DMXInputAttributesPtr attr, int *deviceId)
int dmxRemoveInput (int deviceId)
int dmxAttachScreen (int idx, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr)
int dmxDetachScreen (int idx)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for DMX extension support. These routines are called by function in Xserver/Xext/dmx.c.
See also:
dmxextension.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxAddInput ( DMXInputAttributesPtr  attr,
int *  id
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add an input with the specified attributes. If the input is added, the physical id is returned in deviceId.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxAttachScreen ( int  idx,
DMXScreenAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reattach previously detached back-end screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxDetachScreen ( int  idx  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Detach back-end screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxFlushPendingSyncs ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Flush pending syncs for all screens.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxForceWindowCreation ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make sure that dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow has been called for pWindow.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxGetInputAttributes ( int  deviceId,
DMXInputAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return information about the device with id = deviceId. This information is primarily for the ProcDMXGetInputAttributes() function, which does not have access to the appropriate data structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxGetInputCount ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the total number of devices, not just dmxNumInputs. The number returned should be the same as that returned by XListInputDevices.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
unsigned long dmxGetNumScreens ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the value of dmxNumScreens -- the total number of backend screens in use (these are logical screens and may be larger than the number of backend displays).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxGetScreenAttributes ( int  physical,
DMXScreenAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine provides information to the DMX protocol extension about a particular screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxGetWindowAttributes ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
DMXWindowAttributesPtr  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine provides information to the DMX protocol extension about a particular window.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxRemoveInput ( int  id  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove the input with physical id id.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1c6c9f87 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxfont.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "fontstruct.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxInitFonts (void)
void dmxResetFonts (void)
Bool dmxBELoadFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
Bool dmxRealizeFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
Bool dmxBEFreeFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
Bool dmxUnrealizeFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support for fonts.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free pFont on the back-end associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBELoadFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Load the font, pFont, on the back-end server associated with pScreen. When a font is loaded, the font path on back-end server is first initialized to that specified on the command line with the -fontpath options, and then the font is loaded.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitFonts ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize font support. In addition to the screen function call pointers, DMX also hooks in at the ProcVector[] level. Here the old ProcVector function pointers are saved and the new ProcVector function pointers are initialized.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxRealizeFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Realize the font, pFont, on the back-end server associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResetFonts ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reset font support by restoring the original ProcVector function pointers.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxUnrealizeFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Unrealize the font, pFont, on the back-end server associated with pScreen.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18412915d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxfont.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXFONT_H
+00039 #define DMXFONT_H
+00040 
+00041 #include "fontstruct.h"
+00042 
+00044 typedef struct _dmxFontPriv {
+00045     int          refcnt;
+00046     XFontStruct **font;
+00047 } dmxFontPrivRec, *dmxFontPrivPtr;
+00048 
+00049 extern void dmxInitFonts(void);
+00050 extern void dmxResetFonts(void);
+00051 
+00052 extern Bool dmxRealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
+00053 extern Bool dmxUnrealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
+00054 
+00055 extern Bool dmxBELoadFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
+00056 extern Bool dmxBEFreeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont);
+00057 
+00058 extern int dmxFontPrivateIndex;
+00059 
+00060 #endif /* DMXFONT_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..503e94697 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxfont_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxfont.h File Reference

#include "fontstruct.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxFontPriv

Typedefs

typedef _dmxFontPriv dmxFontPrivRec
typedef _dmxFontPriv * dmxFontPrivPtr

Functions

void dmxInitFonts (void)
void dmxResetFonts (void)
Bool dmxRealizeFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
Bool dmxUnrealizeFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
Bool dmxBELoadFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
Bool dmxBEFreeFont (ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)

Variables

int dmxFontPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for font-related functions.
See also:
dmxfont.c
+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxFontPriv * dmxFontPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Font private area.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxFontPriv dmxFontPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Font private area.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free pFont on the back-end associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBELoadFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Load the font, pFont, on the back-end server associated with pScreen. When a font is loaded, the font path on back-end server is first initialized to that specified on the command line with the -fontpath options, and then the font is loaded.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitFonts ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize font support. In addition to the screen function call pointers, DMX also hooks in at the ProcVector[] level. Here the old ProcVector function pointers are saved and the new ProcVector function pointers are initialized.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxRealizeFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Realize the font, pFont, on the back-end server associated with pScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResetFonts ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reset font support by restoring the original ProcVector function pointers.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxUnrealizeFont ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
FontPtr  pFont
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Unrealize the font, pFont, on the back-end server associated with pScreen.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxFontPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Fonts

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1102958ed --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,456 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxgc.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxgc.h"
+#include "dmxgcops.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "migc.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool dmxInitGC (ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxBECreateGC (ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC)
Bool dmxCreateGC (GCPtr pGC)
void dmxValidateGC (GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
void dmxChangeGC (GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask)
void dmxCopyGC (GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst)
Bool dmxBEFreeGC (GCPtr pGC)
void dmxDestroyGC (GCPtr pGC)
void dmxChangeClip (GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects)
void dmxDestroyClip (GCPtr pGC)
void dmxCopyClip (GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support for GCs.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECreateGC ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
GCPtr  pGC
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create the GC on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeGC ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free the pGC on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangeClip ( GCPtr  pGC,
int  type,
pointer  pvalue,
int  nrects
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the clip rects for a GC.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangeGC ( GCPtr  pGC,
unsigned long  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the values in the graphics context on the back-end server associated with pGC's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCopyClip ( GCPtr  pGCDst,
GCPtr  pGCSrc
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy a GC's clip rects.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCopyGC ( GCPtr  pGCSrc,
unsigned long  changes,
GCPtr  pGCDst
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy pGCSrc to pGCDst on the back-end server associated with pGCSrc's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateGC ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a graphics context on the back-end server associated /a pGC's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyClip ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a GC's clip rects.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyGC ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the graphics context, pGC and free the corresponding GC on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitGC ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the GC on pScreen, which currently involves allocating the GC private associated with this screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxValidateGC ( GCPtr  pGC,
unsigned long  changes,
DrawablePtr  pDrawable
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Validate a graphics context, pGC, locally in the DMX server and recompute the composite clip, if necessary.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1df9e31 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxgc.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXGC_H
+00039 #define DMXGC_H
+00040 
+00041 #include "gcstruct.h"
+00042 
+00044 typedef struct _dmxGCPriv {
+00045     GCOps   *ops;
+00046     GCFuncs *funcs;
+00047     XlibGC   gc;
+00048     Bool     msc;
+00049 } dmxGCPrivRec, *dmxGCPrivPtr;
+00050 
+00051 
+00052 extern Bool dmxInitGC(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+00053 
+00054 extern Bool dmxCreateGC(GCPtr pGC);
+00055 extern void dmxValidateGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes,
+00056                           DrawablePtr pDrawable);
+00057 extern void dmxChangeGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask);
+00058 extern void dmxCopyGC(GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst);
+00059 extern void dmxDestroyGC(GCPtr pGC);
+00060 extern void dmxChangeClip(GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects);
+00061 extern void dmxDestroyClip(GCPtr pGC);
+00062 extern void dmxCopyClip(GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc);
+00063 
+00064 extern void dmxBECreateGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC);
+00065 extern Bool dmxBEFreeGC(GCPtr pGC);
+00066 
+00068 extern int dmxGCPrivateIndex;
+00069 
+00071 #define DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC)                                           \
+00072     (dmxGCPrivPtr)(_pGC)->devPrivates[dmxGCPrivateIndex].ptr
+00073 
+00074 #define DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(_pGC)                                      \
+00075 do {                                                                    \
+00076     dmxGCPrivPtr _pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC);                      \
+00077     DMX_UNWRAP(funcs, _pGCPriv, (_pGC));                                \
+00078     if (_pGCPriv->ops)                                                  \
+00079         DMX_UNWRAP(ops, _pGCPriv, (_pGC));                              \
+00080 } while (0)
+00081 
+00082 #define DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(_pGC)                                      \
+00083 do {                                                                    \
+00084     dmxGCPrivPtr _pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC);                      \
+00085     DMX_WRAP(funcs, &dmxGCFuncs, _pGCPriv, (_pGC));                     \
+00086     if (_pGCPriv->ops)                                                  \
+00087         DMX_WRAP(ops, &dmxGCOps, _pGCPriv, (_pGC));                     \
+00088 } while (0)
+00089 
+00090 #endif /* DMXGC_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f16d40d02 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgc_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,561 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxgc.h File Reference

#include "gcstruct.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxGCPriv

Defines

#define DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC)   (dmxGCPrivPtr)(_pGC)->devPrivates[dmxGCPrivateIndex].ptr

Typedefs

typedef _dmxGCPriv dmxGCPrivRec
typedef _dmxGCPriv * dmxGCPrivPtr

Functions

Bool dmxInitGC (ScreenPtr pScreen)
Bool dmxCreateGC (GCPtr pGC)
void dmxValidateGC (GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
void dmxChangeGC (GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask)
void dmxCopyGC (GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst)
void dmxDestroyGC (GCPtr pGC)
void dmxChangeClip (GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects)
void dmxDestroyClip (GCPtr pGC)
void dmxCopyClip (GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc)
void dmxBECreateGC (ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC)
Bool dmxBEFreeGC (GCPtr pGC)

Variables

int dmxGCPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for GC support.
See also:
dmxgc.c
+

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
#define DMX_GET_GC_PRIV( _pGC   )    (dmxGCPrivPtr)(_pGC)->devPrivates[dmxGCPrivateIndex].ptr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get private.

+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxGCPriv * dmxGCPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+GC private area.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxGCPriv dmxGCPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+GC private area.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECreateGC ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
GCPtr  pGC
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create the GC on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeGC ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free the pGC on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangeClip ( GCPtr  pGC,
int  type,
pointer  pvalue,
int  nrects
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the clip rects for a GC.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangeGC ( GCPtr  pGC,
unsigned long  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the values in the graphics context on the back-end server associated with pGC's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCopyClip ( GCPtr  pGCDst,
GCPtr  pGCSrc
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy a GC's clip rects.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCopyGC ( GCPtr  pGCSrc,
unsigned long  changes,
GCPtr  pGCDst
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy pGCSrc to pGCDst on the back-end server associated with pGCSrc's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateGC ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a graphics context on the back-end server associated /a pGC's screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyClip ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a GC's clip rects.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyGC ( GCPtr  pGC  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the graphics context, pGC and free the corresponding GC on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitGC ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the GC on pScreen, which currently involves allocating the GC private associated with this screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxValidateGC ( GCPtr  pGC,
unsigned long  changes,
DrawablePtr  pDrawable
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Validate a graphics context, pGC, locally in the DMX server and recompute the composite clip, if necessary.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGCPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for GCs

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24b53a2c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,1476 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxgcops.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxgc.h"
+#include "dmxgcops.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxFillSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nInit, DDXPointPtr pptInit, int *pwidthInit, int fSorted)
void dmxSetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, char *psrc, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans, int fSorted)
void dmxPutImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int depth, int x, int y, int w, int h, int leftPad, int format, char *pBits)
RegionPtr dmxCopyArea (DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC, int srcx, int srcy, int w, int h, int dstx, int dsty)
RegionPtr dmxCopyPlane (DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC, int srcx, int srcy, int width, int height, int dstx, int dsty, unsigned long bitPlane)
void dmxPolyPoint (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit)
void dmxPolylines (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit)
void dmxPolySegment (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nseg, xSegment *pSegs)
void dmxPolyRectangle (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nrects, xRectangle *pRects)
void dmxPolyArc (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int narcs, xArc *parcs)
void dmxFillPolygon (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int shape, int mode, int count, DDXPointPtr pPts)
void dmxPolyFillRect (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nrectFill, xRectangle *prectInit)
void dmxPolyFillArc (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int narcs, xArc *parcs)
int dmxPolyText8 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, char *chars)
int dmxPolyText16 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars)
void dmxImageText8 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, char *chars)
void dmxImageText16 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars)
void dmxImageGlyphBlt (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph, CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase)
void dmxPolyGlyphBlt (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph, CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase)
void dmxPushPixels (GCPtr pGC, PixmapPtr pBitMap, DrawablePtr pDst, int w, int h, int x, int y)
void dmxGetImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h, unsigned int format, unsigned long planeMask, char *pdstLine)
void dmxGetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans, char *pdstStart)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support for GC operations.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
RegionPtr dmxCopyArea ( DrawablePtr  pSrc,
DrawablePtr  pDst,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  srcx,
int  srcy,
int  w,
int  h,
int  dstx,
int  dsty
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy area from pSrc drawable to pDst drawable on the back-end server associated with pSrc drawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only copy when both pSrc and pDst are at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
RegionPtr dmxCopyPlane ( DrawablePtr  pSrc,
DrawablePtr  pDst,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  srcx,
int  srcy,
int  width,
int  height,
int  dstx,
int  dsty,
unsigned long  bitPlane
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy plane number bitPlane from pSrc drawable to pDst drawable on the back-end server associated with pSrc drawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only copy when both pSrc and pDst are at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxFillPolygon ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  shape,
int  mode,
int  count,
DDXPointPtr  pPts
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render a filled polygons in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxFillSpans ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nInit,
DDXPointPtr  pptInit,
int *  pwidthInit,
int  fSorted
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill spans -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGetImage ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
int  sx,
int  sy,
int  w,
int  h,
unsigned int  format,
unsigned long  planeMask,
char *  pdstLine
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get an image from the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If pDrawable is a window, it must be viewable to get an image from it. If it is not viewable, then get the image from the first ancestor of pDrawable that is viewable. If no viewable ancestor is found, then simply return without getting an image.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGetSpans ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
int  wMax,
DDXPointPtr  ppt,
int *  pwidth,
int  nspans,
char *  pdstStart
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get Spans -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxImageGlyphBlt ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
unsigned int  nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *  ppci,
pointer  pglyphBase
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Image Glyph Blt -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxImageText16 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
unsigned short *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 16-bit chars (both foreground and background) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxImageText8 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
char *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 8-bit chars (both foreground and background) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyArc ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  narcs,
xArc *  parcs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of arc outlines, parcs in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyFillArc ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  narcs,
xArc *  parcs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of filled arcs, parcs in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyFillRect ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nrectFill,
xRectangle *  prectInit
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of filled rectangles, prectInit in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyGlyphBlt ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
unsigned int  nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *  ppci,
pointer  pglyphBase
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Poly Glyph Blt -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolylines ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  mode,
int  npt,
DDXPointPtr  pptInit
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of connected lines, pptInit in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyPoint ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  mode,
int  npt,
DDXPointPtr  pptInit
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of points, pptInit in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyRectangle ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nrects,
xRectangle *  pRects
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of rectangle outlines, pRects in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolySegment ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nseg,
xSegment *  pSegs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of disjoint segments, pSegs in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPolyText16 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
unsigned short *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 16-bit chars (foreground only) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPolyText8 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
char *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 8-bit chars (foreground only) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPushPixels ( GCPtr  pGC,
PixmapPtr  pBitMap,
DrawablePtr  pDst,
int  w,
int  h,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Push Pixels -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPutImage ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  depth,
int  x,
int  y,
int  w,
int  h,
int  leftPad,
int  format,
char *  pBits
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Transfer pBits image to back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If primitive subdivision optimization is enabled, then only transfer the sections of pBits that are visible (i.e., not-clipped) to the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSetSpans ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
char *  psrc,
DDXPointPtr  ppt,
int *  pwidth,
int  nspans,
int  fSorted
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set spans -- this function should never be called.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b232f0b1b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxgcops.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXGCOPS_H
+00039 #define DMXGCOPS_H
+00040 
+00041 extern void dmxFillSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00042                          int nInit, DDXPointPtr pptInit, int *pwidthInit,
+00043                          int fSorted);
+00044 extern void dmxSetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00045                         char *psrc, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
+00046                         int fSorted);
+00047 extern void dmxPutImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00048                         int depth, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+00049                         int leftPad, int format, char *pBits);
+00050 extern RegionPtr dmxCopyArea(DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC,
+00051                              int srcx, int srcy, int w, int h,
+00052                              int dstx, int dsty);
+00053 extern RegionPtr dmxCopyPlane(DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC,
+00054                               int srcx, int srcy, int width, int height,
+00055                               int dstx, int dsty, unsigned long bitPlane);
+00056 extern void dmxPolyPoint(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00057                          int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit);
+00058 extern void dmxPolylines(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00059                          int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit);
+00060 extern void dmxPolySegment(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00061                            int nseg, xSegment *pSegs);
+00062 extern void dmxPolyRectangle(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00063                              int nrects, xRectangle *pRects);
+00064 extern void dmxPolyArc(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00065                        int narcs, xArc *parcs);
+00066 extern void dmxFillPolygon(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00067                            int shape, int mode, int count, DDXPointPtr pPts);
+00068 extern void dmxPolyFillRect(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00069                             int nrectFill, xRectangle *prectInit);
+00070 extern void dmxPolyFillArc(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00071                            int narcs, xArc *parcs);
+00072 extern int dmxPolyText8(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00073                         int x, int y, int count, char *chars);
+00074 extern int dmxPolyText16(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00075                          int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars);
+00076 extern void dmxImageText8(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00077                           int x, int y, int count, char *chars);
+00078 extern void dmxImageText16(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00079                            int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars);
+00080 extern void dmxImageGlyphBlt(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00081                              int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph,
+00082                              CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase);
+00083 extern void dmxPolyGlyphBlt(DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC,
+00084                             int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph,
+00085                             CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase);
+00086 extern void dmxPushPixels(GCPtr pGC, PixmapPtr pBitMap, DrawablePtr pDst,
+00087                           int w, int h, int x, int y);
+00088 
+00089 extern void dmxGetImage(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h,
+00090                         unsigned int format, unsigned long planeMask,
+00091                         char *pdstLine);
+00092 extern void dmxGetSpans(DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax,
+00093                         DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans,
+00094                         char *pdstStart);
+00095 
+00096 #endif /* DMXGCOPS_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f30f11a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxgcops_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,1469 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxgcops.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxFillSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nInit, DDXPointPtr pptInit, int *pwidthInit, int fSorted)
void dmxSetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, char *psrc, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans, int fSorted)
void dmxPutImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int depth, int x, int y, int w, int h, int leftPad, int format, char *pBits)
RegionPtr dmxCopyArea (DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC, int srcx, int srcy, int w, int h, int dstx, int dsty)
RegionPtr dmxCopyPlane (DrawablePtr pSrc, DrawablePtr pDst, GCPtr pGC, int srcx, int srcy, int width, int height, int dstx, int dsty, unsigned long bitPlane)
void dmxPolyPoint (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit)
void dmxPolylines (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int mode, int npt, DDXPointPtr pptInit)
void dmxPolySegment (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nseg, xSegment *pSegs)
void dmxPolyRectangle (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nrects, xRectangle *pRects)
void dmxPolyArc (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int narcs, xArc *parcs)
void dmxFillPolygon (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int shape, int mode, int count, DDXPointPtr pPts)
void dmxPolyFillRect (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int nrectFill, xRectangle *prectInit)
void dmxPolyFillArc (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int narcs, xArc *parcs)
int dmxPolyText8 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, char *chars)
int dmxPolyText16 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars)
void dmxImageText8 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, char *chars)
void dmxImageText16 (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, int count, unsigned short *chars)
void dmxImageGlyphBlt (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph, CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase)
void dmxPolyGlyphBlt (DrawablePtr pDrawable, GCPtr pGC, int x, int y, unsigned int nglyph, CharInfoPtr *ppci, pointer pglyphBase)
void dmxPushPixels (GCPtr pGC, PixmapPtr pBitMap, DrawablePtr pDst, int w, int h, int x, int y)
void dmxGetImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h, unsigned int format, unsigned long planeMask, char *pdstLine)
void dmxGetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans, char *pdstStart)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for gcops support.
See also:
dmxgcops.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
RegionPtr dmxCopyArea ( DrawablePtr  pSrc,
DrawablePtr  pDst,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  srcx,
int  srcy,
int  w,
int  h,
int  dstx,
int  dsty
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy area from pSrc drawable to pDst drawable on the back-end server associated with pSrc drawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only copy when both pSrc and pDst are at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
RegionPtr dmxCopyPlane ( DrawablePtr  pSrc,
DrawablePtr  pDst,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  srcx,
int  srcy,
int  width,
int  height,
int  dstx,
int  dsty,
unsigned long  bitPlane
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy plane number bitPlane from pSrc drawable to pDst drawable on the back-end server associated with pSrc drawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only copy when both pSrc and pDst are at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxFillPolygon ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  shape,
int  mode,
int  count,
DDXPointPtr  pPts
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render a filled polygons in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxFillSpans ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nInit,
DDXPointPtr  pptInit,
int *  pwidthInit,
int  fSorted
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill spans -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGetImage ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
int  sx,
int  sy,
int  w,
int  h,
unsigned int  format,
unsigned long  planeMask,
char *  pdstLine
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get an image from the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If pDrawable is a window, it must be viewable to get an image from it. If it is not viewable, then get the image from the first ancestor of pDrawable that is viewable. If no viewable ancestor is found, then simply return without getting an image.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGetSpans ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
int  wMax,
DDXPointPtr  ppt,
int *  pwidth,
int  nspans,
char *  pdstStart
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get Spans -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxImageGlyphBlt ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
unsigned int  nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *  ppci,
pointer  pglyphBase
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Image Glyph Blt -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxImageText16 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
unsigned short *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 16-bit chars (both foreground and background) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxImageText8 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
char *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 8-bit chars (both foreground and background) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyArc ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  narcs,
xArc *  parcs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of arc outlines, parcs in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyFillArc ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  narcs,
xArc *  parcs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of filled arcs, parcs in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyFillRect ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nrectFill,
xRectangle *  prectInit
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of filled rectangles, prectInit in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyGlyphBlt ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
unsigned int  nglyph,
CharInfoPtr *  ppci,
pointer  pglyphBase
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Poly Glyph Blt -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolylines ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  mode,
int  npt,
DDXPointPtr  pptInit
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of connected lines, pptInit in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyPoint ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  mode,
int  npt,
DDXPointPtr  pptInit
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of points, pptInit in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolyRectangle ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nrects,
xRectangle *  pRects
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of rectangle outlines, pRects in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPolySegment ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  nseg,
xSegment *  pSegs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render list of disjoint segments, pSegs in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPolyText16 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
unsigned short *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 16-bit chars (foreground only) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPolyText8 ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  x,
int  y,
int  count,
char *  chars
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Render string of 8-bit chars (foreground only) in pDrawable on the back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If the offscreen optimization is enabled, only draw when pDrawable is at least partially visible.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPushPixels ( GCPtr  pGC,
PixmapPtr  pBitMap,
DrawablePtr  pDst,
int  w,
int  h,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Push Pixels -- this function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPutImage ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
int  depth,
int  x,
int  y,
int  w,
int  h,
int  leftPad,
int  format,
char *  pBits
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Transfer pBits image to back-end server associated with pDrawable's screen. If primitive subdivision optimization is enabled, then only transfer the sections of pBits that are visible (i.e., not-clipped) to the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSetSpans ( DrawablePtr  pDrawable,
GCPtr  pGC,
char *  psrc,
DDXPointPtr  ppt,
int *  pwidth,
int  nspans,
int  fSorted
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set spans -- this function should never be called.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22928e654 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,709 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinit.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxinit.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxscrinit.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "config/dmxconfig.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxstat.h"
+#include "dmxpict.h"
+#include "Xos.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void InitOutput (ScreenInfo *pScreenInfo, int argc, char *argv[])
void AbortDDX (void)
void ddxGiveUp (void)
void OsVendorInit (void)
void OsVendorFatalError (void)
int ddxProcessArgument (int argc, char *argv[], int i)
void ddxUseMsg (void)
CARD32 GetTimeInMillis (void)

Variables

int dmxNumScreens
DMXScreenInfo * dmxScreens
int dmxNumInputs
DMXInputInfo * dmxInputs
int dmxShadowFB = FALSE
XErrorEvent dmxLastErrorEvent
Bool dmxErrorOccurred = FALSE
char * dmxFontPath = NULL
Bool dmxOffScreenOpt = TRUE
Bool dmxSubdividePrimitives = TRUE
Bool dmxLazyWindowCreation = TRUE
Bool dmxUseXKB = TRUE
int dmxDepth = 0
Bool dmxNoRender = FALSE
Bool dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths = FALSE
Bool dmxAddRemoveScreens = FALSE
+

Detailed Description

+Provide expected functions for initialization from the ddx layer and global variables for the DMX server.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void AbortDDX ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function is called in Xserver/os/utils.c from AbortServer(). We must ensure that backend and console state is restored in the event the server shutdown wasn't clean.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ddxGiveUp ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function is called in Xserver/dix/main.c from main() when dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE (which is the only way to exit the main loop without an interruption.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int ddxProcessArgument ( int  argc,
char *  argv[],
int  i
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Process our command line arguments.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ddxUseMsg ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Provide succinct usage information for the DMX server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
CARD32 GetTimeInMillis ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return wall-clock time in milliseconds.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void InitOutput ( ScreenInfo *  pScreenInfo,
int  argc,
char *  argv[]
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is called in Xserver/dix/main.c from main().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void OsVendorFatalError ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function is called in Xserver/os/utils.c from FatalError() and VFatalError(). (Note that setting the function pointer OsVendorVErrorFProc will cause VErrorF() (which is called by the two routines mentioned here, as well as by others) to use the referenced routine instead of vfprintf().)

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void OsVendorInit ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function is called in Xserver/os/osinit.c from OsInit().

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxAddRemoveScreens = FALSE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if add and remove screens support is enabled

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxDepth = 0 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Requested depth if non-zero

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxErrorOccurred = FALSE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if an error occurred

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
char* dmxFontPath = NULL +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+NULL if no font path is set on the command line; otherwise, a string of comma separated paths built from the command line specified font paths

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths = FALSE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if bad font paths should be ignored during server init

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXInputInfo* dmxInputs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of inputs

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XErrorEvent dmxLastErrorEvent +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Last error that occurred

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxLazyWindowCreation = TRUE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if using the lazy window creation optimization

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxNoRender = FALSE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if the RENDER extension should be disabled

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxNumInputs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of dmxInputs

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxNumScreens +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of dmxScreens

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxOffScreenOpt = TRUE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if using off screen optimizations

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXScreenInfo* dmxScreens +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of outputs

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxShadowFB = FALSE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if using shadow frame-buffer (deprecated)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxSubdividePrimitives = TRUE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if using the primitive subdivision optimization

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool dmxUseXKB = TRUE +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if the XKB extension should be used with the backend servers

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3217ef4cb --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinit.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2004 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXINIT_H
+00039 #define DMXINIT_H
+00040 
+00041 #include "scrnintstr.h"
+00042 
+00043 extern Bool dmxOpenDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00044 extern void dmxSetErrorHandler(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00045 extern void dmxCheckForWM(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00046 extern void dmxGetScreenAttribs(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00047 extern Bool dmxGetVisualInfo(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00048 extern void dmxGetColormaps(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00049 extern void dmxGetPixmapFormats(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00050 
+00051 #endif /* DMXINIT_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2890be2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinit_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinit.h File Reference

#include "scrnintstr.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + +
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for initialization.
See also:
dmxinit.c
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09a5ddd05 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinput.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "input.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool LegalModifier (unsigned int key, DevicePtr pDev)
void InitInput (int argc, char **argv)
void ProcessInputEvents (void)
void dmxUpdateWindowInfo (DMXUpdateType type, WindowPtr pWindow)
+

Detailed Description

+Provide the main entry points for input initialization and processing that arequired by the dix layer.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxUpdateWindowInfo ( DMXUpdateType  type,
WindowPtr  pWindow
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is called from #dmxwindow.c whenever the layout of windows on the display might have changed. This information is used by input drivers (currently only the console driver) that provide information about window layout to the user.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void InitInput ( int  argc,
char **  argv
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called from dix/main.c on each server generation to initialize inputs. All the work is done in dmxInputInit.

See also:
dmxInputInit()
+
+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool LegalModifier ( unsigned int  key,
DevicePtr  pDev
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns TRUE if the key is a valid modifier. For PC-class keyboards, all keys can be used as modifiers, so return TRUE always.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ProcessInputEvents ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called from dix/dispatch.c in Dispatch() whenever input events require processing. All the work is done in the lower level routines.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..013912f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinput.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+00032  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00033  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00034  *
+00035  */
+00036 
+00048 #ifndef DMXINPUT_H
+00049 #define DMXINPUT_H
+00050 
+00052 #define DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS 4
+00053 
+00054 struct _DMXInputInfo;
+00055 
+00057 typedef enum {
+00058     DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE,         
+00059     DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE,       
+00060     DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK,         
+00061     DMX_UPDATE_COPY,            
+00062     DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE,          
+00063     DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT         
+00064 } DMXUpdateType;
+00065 
+00066 typedef void (*ProcessInputEventsProc)(struct _DMXInputInfo *);
+00067 typedef void (*UpdateWindowInfoProc)(struct _DMXInputInfo *,
+00068                                      DMXUpdateType, WindowPtr);
+00069 
+00071 typedef struct _DMXLocalInputInfo *DMXLocalInputInfoPtr;
+00072 
+00074 typedef enum {
+00075     DMX_NOSIGIO = 0,            
+00076     DMX_USESIGIO,               
+00079     DMX_ACTIVESIGIO             
+00080 } dmxSigioState;
+00081 
+00085 struct _DMXInputInfo {
+00086     const char              *name; 
+00089     Bool                    freename; 
+00090     Bool                    detached; 
+00091     int                     inputIdx; 
+00092     int                     scrnIdx;  
+00093     Bool                    core;  
+00096     Bool                    console; 
+00100     Bool                    windows; 
+00103     ProcessInputEventsProc  processInputEvents;
+00104     UpdateWindowInfoProc    updateWindowInfo;
+00105 
+00106                                 /* Local input information */
+00107     dmxSigioState           sigioState;    
+00108     int                     sigioFdCount;  
+00109     int                     sigioFd[DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS];    
+00110     Bool                    sigioAdded[DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS]; 
+00114     int                     vt_switch_pending;
+00115 
+00117     int                     vt_switched;
+00118 
+00120     int                     numDevs;
+00121 
+00126     DMXLocalInputInfoPtr    *devs;
+00127 
+00128     char                    *keycodes; 
+00129     char                    *symbols;  
+00130     char                    *geometry; 
+00131 };
+00132 
+00133 extern int                  dmxNumInputs; 
+00134 extern DMXInputInfo         *dmxInputs;   
+00136 extern void dmxInputInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00137 extern void dmxInputReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00138 extern void dmxInputLateReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00139 extern void dmxInputFree(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00140 extern void dmxInputLogDevices(void);
+00141 extern void dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMXUpdateType type, WindowPtr pWindow);
+00142 
+00143 /* These functions are defined in input/dmxeq.c */
+00144 extern Bool dmxeqInitialized(void);
+00145 extern void dmxeqEnqueue(xEvent *e);
+00146 extern void dmxeqSwitchScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool fromDIX);
+00147 
+00148 /* This type is used in input/dmxevents.c.  Also, these functions are
+00149  * defined in input/dmxevents.c */
+00150 typedef enum {
+00151     DMX_NO_BLOCK = 0,
+00152     DMX_BLOCK    = 1
+00153 } DMXBlockType;
+00154 
+00155 extern void          dmxGetGlobalPosition(int *x, int *y);
+00156 extern DMXScreenInfo *dmxFindFirstScreen(int x, int y);
+00157 extern void          dmxCoreMotion(int x, int y, int delta,
+00158                                    DMXBlockType block);
+00159 
+00160 /* Support for dynamic addition of inputs.  This functions is defined in
+00161  * config/dmxconfig.c */
+00162 extern DMXInputInfo *dmxConfigAddInput(const char *name, int core);
+00163 #endif /* DMXINPUT_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fab2a374d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinput_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinput.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _DMXInputInfo

Defines

#define DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS   4

Typedefs

typedef _DMXLocalInputInfo * DMXLocalInputInfoPtr

Enumerations

enum  DMXUpdateType {
+  DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE, +DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE, +DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK, +DMX_UPDATE_COPY, +
+  DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE, +DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT +
+ }
enum  dmxSigioState { DMX_NOSIGIO = 0, +DMX_USESIGIO, +DMX_ACTIVESIGIO + }

Functions

void dmxInputInit (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputReInit (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputLateReInit (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputFree (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputLogDevices (void)
void dmxUpdateWindowInfo (DMXUpdateType type, WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxeqEnqueue (xEvent *e)
void dmxeqSwitchScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool fromDIX)
void dmxGetGlobalPosition (int *x, int *y)

Variables

int dmxNumInputs
DMXInputInfo * dmxInputs
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides access to:
    +
  • global variables available to all hw/dmx routines, and
  • enumerations and typedefs needed by input routines in hw/dmx (and hw/dmx/input).
+

+The goal is that no files in hw/dmx should include header files from hw/dmx/input -- the interface defined here should be the only interface exported to the hw/dmx layer.

See also:
input/dmxinputinit.c.
+

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS   4 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Maximum number of file descriptors for SIGIO handling

+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXLocalInputInfo* DMXLocalInputInfoPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+An opaque structure that is only exposed in the dmx/input layer.

+

Enumeration Type Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
enum dmxSigioState +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+State of the SIGIO engine

Enumeration values:
+ + + + +
DMX_NOSIGIO  +Device does not use SIGIO at all.
DMX_USESIGIO  +Device can use SIGIO, but is not (e.g., because the VT is switch away).
DMX_ACTIVESIGIO  +Device is currently using SIGIO.
+
+
+

+ + + + +
+ + +
enum DMXUpdateType +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reason why window layout was updated.

Enumeration values:
+ + + + + + + +
DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE  +Window realized
DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE  +Window unrealized
DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK  +Stacking order changed
DMX_UPDATE_COPY  +Window copied
DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE  +Window resized
DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT  +Window reparented
+
+
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxeqEnqueue ( xEvent *  e  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function adds an event to the end of the queue. If the event is an XInput event, then the next event (the valuator event) is also stored in the queue. If the new event has a time before the time of the last event currently on the queue, then the time is updated for the new event.

+Must be reentrant with ProcessInputEvents. Assumption: dmxeqEnqueue will never be interrupted. If this is called from both signal handlers and regular code, make sure the signal is suspended when called from regular code.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxeqSwitchScreen ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
Bool  fromDIX
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make pScreen the new screen for enqueueing events. If fromDIX is TRUE, also make pScreen the new screen for dequeuing events.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGetGlobalPosition ( int *  x,
int *  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return DMX's notion of the pointer position in the global coordinate space.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputFree ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free all of the memory associated with dmxInput

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputInit ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize all of the devices described in dmxInput.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputLateReInit ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialize all the devices described in dmxInput. Called from #dmxReconfig after the cursor is redisplayed.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputLogDevices ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log information about all of the known devices using dmxLog().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputReInit ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialize all the devices described in dmxInput. Called from #dmxReconfig before the cursor is redisplayed.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxUpdateWindowInfo ( DMXUpdateType  type,
WindowPtr  pWindow
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine is called from #dmxwindow.c whenever the layout of windows on the display might have changed. This information is used by input drivers (currently only the console driver) that provide information about window layout to the user.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXInputInfo* dmxInputs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of inputs

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxNumInputs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of dmxInputs

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b06c5221 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinputinit.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+#include "dmxdummy.h"
+#include "dmxbackend.h"
+#include "dmxconsole.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxevents.h"
+#include "dmxmotion.h"
+#include "dmxeq.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "config/dmxconfig.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
+#include "lnx-ms.h"
+#include "lnx-ps2.h"
+#include "usb-keyboard.h"
+#include "usb-mouse.h"
+#include "usb-other.h"
+#include "usb-common.h"
+#include "dmxsigio.h"
+#include "dmxarg.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "XI.h"
+#include "XIproto.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxChangePointerControl (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, PtrCtrl *ctrl)
void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
void dmxKeyboardBellProc (int percent, DeviceIntPtr pDevice, pointer ctrl, int unknown)
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, DMXLocalInputInfoPtr s)
void dmxInputReInit (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputLateReInit (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputInit (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputFree (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputLogDevices (void)
int dmxInputDetach (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputDetachAll (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
int dmxInputDetachId (int id)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides generic input support. Functions here set up input and lead to the calling of low-level device drivers for input.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangePointerControl ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
PtrCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the pointer control information for the pDevice. If the device sends core events, then also change the control information for all of the pointer devices that send core events.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  s
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy the local input information from s into a new devs slot in dmxInput.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxInputDetach ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Detach an input

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputDetachAll ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Search for input associated with dmxScreen, and detach.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxInputDetachId ( int  id  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Search for input associated with deviceId, and detach.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputFree ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free all of the memory associated with dmxInput

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputInit ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize all of the devices described in dmxInput.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputLateReInit ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialize all the devices described in dmxInput. Called from #dmxReconfig after the cursor is redisplayed.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputLogDevices ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log information about all of the known devices using dmxLog().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputReInit ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Re-initialize all the devices described in dmxInput. Called from #dmxReconfig before the cursor is redisplayed.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxKeyboardBellProc ( int  percent,
DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
pointer  ctrl,
int  unknown
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Sound the bell on the device. If the device send core events, then sound the bell on all of the devices that send core events.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the keyboard control information for the pDevice. If the device sends core events, then also change the control information for all of the keyboard devices that send core events.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9899c67a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinputinit.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXINPUTINIT_H_
+00039 #define _DMXINPUTINIT_H_
+00040 
+00041 #include "dmx.h"
+00042 #include "dmxinput.h"
+00043 #include "dmxlog.h"
+00044 
+00045 
+00046 #define DMX_LOCAL_DEFAULT_KEYBOARD "kbd"
+00047 #define DMX_LOCAL_DEFAULT_POINTER  "ps2"
+00048 #define DMX_MAX_BUTTONS            256
+00049 #define DMX_MOTION_SIZE            256
+00050 #define DMX_MAX_VALUATORS          32
+00051 #define DMX_MAX_AXES               32
+00052 #define DMX_MAX_XINPUT_EVENT_TYPES 100
+00053 #define DMX_MAP_ENTRIES            16 /* Must be a power of 2 */
+00054 #define DMX_MAP_MASK               (DMX_MAP_ENTRIES - 1)
+00055 
+00056 typedef enum {
+00057     DMX_FUNCTION_GRAB,
+00058     DMX_FUNCTION_TERMINATE,
+00059     DMX_FUNCTION_FINE
+00060 } DMXFunctionType;
+00061 
+00062 typedef enum {
+00063     DMX_LOCAL_HIGHLEVEL,
+00064     DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD,
+00065     DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE,
+00066     DMX_LOCAL_OTHER
+00067 } DMXLocalInputType;
+00068 
+00069 typedef enum {
+00070     DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL,
+00071     DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE,
+00072     DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND,
+00073     DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_COMMON
+00074 } DMXLocalInputExtType;
+00075 
+00076 typedef enum {
+00077     DMX_RELATIVE,
+00078     DMX_ABSOLUTE,
+00079     DMX_ABSOLUTE_CONFINED
+00080 } DMXMotionType;
+00081 
+00084 typedef struct _DMXLocalInitInfo {
+00085     int                  keyboard; 
+00087     int                  keyClass; 
+00088     KeySymsRec           keySyms;  
+00089     int                  freemap;  
+00090     CARD8                modMap[MAP_LENGTH]; 
+00091 #ifdef XKB
+00092     XkbDescPtr           xkb;       
+00093     XkbComponentNamesRec names;     
+00094     int                  freenames; 
+00095     int                  force;     
+00096 #endif
+00097 
+00098     int                  buttonClass; 
+00099     int                  numButtons;  
+00100     unsigned char        map[DMX_MAX_BUTTONS]; 
+00102     int                  valuatorClass; 
+00104     int                  numRelAxes;    
+00105     int                  numAbsAxes;    
+00106     int                  minval[DMX_MAX_AXES]; 
+00107     int                  maxval[DMX_MAX_AXES]; 
+00108     int                  res[DMX_MAX_AXES];    
+00109     int                  minres[DMX_MAX_AXES]; 
+00110     int                  maxres[DMX_MAX_AXES]; 
+00112     int                  focusClass;       
+00114     int                  proximityClass;   
+00116     int                  kbdFeedbackClass; 
+00118     int                  ptrFeedbackClass; 
+00120     int                  ledFeedbackClass; 
+00122     int                  belFeedbackClass; 
+00124     int                  intFeedbackClass; 
+00126     int                  strFeedbackClass; 
+00129     int                  maxSymbols;          
+00130     int                  maxSymbolsSupported; 
+00131     KeySym               *symbols;            
+00132 } DMXLocalInitInfo, *DMXLocalInitInfoPtr;
+00133 
+00134 typedef pointer (*dmxCreatePrivateProcPtr)(DeviceIntPtr);
+00135 typedef void    (*dmxDestroyPrivateProcPtr)(pointer);
+00136                 
+00137 typedef void    (*dmxInitProcPtr)(DevicePtr);
+00138 typedef void    (*dmxReInitProcPtr)(DevicePtr);
+00139 typedef void    (*dmxLateReInitProcPtr)(DevicePtr);
+00140 typedef void    (*dmxGetInfoProcPtr)(DevicePtr, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr);
+00141 typedef int     (*dmxOnProcPtr)(DevicePtr);
+00142 typedef void    (*dmxOffProcPtr)(DevicePtr);
+00143 typedef void    (*dmxUpdatePositionProcPtr)(pointer, int x, int y);
+00144                 
+00145 typedef void    (*dmxVTPreSwitchProcPtr)(pointer);  /* Turn I/O Off */
+00146 typedef void    (*dmxVTPostSwitchProcPtr)(pointer); /* Turn I/O On */
+00147 typedef void    (*dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr)(pointer);
+00148 typedef int     (*dmxVTSwitchProcPtr)(pointer, int vt,
+00149                                       dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr, pointer);
+00150                 
+00151 typedef void    (*dmxMotionProcPtr)(DevicePtr,
+00152                                     int *valuators,
+00153                                     int firstAxis,
+00154                                     int axesCount,
+00155                                     DMXMotionType type,
+00156                                     DMXBlockType block);
+00157 typedef void    (*dmxEnqueueProcPtr)(DevicePtr, int type, int detail,
+00158                                      KeySym keySym, XEvent *e,
+00159                                      DMXBlockType block);
+00160 typedef int     (*dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr)(DevicePtr, KeySym keySym);
+00161 typedef void    (*dmxCollectEventsProcPtr)(DevicePtr,
+00162                                            dmxMotionProcPtr,
+00163                                            dmxEnqueueProcPtr,
+00164                                            dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr,
+00165                                            DMXBlockType);
+00166 typedef void    (*dmxProcessInputProcPtr)(pointer);
+00167 typedef void    (*dmxUpdateInfoProcPtr)(pointer, DMXUpdateType, WindowPtr);
+00168 typedef int     (*dmxFunctionsProcPtr)(pointer, DMXFunctionType);
+00169                 
+00170 typedef void    (*dmxKBCtrlProcPtr)(DevicePtr, KeybdCtrl *ctrl);
+00171 typedef void    (*dmxMCtrlProcPtr)(DevicePtr, PtrCtrl *ctrl);
+00172 typedef void    (*dmxKBBellProcPtr)(DevicePtr, int percent,
+00173                                     int volume, int pitch, int duration);
+00174 
+00177 typedef struct _DMXEventMap {
+00178     int remote;                 
+00179     int server;                 
+00180 } DMXEventMap;
+00181 
+00185 typedef struct _DMXLocalInputInfo {
+00186     const char               *name;   
+00187     DMXLocalInputType        type;    
+00188     DMXLocalInputExtType     extType; 
+00189     int                      binding; 
+00193                                 /* Low-level (e.g., keyboard/mouse drivers) */
+00194 
+00195     dmxCreatePrivateProcPtr  create_private;  
+00198     dmxDestroyPrivateProcPtr destroy_private; 
+00201     dmxInitProcPtr           init;            
+00202     dmxReInitProcPtr         reinit;          
+00205     dmxLateReInitProcPtr     latereinit;      
+00209     dmxGetInfoProcPtr        get_info;        
+00210     dmxOnProcPtr             on;              
+00211     dmxOffProcPtr            off;             
+00212     dmxUpdatePositionProcPtr update_position; 
+00215     dmxVTPreSwitchProcPtr    vt_pre_switch;   
+00216     dmxVTPostSwitchProcPtr   vt_post_switch;  
+00217     dmxVTSwitchProcPtr       vt_switch;       
+00219     dmxCollectEventsProcPtr  collect_events;  
+00222     dmxProcessInputProcPtr   process_input;   
+00224     dmxFunctionsProcPtr      functions;
+00225     dmxUpdateInfoProcPtr     update_info;     
+00228     dmxMCtrlProcPtr          mCtrl;           
+00229     dmxKBCtrlProcPtr         kCtrl;           
+00230     dmxKBBellProcPtr         kBell;           
+00232     pointer                  private;         
+00233     int                      isCore;          
+00234     int                      sendsCore;       
+00235     KeybdCtrl                kctrl;           
+00236     PtrCtrl                  mctrl;           
+00238     DeviceIntPtr             pDevice;         
+00239     int                      inputIdx;        
+00240     int                      lastX, lastY;    
+00244     int                      head;            
+00246     int                      tail;            
+00248     unsigned long            *history;        
+00249     int                      *valuators;      
+00251                                 /* for XInput ChangePointerDevice */
+00252     int                      (*savedMotionProc)(DeviceIntPtr,
+00253                                                 xTimecoord *,
+00254                                                 unsigned long,
+00255                                                 unsigned long,
+00256                                                 ScreenPtr);
+00257     int                      savedMotionEvents; 
+00258     int                      savedSendsCore;    
+00260     DMXEventMap              map[DMX_MAP_ENTRIES]; 
+00261     int                      mapOptimize;          
+00265     long                     deviceId;    
+00267     const char               *deviceName; 
+00269 } DMXLocalInputInfoRec;
+00270 
+00271 extern DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocalCorePointer, dmxLocalCoreKeyboard;
+00272 
+00273 extern void                 dmxLocalInitInput(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00274 extern DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
+00275                                               DMXLocalInputInfoPtr s);
+00276 
+00277 extern void dmxChangePointerControl(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, PtrCtrl *ctrl);
+00278 extern void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl);
+00279 extern void dmxKeyboardBellProc(int percent, DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
+00280                                 pointer ctrl, int unknown);
+00281 
+00282 extern int  dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler(Display *dsp, char *name,
+00283                                           char *reason);
+00284 
+00285 extern int          dmxInputDetach(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00286 extern void         dmxInputDetachAll(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00287 extern int          dmxInputDetachId(int id);
+00288 extern DMXInputInfo *dmxInputLocateId(int id);
+00289 extern int          dmxInputAttachConsole(const char *name, int isCore,
+00290                                           int *id);
+00291 extern int          dmxInputAttachBackend(int physicalScreen, int isCore,
+00292                                           int *id);
+00293 
+00294 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03a64d73d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxinputinit_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxinputinit.h File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _DMXEventMap
struct  _DMXLocalInitInfo
struct  _DMXLocalInputInfo

Typedefs

typedef _DMXLocalInitInfo DMXLocalInitInfo
typedef _DMXLocalInitInfo * DMXLocalInitInfoPtr
typedef _DMXEventMap DMXEventMap
typedef _DMXLocalInputInfo DMXLocalInputInfoRec

Functions

DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, DMXLocalInputInfoPtr s)
void dmxChangePointerControl (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, PtrCtrl *ctrl)
void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
void dmxKeyboardBellProc (int percent, DeviceIntPtr pDevice, pointer ctrl, int unknown)
int dmxInputDetach (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
void dmxInputDetachAll (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
int dmxInputDetachId (int id)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for low-level input support.
See also:
dmxinputinit.c
+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXEventMap DMXEventMap +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores a mapping between the device id on the remote X server and the id on the DMX server

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXLocalInitInfo DMXLocalInitInfo +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores information from low-level device that is used to initialize the device at the dix level.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXLocalInitInfo * DMXLocalInitInfoPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores information from low-level device that is used to initialize the device at the dix level.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXLocalInputInfo DMXLocalInputInfoRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This is the device-independent structure used by the low-level input routines. The contents are not exposed to top-level .c files (except dmxextensions.c).

See also:
dmxinput.h

+dmxextensions.c

+
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangePointerControl ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
PtrCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the pointer control information for the pDevice. If the device sends core events, then also change the control information for all of the pointer devices that send core events.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  s
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Copy the local input information from s into a new devs slot in dmxInput.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxInputDetach ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Detach an input

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInputDetachAll ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Search for input associated with dmxScreen, and detach.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxInputDetachId ( int  id  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Search for input associated with deviceId, and detach.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxKeyboardBellProc ( int  percent,
DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
pointer  ctrl,
int  unknown
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Sound the bell on the device. If the device send core events, then sound the bell on all of the devices that send core events.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the keyboard control information for the pDevice. If the device sends core events, then also change the control information for all of the keyboard devices that send core events.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c32a4f9c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxlog.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "XI.h"
+#include "XIproto.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

dmxLogLevel dmxSetLogLevel (dmxLogLevel newLevel)
dmxLogLevel dmxGetLogLevel (void)
void AbortServer (void)
void dmxLog (dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogCont (dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogOutput (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogOutputCont (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogOutputWarning (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogInput (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogInputCont (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogArgs (dmxLogLevel logLevel, int argc, char **argv)
void dmxLogVisual (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, XVisualInfo *vi, int defaultVisual)
const char * dmxXInputEventName (int type)
const char * dmxEventName (int type)
+

Detailed Description

+This file encapsulated all of the logging functions that are used by DMX for informational, warning, and error messages.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void AbortServer ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function was removed between XFree86 4.3.0 and XFree86 4.4.0.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
const char* dmxEventName ( int  type  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Translate an event type into a human-readable string.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxLogLevel dmxGetLogLevel ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns the log level set by dmxLogLevel.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLog ( dmxLogLevel  logLevel,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log the specified message at the specified logLevel. format can be a printf-like format expression.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogArgs ( dmxLogLevel  logLevel,
int  argc,
char **  argv
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Print argc messages, each describing an element in argv. This is maingly for debugging purposes.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogCont ( dmxLogLevel  logLevel,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Continue a log message without printing the message prefix.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogInput ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log an informational message (at level dmxInfo) related to input. The message prefix will contain information from dmxInput.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogInputCont ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Continue a message related to input without printing the message prefix.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogOutput ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log an informational message (at level dmxInfo) related to ouput. The message prefix will contain backend information from dmxScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogOutputCont ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Continue a message related to output without printing the message prefix.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogOutputWarning ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log a warning message (at level dmxWarning) related to output. The message prefix will contain backend information from dmxScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogVisual ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
XVisualInfo *  vi,
int  defaultVisual
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Print messages at level dmxInfo describing the visuals in vi.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxLogLevel dmxSetLogLevel ( dmxLogLevel  newLevel  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the default level for logging to dmxLogLevel. Returns the previous log level.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
const char* dmxXInputEventName ( int  type  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Translate a (normalized) XInput event type into a human-readable string.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a345bd809 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxlog.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00039 #ifndef _DMXLOG_H_
+00040 #define _DMXLOG_H_
+00041 
+00043 typedef enum {
+00044     dmxDebug,                   
+00045     dmxInfo,                    
+00046     dmxWarning,                 
+00049     dmxError,                   
+00052     dmxFatal                    
+00054 } dmxLogLevel;
+00055 
+00056 /* Logging functions used by Xserver/hw/dmx routines. */
+00057 extern dmxLogLevel dmxSetLogLevel(dmxLogLevel newLevel);
+00058 extern dmxLogLevel dmxGetLogLevel(void);
+00059 extern void        dmxLog(dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format, ...);
+00060 extern void        dmxLogCont(dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format, ...);
+00061 extern const char  *dmxEventName(int type);
+00062 
+00063 #ifndef DMX_LOG_STANDALONE
+00064 extern void dmxLogOutput(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format, ...);
+00065 extern void dmxLogOutputCont(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,
+00066                              ...);
+00067 extern void dmxLogOutputWarning(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,
+00068                                 ...);
+00069 extern void dmxLogInput(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format, ...);
+00070 extern void dmxLogInputCont(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format, ...);
+00071 extern void dmxLogArgs(dmxLogLevel logLevel, int argc, char **argv);
+00072 extern void dmxLogVisual(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, XVisualInfo *vi,
+00073                          int defaultVisual);
+00074 #ifdef XINPUT
+00075 extern const char *dmxXInputEventName(int type);
+00076 #endif
+00077 #endif
+00078 
+00079 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6092d1339 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxlog_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,616 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxlog.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Enumerations

enum  dmxLogLevel {
+  dmxDebug, +dmxInfo, +dmxWarning, +dmxError, +
+  dmxFatal +
+ }

Functions

dmxLogLevel dmxSetLogLevel (dmxLogLevel newLevel)
dmxLogLevel dmxGetLogLevel (void)
void dmxLog (dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogCont (dmxLogLevel logLevel, const char *format,...)
const char * dmxEventName (int type)
void dmxLogOutput (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogOutputCont (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogOutputWarning (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogInput (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogInputCont (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, const char *format,...)
void dmxLogArgs (dmxLogLevel logLevel, int argc, char **argv)
void dmxLogVisual (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, XVisualInfo *vi, int defaultVisual)
const char * dmxXInputEventName (int type)
+

Detailed Description

+This header is included by all files that need to use the DMX logging facilities.

Enumeration Type Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
enum dmxLogLevel +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Logging levels -- output is tunable with dmxSetLogLevel.

Enumeration values:
+ + + + + + +
dmxDebug  +Usually verbose debugging info
dmxInfo  +Non-warning information
dmxWarning  +A warning that may indicate DMX will not function as the user intends.
dmxError  +A non-fatal error that probably indicates DMX will not function as desired.
dmxFatal  +A fatal error that will cause DMX to shut down.
+
+
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
const char* dmxEventName ( int  type  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Translate an event type into a human-readable string.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxLogLevel dmxGetLogLevel ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns the log level set by dmxLogLevel.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLog ( dmxLogLevel  logLevel,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log the specified message at the specified logLevel. format can be a printf-like format expression.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogArgs ( dmxLogLevel  logLevel,
int  argc,
char **  argv
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Print argc messages, each describing an element in argv. This is maingly for debugging purposes.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogCont ( dmxLogLevel  logLevel,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Continue a log message without printing the message prefix.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogInput ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log an informational message (at level dmxInfo) related to input. The message prefix will contain information from dmxInput.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogInputCont ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Continue a message related to input without printing the message prefix.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogOutput ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log an informational message (at level dmxInfo) related to ouput. The message prefix will contain backend information from dmxScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogOutputCont ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Continue a message related to output without printing the message prefix.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogOutputWarning ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Log a warning message (at level dmxWarning) related to output. The message prefix will contain backend information from dmxScreen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxLogVisual ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
XVisualInfo *  vi,
int  defaultVisual
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Print messages at level dmxInfo describing the visuals in vi.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
dmxLogLevel dmxSetLogLevel ( dmxLogLevel  newLevel  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the default level for logging to dmxLogLevel. Returns the previous log level.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
const char* dmxXInputEventName ( int  type  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Translate a (normalized) XInput event type into a human-readable string.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4230ca30 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxmap.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxmap.h"
+ + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxMapInsert (DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int remoteEvent, int serverEvent)
void dmxMapClear (DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
int dmxMapLookup (DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int remoteEvent)
+

Detailed Description

+This file implements a mapping from remote XInput event types to Xdmx XInput event types.

+The exglobals.h file defines global server-side variables with names Device* to be integers that hold the value of the type of the server-side XInput extension event.

+The client-side X11/extensions/XInput.h file defines macros with THE EXACT SAME Device* names!

+Using those macros to extract remote server event type values from the (opaque) XDevice structure is appropriate, but makes a direct mapping to the Device* integers impossible. So we use the normalized XI_Device* names for these routines.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMapClear ( DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  dmxLocal  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove all mappings there were inserted with dmxMapInsert.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMapInsert ( DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  dmxLocal,
int  remoteEvent,
int  serverEvent
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a mapping from remoteEvent to serverEvent. The remoteEvent is the type returned from the remote server. The serverEvent is from the XI_* list of events in include/extensions/XIproto.h.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxMapLookup ( DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  dmxLocal,
int  remoteEvent
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Lookup a mapping for remoteEvent. The remoteEvent is the type returned from the remote server. The return value is that which was passed into dmxMapInsert (i.e., a value from the XI_* list in include/extensions/XIproto.h). If a mapping is not available, -1 is returned.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a9d6b31c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxmap.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  */
+00033 
+00037 #ifndef _DMXMAP_H_
+00038 #define _DMXMAP_H_
+00039 extern void dmxMapInsert(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,
+00040                          int remoteEvent, int serverEvent);
+00041 extern void dmxMapClear(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal);
+00042 extern int  dmxMapLookup(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int remoteEvent);
+00043 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db69ac6b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmap_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxmap.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxMapInsert (DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int remoteEvent, int serverEvent)
void dmxMapClear (DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
int dmxMapLookup (DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int remoteEvent)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to XInput event mapping support.
See also:
dmxmap.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMapClear ( DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  dmxLocal  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove all mappings there were inserted with dmxMapInsert.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxMapInsert ( DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  dmxLocal,
int  remoteEvent,
int  serverEvent
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a mapping from remoteEvent to serverEvent. The remoteEvent is the type returned from the remote server. The serverEvent is from the XI_* list of events in include/extensions/XIproto.h.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxMapLookup ( DMXLocalInputInfoPtr  dmxLocal,
int  remoteEvent
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Lookup a mapping for remoteEvent. The remoteEvent is the type returned from the remote server. The return value is that which was passed into dmxMapInsert (i.e., a value from the XI_* list in include/extensions/XIproto.h). If a mapping is not available, -1 is returned.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecf9922a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxmotion.c File Reference

#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxmotion.h"
+ + + + + + + + + +

Functions

int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize (void)
int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, xTimecoord *coords, unsigned long start, unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, int firstAxis, int axesCount, int *v, unsigned long time)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides functions similar to miPointerGetMotionEvents and miPointerPutMotionEvents, with the exception that devices with more than two axes are fully supported. These routines may be used only for motion buffers for extension devices, and are not compatible replacements for the mi routines.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return size of motion buffer.

See also:
DMX_MOTION_SIZE
+
+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
xTimecoord *  coords,
unsigned long  start,
unsigned long  stop,
ScreenPtr  pScreen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine performs the same function as miPointerGetMotionEvents: the events in the motion history that are between the start and stop times (in mS) are placed in the coords vector, and the count of the number of items so placed is returned. This routine is called from dix/devices.c so that coords can hold valuator->numMotionEvents events. This routine is called from Xi/gtmotion.c with coords large enough to hold the same number of events in a variable-length extended xTimecoord structure. This provides sufficient data for the XGetDeviceMotionEvents library call, and would be identical to miPointerGetMotionEvents for devices with only 2 axes (i.e., core pointers) if xTimecoord used 32bit integers.

+Because DMX uses the mi* routines for all core devices, this routine only has to support extension devices using the polymorphic coords. Because compatibility with miPointerGetMotionEvents is not possible, it is not provided.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
int  firstAxis,
int  axesCount,
int *  v,
unsigned long  time
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine adds an event to the motion history. A similar function is performed by miPointerMove for the mi versions of these routines.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1057b7ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxmotion.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXMOTION_H_
+00039 #define _DMXMOTION_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern int  dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(void);
+00042 extern int  dmxPointerGetMotionEvents(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
+00043                                       xTimecoord *coords,
+00044                                       unsigned long start,
+00045                                       unsigned long stop,
+00046                                       ScreenPtr pScreen);
+00047 extern void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
+00048                                      int firstAxis, int axesCount, int *v,
+00049                                      unsigned long time);
+00050 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3f4bedc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxmotion_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxmotion.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize (void)
int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, xTimecoord *coords, unsigned long start, unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, int firstAxis, int axesCount, int *v, unsigned long time)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to functions supporting motion events.
See also:
dmxmotion.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return size of motion buffer.

See also:
DMX_MOTION_SIZE
+
+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
xTimecoord *  coords,
unsigned long  start,
unsigned long  stop,
ScreenPtr  pScreen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine performs the same function as miPointerGetMotionEvents: the events in the motion history that are between the start and stop times (in mS) are placed in the coords vector, and the count of the number of items so placed is returned. This routine is called from dix/devices.c so that coords can hold valuator->numMotionEvents events. This routine is called from Xi/gtmotion.c with coords large enough to hold the same number of events in a variable-length extended xTimecoord structure. This provides sufficient data for the XGetDeviceMotionEvents library call, and would be identical to miPointerGetMotionEvents for devices with only 2 axes (i.e., core pointers) if xTimecoord used 32bit integers.

+Because DMX uses the mi* routines for all core devices, this routine only has to support extension devices using the polymorphic coords. Because compatibility with miPointerGetMotionEvents is not possible, it is not provided.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice,
int  firstAxis,
int  axesCount,
int *  v,
unsigned long  time
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This routine adds an event to the motion history. A similar function is performed by miPointerMove for the mi versions of these routines.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c984dd9f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxparse.c File Reference

#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "dmxparse.h"
+ + + + + +

Functions

void dmxConfigLog (const char *format,...)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support routines and helper functions to be used by the DMX configuration file parser.

+Because the DMX configuration file parsing should be capable of being used in a stand-alone fashion (i.e., independent from the DMX server source tree), no dependencies on other DMX routines are made.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigLog ( const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+A general error logging routine that does not depend on the dmxLog functions.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c88da9089 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxparse.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXPARSE_H_
+00039 #define _DMXPARSE_H_
+00040 
+00041 #include <stdio.h>              /* For FILE */
+00042 
+00044 typedef struct _DMXConfigToken {
+00045     int                      token;
+00046     int                      line;
+00047     const char               *comment;
+00048 } DMXConfigToken, *DMXConfigTokenPtr;
+00049 
+00051 typedef struct _DMXConfigString {
+00052     int                      token;
+00053     int                      line;
+00054     const char               *comment;
+00055     const char               *string;
+00056     struct _DMXConfigString  *next;
+00057 } DMXConfigString, *DMXConfigStringPtr;
+00058 
+00060 typedef struct _DMXConfigNumber {
+00061     int                      token;
+00062     int                      line;
+00063     const char               *comment;
+00064     int                      number;
+00065 } DMXConfigNumber, *DMXConfigNumberPtr;
+00066 
+00068 typedef struct _DMXConfigPair {
+00069     int                      token;
+00070     int                      line;
+00071     const char               *comment;
+00072     int                      x;
+00073     int                      y;
+00074     int                      xsign;
+00075     int                      ysign;
+00076 } DMXConfigPair, *DMXConfigPairPtr;
+00077 
+00079 typedef struct _DMXConfigComment {
+00080     int                      token;
+00081     int                      line;
+00082     const char               *comment;
+00083 } DMXConfigComment, *DMXConfigCommentPtr;
+00084 
+00085 typedef enum {
+00086     dmxConfigComment,
+00087     dmxConfigVirtual,
+00088     dmxConfigDisplay,
+00089     dmxConfigWall,
+00090     dmxConfigOption,
+00091     dmxConfigParam
+00092 } DMXConfigType;
+00093 
+00095 typedef struct _DMXConfigPartDim {
+00096     DMXConfigPairPtr         dim;
+00097     DMXConfigPairPtr         offset;
+00098 } DMXConfigPartDim, *DMXConfigPartDimPtr;
+00099 
+00101 typedef struct _DMXConfigFullDim {
+00102     DMXConfigPartDimPtr      scrn;
+00103     DMXConfigPartDimPtr      root;
+00104 } DMXConfigFullDim, *DMXConfigFullDimPtr;
+00105 
+00107 typedef struct _DMXConfigDisplay {
+00108                                 /* Summary information */
+00109     const char               *name;
+00110                                 /* Screen Window Geometry */
+00111     int                      scrnWidth, scrnHeight;
+00112     int                      scrnX, scrnY;
+00113     int                      scrnXSign, scrnYSign;
+00114                                 /* Root Window Geometry */
+00115     int                      rootWidth, rootHeight;
+00116     int                      rootX, rootY;
+00117     int                      rootXSign, rootYSign;
+00118                                 /* Origin in global space */
+00119     int                      rootXOrigin, rootYOrigin;
+00120     
+00121                                 /* Raw configuration information */
+00122     DMXConfigTokenPtr        start;
+00123     DMXConfigStringPtr       dname;
+00124     DMXConfigFullDimPtr      dim;
+00125     DMXConfigPairPtr         origin;
+00126     DMXConfigTokenPtr        end;
+00127 } DMXConfigDisplay, *DMXConfigDisplayPtr;
+00128 
+00130 typedef struct _DMXConfigWall {
+00131                                 /* Summary information */
+00132     int                      width, height; /* dimensions of displays */
+00133     int                      xwall, ywall; /* dimensions of wall, in tiles */
+00134 
+00135     
+00136                                 /* Raw configuration informaiton */
+00137     DMXConfigTokenPtr        start;
+00138     DMXConfigPairPtr         wallDim;
+00139     DMXConfigPairPtr         displayDim;
+00140     DMXConfigStringPtr       nameList;
+00141     DMXConfigTokenPtr        end;
+00142 } DMXConfigWall, *DMXConfigWallPtr;
+00143 
+00145 typedef struct _DMXConfigOption {
+00146                                 /* Summary information */
+00147     char                     *string;
+00148     
+00149                                 /* Raw configuration informaiton */
+00150     DMXConfigTokenPtr        start;
+00151     DMXConfigStringPtr       option;
+00152     DMXConfigTokenPtr        end;
+00153 } DMXConfigOption, *DMXConfigOptionPtr;
+00154 
+00156 typedef struct _DMXConfigParam {
+00157     int                      argc;
+00158     const char               **argv;
+00159     
+00160     DMXConfigTokenPtr        start;
+00161     DMXConfigTokenPtr        open;
+00162     DMXConfigStringPtr       param;
+00163     DMXConfigTokenPtr        close;
+00164     DMXConfigTokenPtr        end; /* Either open/close OR end */
+00165     struct _DMXConfigParam   *next;
+00166 } DMXConfigParam, *DMXConfigParamPtr;
+00167 
+00169 typedef struct _DMXConfigSub {
+00170     DMXConfigType             type;
+00171     DMXConfigCommentPtr       comment;
+00172     DMXConfigDisplayPtr       display;
+00173     DMXConfigWallPtr          wall;
+00174     DMXConfigOptionPtr        option;
+00175     DMXConfigParamPtr         param;
+00176     struct _DMXConfigSub      *next;
+00177 } DMXConfigSub, *DMXConfigSubPtr;
+00178 
+00180 typedef struct _DMXConfigVirtual {
+00181                                 /* Summary information */
+00182     const char                *name;
+00183     int                       width, height;
+00184 
+00185                                 /* Raw configuration information */
+00186     DMXConfigTokenPtr         start;
+00187     DMXConfigStringPtr        vname;
+00188     DMXConfigPairPtr          dim;
+00189     DMXConfigTokenPtr         open;
+00190     DMXConfigSubPtr           subentry;
+00191     DMXConfigTokenPtr         close;
+00192 } DMXConfigVirtual, *DMXConfigVirtualPtr;
+00193 
+00195 typedef struct _DMXConfigEntry {
+00196     DMXConfigType            type;
+00197     DMXConfigCommentPtr      comment;
+00198     DMXConfigVirtualPtr      virtual;
+00199     struct _DMXConfigEntry   *next;
+00200 } DMXConfigEntry, *DMXConfigEntryPtr;
+00201 
+00202 extern DMXConfigEntryPtr   dmxConfigEntry;
+00203 
+00204 extern int                 yylex(void);
+00205 extern int                 yydebug;
+00206 extern void                yyerror(const char *message);
+00207 
+00208 extern void                dmxConfigLog(const char *format, ...);
+00209 extern void                *dmxConfigAlloc(unsigned long bytes);
+00210 extern void                *dmxConfigRealloc(void *orig,
+00211                                              unsigned long orig_bytes,
+00212                                              unsigned long bytes);
+00213 extern const char          *dmxConfigCopyString(const char *string,
+00214                                                 int length);
+00215 extern void                dmxConfigFree(void *area);
+00216 extern DMXConfigTokenPtr   dmxConfigCreateToken(int token, int line,
+00217                                                 const char *comment);
+00218 extern void                dmxConfigFreeToken(DMXConfigTokenPtr p);
+00219 extern DMXConfigStringPtr  dmxConfigCreateString(int token, int line,
+00220                                                  const char *comment,
+00221                                                  const char *string);
+00222 extern void                dmxConfigFreeString(DMXConfigStringPtr p);
+00223 extern DMXConfigNumberPtr  dmxConfigCreateNumber(int token, int line,
+00224                                                  const char *comment,
+00225                                                  int number);
+00226 extern void                dmxConfigFreeNumber(DMXConfigNumberPtr p);
+00227 extern DMXConfigPairPtr    dmxConfigCreatePair(int token, int line,
+00228                                                const char *comment,
+00229                                                int x, int y,
+00230                                                int xsign, int ysign);
+00231 extern void                dmxConfigFreePair(DMXConfigPairPtr p);
+00232 extern DMXConfigCommentPtr dmxConfigCreateComment(int token, int line,
+00233                                                   const char *comment);
+00234 extern void                dmxConfigFreeComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr p);
+00235 extern DMXConfigPartDimPtr dmxConfigCreatePartDim(DMXConfigPairPtr pDim,
+00236                                                   DMXConfigPairPtr pOffset);
+00237 extern void                dmxConfigFreePartDim(DMXConfigPartDimPtr p);
+00238 extern DMXConfigFullDimPtr dmxConfigCreateFullDim(DMXConfigPartDimPtr pScrn,
+00239                                                   DMXConfigPartDimPtr pRoot);
+00240 extern void                dmxConfigFreeFullDim(DMXConfigFullDimPtr p);
+00241 extern DMXConfigDisplayPtr dmxConfigCreateDisplay(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
+00242                                                   DMXConfigStringPtr pName,
+00243                                                   DMXConfigFullDimPtr pDim,
+00244                                                   DMXConfigPairPtr pOrigin,
+00245                                                   DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
+00246 extern void                dmxConfigFreeDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr p);
+00247 extern DMXConfigWallPtr    dmxConfigCreateWall(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
+00248                                                DMXConfigPairPtr pWallDim,
+00249                                                DMXConfigPairPtr pDisplayDim,
+00250                                                DMXConfigStringPtr pNameList,
+00251                                                DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
+00252 extern void                dmxConfigFreeWall(DMXConfigWallPtr p);
+00253 extern DMXConfigOptionPtr  dmxConfigCreateOption(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
+00254                                                  DMXConfigStringPtr pOption,
+00255                                                  DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
+00256 extern void                dmxConfigFreeOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr p);
+00257 extern DMXConfigParamPtr   dmxConfigCreateParam(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
+00258                                                 DMXConfigTokenPtr pOpen,
+00259                                                 DMXConfigStringPtr pParam,
+00260                                                 DMXConfigTokenPtr pClose,
+00261                                                 DMXConfigTokenPtr pEnd);
+00262 extern void                dmxConfigFreeParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p);
+00263 extern const char          **dmxConfigLookupParam(DMXConfigParamPtr p,
+00264                                                   const char *key,
+00265                                                   int *argc);
+00266 extern DMXConfigSubPtr     dmxConfigCreateSub(DMXConfigType type,
+00267                                               DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
+00268                                               DMXConfigDisplayPtr display,
+00269                                               DMXConfigWallPtr wall,
+00270                                               DMXConfigOptionPtr option,
+00271                                               DMXConfigParamPtr param);
+00272 extern void                dmxConfigFreeSub(DMXConfigSubPtr sub);
+00273 extern DMXConfigSubPtr     dmxConfigSubComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr comment);
+00274 extern DMXConfigSubPtr     dmxConfigSubDisplay(DMXConfigDisplayPtr display);
+00275 extern DMXConfigSubPtr     dmxConfigSubWall(DMXConfigWallPtr wall);
+00276 extern DMXConfigSubPtr     dmxConfigSubOption(DMXConfigOptionPtr option);
+00277 extern DMXConfigSubPtr     dmxConfigSubParam(DMXConfigParamPtr param);
+00278 extern DMXConfigSubPtr     dmxConfigAddSub(DMXConfigSubPtr head,
+00279                                            DMXConfigSubPtr sub);
+00280 extern DMXConfigVirtualPtr dmxConfigCreateVirtual(DMXConfigTokenPtr pStart,
+00281                                                   DMXConfigStringPtr pName,
+00282                                                   DMXConfigPairPtr pDim,
+00283                                                   DMXConfigTokenPtr pOpen,
+00284                                                   DMXConfigSubPtr pSubentry,
+00285                                                   DMXConfigTokenPtr pClose);
+00286 extern void                dmxConfigFreeVirtual(DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
+00287 extern DMXConfigEntryPtr   dmxConfigCreateEntry(DMXConfigType type,
+00288                                                 DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
+00289                                                 DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
+00290 extern void                dmxConfigFreeEntry(DMXConfigEntryPtr entry);
+00291 extern DMXConfigEntryPtr   dmxConfigAddEntry(DMXConfigEntryPtr head,
+00292                                              DMXConfigType type,
+00293                                              DMXConfigCommentPtr comment,
+00294                                              DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
+00295 extern DMXConfigEntryPtr   dmxConfigEntryComment(DMXConfigCommentPtr comment);
+00296 extern DMXConfigEntryPtr   dmxConfigEntryVirtual(DMXConfigVirtualPtr virtual);
+00297 
+00298 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..410075337 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxparse_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,775 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxparse.h File Reference

#include <stdio.h>
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _DMXConfigComment
struct  _DMXConfigDisplay
struct  _DMXConfigEntry
struct  _DMXConfigFullDim
struct  _DMXConfigNumber
struct  _DMXConfigOption
struct  _DMXConfigPair
struct  _DMXConfigParam
struct  _DMXConfigPartDim
struct  _DMXConfigString
struct  _DMXConfigSub
struct  _DMXConfigToken
struct  _DMXConfigVirtual
struct  _DMXConfigWall

Typedefs

typedef _DMXConfigToken DMXConfigToken
typedef _DMXConfigToken * DMXConfigTokenPtr
typedef _DMXConfigString DMXConfigString
typedef _DMXConfigString * DMXConfigStringPtr
typedef _DMXConfigNumber DMXConfigNumber
typedef _DMXConfigNumber * DMXConfigNumberPtr
typedef _DMXConfigPair DMXConfigPair
typedef _DMXConfigPair * DMXConfigPairPtr
typedef _DMXConfigComment DMXConfigComment
typedef _DMXConfigComment * DMXConfigCommentPtr
typedef _DMXConfigPartDim DMXConfigPartDim
typedef _DMXConfigPartDim * DMXConfigPartDimPtr
typedef _DMXConfigFullDim DMXConfigFullDim
typedef _DMXConfigFullDim * DMXConfigFullDimPtr
typedef _DMXConfigDisplay DMXConfigDisplay
typedef _DMXConfigDisplay * DMXConfigDisplayPtr
typedef _DMXConfigWall DMXConfigWall
typedef _DMXConfigWall * DMXConfigWallPtr
typedef _DMXConfigOption DMXConfigOption
typedef _DMXConfigOption * DMXConfigOptionPtr
typedef _DMXConfigParam DMXConfigParam
typedef _DMXConfigParam * DMXConfigParamPtr
typedef _DMXConfigSub DMXConfigSub
typedef _DMXConfigSub * DMXConfigSubPtr
typedef _DMXConfigVirtual DMXConfigVirtual
typedef _DMXConfigVirtual * DMXConfigVirtualPtr
typedef _DMXConfigEntry DMXConfigEntry
typedef _DMXConfigEntry * DMXConfigEntryPtr

Functions

void dmxConfigLog (const char *format,...)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to DMX configuration file parser.
See also:
dmxparse.c
+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigComment DMXConfigComment +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed comments not stored with a token.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigComment * DMXConfigCommentPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed comments not stored with a token.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigDisplay DMXConfigDisplay +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed display information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigDisplay * DMXConfigDisplayPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed display information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigEntry DMXConfigEntry +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Heads entry storage.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigEntry * DMXConfigEntryPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Heads entry storage.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigFullDim DMXConfigFullDim +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores a pair of geometry specifications.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigFullDim * DMXConfigFullDimPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores a pair of geometry specifications.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigNumber DMXConfigNumber +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed numbers.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigNumber * DMXConfigNumberPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed numbers.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigOption DMXConfigOption +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed option information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigOption * DMXConfigOptionPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed option information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigPair DMXConfigPair +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed pairs (e.g., x y)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigPair * DMXConfigPairPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed pairs (e.g., x y)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigParam DMXConfigParam +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed param information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigParam * DMXConfigParamPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed param information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigPartDim DMXConfigPartDim +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores a geometry specification.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigPartDim * DMXConfigPartDimPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores a geometry specification.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigString DMXConfigString +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed strings.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigString * DMXConfigStringPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed strings.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigSub DMXConfigSub +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores options under an entry (subentry).

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigSub * DMXConfigSubPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores options under an entry (subentry).

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigToken DMXConfigToken +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores tokens not stored in other structures (e.g., keywords and ;)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigToken * DMXConfigTokenPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores tokens not stored in other structures (e.g., keywords and ;)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigVirtual DMXConfigVirtual +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed virtual information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigVirtual * DMXConfigVirtualPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed virtual information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigWall DMXConfigWall +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed wall information.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXConfigWall * DMXConfigWallPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Stores parsed wall information.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigLog ( const char *  format,
... 
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+A general error logging routine that does not depend on the dmxLog functions.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96fd4fe5f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,1184 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxpict.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxpict.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "fb.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "render.h"
+#include "renderproto.h"
+#include "picture.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include "mipict.h"
+#include "fbpict.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxInitRender (void)
void dmxResetRender (void)
Bool dmxPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats)
Bool dmxBEFreeGlyphSet (ScreenPtr pScreen, GlyphSetPtr glyphSet)
void dmxCreatePictureList (WindowPtr pWindow)
int dmxCreatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
Bool dmxBEFreePicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
Bool dmxDestroyPictureList (WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxDestroyPicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
int dmxChangePictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType, pointer value, int n)
void dmxDestroyPictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture)
void dmxChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask)
void dmxValidatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask)
void dmxComposite (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pMask, PicturePtr pDst, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, INT16 xMask, INT16 yMask, INT16 xDst, INT16 yDst, CARD16 width, CARD16 height)
void dmxGlyphs (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int nlists, GlyphListPtr lists, GlyphPtr *glyphs)
void dmxCompositeRects (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pDst, xRenderColor *color, int nRect, xRectangle *rects)
Bool dmxInitIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat)
void dmxCloseIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat)
void dmxUpdateIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
void dmxTrapezoids (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int ntrap, xTrapezoid *traps)
void dmxTriangles (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int ntri, xTriangle *tris)
void dmxTriStrip (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int npoint, xPointFixed *points)
void dmxTriFan (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int npoint, xPointFixed *points)
+

Detailed Description

+Provide support for the RENDER extension (version 0.8).

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeGlyphSet ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
GlyphSetPtr  glyphSet
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free glyphSet on back-end screen number idx.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pPicture on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture,
Mask  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the attributes of the pictures. If the picture has not yet been created due to lazy window creation, save the mask so that it can be used to appropriately initialize the picture's attributes when it is created later.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxChangePictureClip ( PicturePtr  pPicture,
int  clipType,
pointer  value,
int  n
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the picture's list of clip rectangles.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCloseIndexed ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  pFormat
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Indexed color visuals are not yet supported.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxComposite ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pMask,
PicturePtr  pDst,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
INT16  xMask,
INT16  yMask,
INT16  xDst,
INT16  yDst,
CARD16  width,
CARD16  height
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a picture on the appropriate screen by combining the specified rectangle of the transformed src and mask operands with the specified rectangle of the dst using op as the compositing operator. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCompositeRects ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pDst,
xRenderColor *  color,
int  nRect,
xRectangle *  rects
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill a rectangle on the appropriate screen by combining the color with the dest picture in the area specified by the list of rectangles. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCreatePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a picture. This function handles the CreatePicture unwrapping/wrapping and calls dmxDoCreatePicture to actually create the picture on the appropriate screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCreatePictureList ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a list of pictures. This function is called by dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow() during the lazy window creation realization process. It creates the entire list of pictures that are associated with the given window.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyPicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a picture. This function calls the wrapped function that frees the resources in the DMX server associated with this picture.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyPictureClip ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the picture's list of clip rectangles.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxDestroyPictureList ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a list of pictures that are associated with the window that is being destroyed. This function is called by dmxDestroyWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGlyphs ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  nlists,
GlyphListPtr  lists,
GlyphPtr *  glyphs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Null function to catch when/if RENDER calls lower level mi hooks. Compositing glyphs is handled by dmxProcRenderCompositeGlyphs(). This function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitIndexed ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  pFormat
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Indexed color visuals are not yet supported.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitRender ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the Proc Vector for the RENDER extension. The functions here cannot be handled by the mi layer RENDER hooks either because the required information is no longer available when it reaches the mi layer or no mi layer hooks exist. This function is called from InitOutput() since it should be initialized only once per server generation.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxPictureInit ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  formats,
int  nformats
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the RENDER extension, allocate the picture privates and wrap mi function hooks. If the shadow frame buffer is used, then call the appropriate fb initialization function.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResetRender ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reset the Proc Vector for the RENDER extension back to the original functions. This function is called from dmxCloseScreen() during the server reset (only for screen #0).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTrapezoids ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  ntrap,
xTrapezoid *  traps
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a list of trapezoids on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTriangles ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  ntri,
xTriangle *  tris
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a list of triangles on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTriFan ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  npoint,
xPointFixed *  points
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a triangle fan on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTriStrip ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  npoint,
xPointFixed *  points
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a triangle strip on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxUpdateIndexed ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  pFormat,
int  ndef,
xColorItem *  pdef
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Indexed color visuals are not yet supported.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxValidatePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture,
Mask  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Validate the picture's attributes before rendering to it. Update any picture attributes that have been changed by one of the higher layers.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1043f82bf --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxpict.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00042 #ifndef DMXPICT_H
+00043 #define DMXPICT_H
+00044 
+00046 typedef struct _dmxPictPriv {
+00047     Picture  pict;              
+00048     Mask     savedMask;         
+00050 } dmxPictPrivRec, *dmxPictPrivPtr;
+00051 
+00052 
+00054 typedef struct _dmxGlyphPriv {
+00055     GlyphSet  *glyphSets; 
+00056 } dmxGlyphPrivRec, *dmxGlyphPrivPtr;
+00057 
+00058 
+00059 extern void dmxInitRender(void);
+00060 extern void dmxResetRender(void);
+00061 
+00062 extern Bool dmxPictureInit(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+00063                            PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats);
+00064 
+00065 extern void dmxCreatePictureList(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00066 extern Bool dmxDestroyPictureList(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00067 
+00068 extern int dmxCreatePicture(PicturePtr pPicture);
+00069 extern void dmxDestroyPicture(PicturePtr pPicture);
+00070 extern int dmxChangePictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType,
+00071                                 pointer value, int n);
+00072 extern void dmxDestroyPictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture);
+00073 extern void dmxChangePicture(PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask);
+00074 extern void dmxValidatePicture(PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask);
+00075 extern void dmxComposite(CARD8 op,
+00076                          PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pMask, PicturePtr pDst,
+00077                          INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
+00078                          INT16 xMask, INT16 yMask,
+00079                          INT16 xDst, INT16 yDst,
+00080                          CARD16 width, CARD16 height);
+00081 extern void dmxGlyphs(CARD8 op,
+00082                       PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
+00083                       PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
+00084                       INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
+00085                       int nlists, GlyphListPtr lists, GlyphPtr *glyphs);
+00086 extern void dmxCompositeRects(CARD8 op,
+00087                               PicturePtr pDst,
+00088                               xRenderColor *color,
+00089                               int nRect, xRectangle *rects);
+00090 extern Bool dmxInitIndexed(ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat);
+00091 extern void dmxCloseIndexed(ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat);
+00092 extern void dmxUpdateIndexed(ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat,
+00093                              int ndef, xColorItem *pdef);
+00094 extern void dmxTrapezoids(CARD8 op,
+00095                           PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
+00096                           PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
+00097                           INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
+00098                           int ntrap, xTrapezoid *traps);
+00099 extern void dmxTriangles(CARD8 op,
+00100                          PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
+00101                          PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
+00102                          INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
+00103                          int ntri, xTriangle *tris);
+00104 extern void dmxTriStrip(CARD8 op,
+00105                         PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
+00106                         PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
+00107                         INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
+00108                         int npoint, xPointFixed *points);
+00109 extern void dmxTriFan(CARD8 op,
+00110                       PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst,
+00111                       PictFormatPtr maskFormat,
+00112                       INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc,
+00113                       int npoint, xPointFixed *points);
+00114 
+00115 extern Bool dmxBEFreeGlyphSet(ScreenPtr pScreen, GlyphSetPtr glyphSet);
+00116 extern Bool dmxBEFreePicture(PicturePtr pPicture);
+00117 
+00118 extern int dmxPictPrivateIndex;         
+00119 extern int dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex;     
+00123 #define DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV(_pPict)                                       \
+00124     (dmxPictPrivPtr)(_pPict)->devPrivates[dmxPictPrivateIndex].ptr
+00125 
+00127 #define DMX_SET_GLYPH_PRIV(_pGlyph, _pPriv)                             \
+00128     GlyphSetSetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex, (_pPriv))
+00129 
+00130 #define DMX_GET_GLYPH_PRIV(_pGlyph)                                     \
+00131     (dmxGlyphPrivPtr)GlyphSetGetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex)
+00132 
+00133 #endif /* DMXPICT_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea00f7a84 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpict_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,1418 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxpict.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxGlyphPriv
struct  _dmxPictPriv

Defines

#define DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV(_pPict)   (dmxPictPrivPtr)(_pPict)->devPrivates[dmxPictPrivateIndex].ptr
#define DMX_SET_GLYPH_PRIV(_pGlyph, _pPriv)   GlyphSetSetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex, (_pPriv))
#define DMX_GET_GLYPH_PRIV(_pGlyph)   (dmxGlyphPrivPtr)GlyphSetGetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex)

Typedefs

typedef _dmxPictPriv dmxPictPrivRec
typedef _dmxPictPriv * dmxPictPrivPtr
typedef _dmxGlyphPriv dmxGlyphPrivRec
typedef _dmxGlyphPriv * dmxGlyphPrivPtr

Functions

void dmxInitRender (void)
void dmxResetRender (void)
Bool dmxPictureInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr formats, int nformats)
void dmxCreatePictureList (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxDestroyPictureList (WindowPtr pWindow)
int dmxCreatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
void dmxDestroyPicture (PicturePtr pPicture)
int dmxChangePictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType, pointer value, int n)
void dmxDestroyPictureClip (PicturePtr pPicture)
void dmxChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask)
void dmxValidatePicture (PicturePtr pPicture, Mask mask)
void dmxComposite (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pMask, PicturePtr pDst, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, INT16 xMask, INT16 yMask, INT16 xDst, INT16 yDst, CARD16 width, CARD16 height)
void dmxGlyphs (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int nlists, GlyphListPtr lists, GlyphPtr *glyphs)
void dmxCompositeRects (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pDst, xRenderColor *color, int nRect, xRectangle *rects)
Bool dmxInitIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat)
void dmxCloseIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat)
void dmxUpdateIndexed (ScreenPtr pScreen, PictFormatPtr pFormat, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
void dmxTrapezoids (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int ntrap, xTrapezoid *traps)
void dmxTriangles (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int ntri, xTriangle *tris)
void dmxTriStrip (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int npoint, xPointFixed *points)
void dmxTriFan (CARD8 op, PicturePtr pSrc, PicturePtr pDst, PictFormatPtr maskFormat, INT16 xSrc, INT16 ySrc, int npoint, xPointFixed *points)
Bool dmxBEFreeGlyphSet (ScreenPtr pScreen, GlyphSetPtr glyphSet)
Bool dmxBEFreePicture (PicturePtr pPicture)

Variables

int dmxPictPrivateIndex
int dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides access to the externally visible RENDER support functions, global variables and macros for DMX.

+FIXME: Move function definitions for non-externally visible function to .c file.

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
#define DMX_GET_GLYPH_PRIV( _pGlyph   )    (dmxGlyphPrivPtr)GlyphSetGetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex) +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get the glyphset private data given a glyphset pointer

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
#define DMX_GET_PICT_PRIV( _pPict   )    (dmxPictPrivPtr)(_pPict)->devPrivates[dmxPictPrivateIndex].ptr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get the picture private data given a picture pointer

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
#define DMX_SET_GLYPH_PRIV( _pGlyph,
_pPriv   )    GlyphSetSetPrivate((_pGlyph), dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex, (_pPriv)) +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the glyphset private data given a glyphset pointer

+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxGlyphPriv * dmxGlyphPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Glyph Set private structure

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxGlyphPriv dmxGlyphPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Glyph Set private structure

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxPictPriv * dmxPictPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Picture private structure

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxPictPriv dmxPictPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Picture private structure

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreeGlyphSet ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
GlyphSetPtr  glyphSet
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free glyphSet on back-end screen number idx.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pPicture on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture,
Mask  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the attributes of the pictures. If the picture has not yet been created due to lazy window creation, save the mask so that it can be used to appropriately initialize the picture's attributes when it is created later.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxChangePictureClip ( PicturePtr  pPicture,
int  clipType,
pointer  value,
int  n
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the picture's list of clip rectangles.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCloseIndexed ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  pFormat
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Indexed color visuals are not yet supported.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxComposite ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pMask,
PicturePtr  pDst,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
INT16  xMask,
INT16  yMask,
INT16  xDst,
INT16  yDst,
CARD16  width,
CARD16  height
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a picture on the appropriate screen by combining the specified rectangle of the transformed src and mask operands with the specified rectangle of the dst using op as the compositing operator. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCompositeRects ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pDst,
xRenderColor *  color,
int  nRect,
xRectangle *  rects
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill a rectangle on the appropriate screen by combining the color with the dest picture in the area specified by the list of rectangles. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxCreatePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a picture. This function handles the CreatePicture unwrapping/wrapping and calls dmxDoCreatePicture to actually create the picture on the appropriate screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCreatePictureList ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a list of pictures. This function is called by dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow() during the lazy window creation realization process. It creates the entire list of pictures that are associated with the given window.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyPicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a picture. This function calls the wrapped function that frees the resources in the DMX server associated with this picture.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxDestroyPictureClip ( PicturePtr  pPicture  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the picture's list of clip rectangles.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxDestroyPictureList ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a list of pictures that are associated with the window that is being destroyed. This function is called by dmxDestroyWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxGlyphs ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  nlists,
GlyphListPtr  lists,
GlyphPtr *  glyphs
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Null function to catch when/if RENDER calls lower level mi hooks. Compositing glyphs is handled by dmxProcRenderCompositeGlyphs(). This function should never be called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitIndexed ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  pFormat
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Indexed color visuals are not yet supported.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxInitRender ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the Proc Vector for the RENDER extension. The functions here cannot be handled by the mi layer RENDER hooks either because the required information is no longer available when it reaches the mi layer or no mi layer hooks exist. This function is called from InitOutput() since it should be initialized only once per server generation.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxPictureInit ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  formats,
int  nformats
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the RENDER extension, allocate the picture privates and wrap mi function hooks. If the shadow frame buffer is used, then call the appropriate fb initialization function.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResetRender ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reset the Proc Vector for the RENDER extension back to the original functions. This function is called from dmxCloseScreen() during the server reset (only for screen #0).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTrapezoids ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  ntrap,
xTrapezoid *  traps
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a list of trapezoids on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTriangles ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  ntri,
xTriangle *  tris
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a list of triangles on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTriFan ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  npoint,
xPointFixed *  points
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a triangle fan on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxTriStrip ( CARD8  op,
PicturePtr  pSrc,
PicturePtr  pDst,
PictFormatPtr  maskFormat,
INT16  xSrc,
INT16  ySrc,
int  npoint,
xPointFixed *  points
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Composite a triangle strip on the appropriate screen. For a complete description see the protocol document of the RENDER library.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxUpdateIndexed ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
PictFormatPtr  pFormat,
int  ndef,
xColorItem *  pdef
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Indexed color visuals are not yet supported.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxValidatePicture ( PicturePtr  pPicture,
Mask  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Validate the picture's attributes before rendering to it. Update any picture attributes that have been changed by one of the higher layers.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for GlyphSets

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxPictPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Picts

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c6fc4551 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxpixmap.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool dmxInitPixmap (ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxBECreatePixmap (PixmapPtr pPixmap)
PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap (ScreenPtr pScreen, int width, int height, int depth)
Bool dmxBEFreePixmap (PixmapPtr pPixmap)
Bool dmxDestroyPixmap (PixmapPtr pPixmap)
RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion (PixmapPtr pPixmap)
+

Detailed Description

+Provides pixmap support.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECreatePixmap ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a pixmap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreePixmap ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the pixmap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create and return a region based on the pixmap pointed to by pPixmap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  width,
int  height,
int  depth
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a pixmap for pScreen with the specified width, height, and depth.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxDestroyPixmap ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the pixmap pointed to by pPixmap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitPixmap ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize a private area in pScreen for pixmap information.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..faa74a3e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxpixmap.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXPIXMAP_H
+00039 #define DMXPIXMAP_H
+00040 
+00041 #include "pixmapstr.h"
+00042 
+00044 typedef struct _dmxPixPriv {
+00045     Pixmap   pixmap;
+00046     XImage  *detachedImage;
+00047 } dmxPixPrivRec, *dmxPixPrivPtr;
+00048 
+00049 
+00050 extern Bool      dmxInitPixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+00051 
+00052 extern PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+00053                                  int width, int height, int depth);
+00054 extern Bool      dmxDestroyPixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
+00055 extern RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
+00056 
+00057 extern void      dmxBECreatePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
+00058 extern Bool      dmxBEFreePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap);
+00059 
+00061 extern int dmxPixPrivateIndex;
+00062 
+00064 #define DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(_pPix)                                      \
+00065     (dmxPixPrivPtr)(_pPix)->devPrivates[dmxPixPrivateIndex].ptr
+00066 
+00067 #endif /* DMXPIXMAP_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27cc6a5da --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxpixmap_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxpixmap.h File Reference

#include "pixmapstr.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxPixPriv

Defines

#define DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(_pPix)   (dmxPixPrivPtr)(_pPix)->devPrivates[dmxPixPrivateIndex].ptr

Typedefs

typedef _dmxPixPriv dmxPixPrivRec
typedef _dmxPixPriv * dmxPixPrivPtr

Functions

Bool dmxInitPixmap (ScreenPtr pScreen)
PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap (ScreenPtr pScreen, int width, int height, int depth)
Bool dmxDestroyPixmap (PixmapPtr pPixmap)
RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion (PixmapPtr pPixmap)
void dmxBECreatePixmap (PixmapPtr pPixmap)
Bool dmxBEFreePixmap (PixmapPtr pPixmap)

Variables

int dmxPixPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for pixmap support.
See also:
dmxpixmap.c
+

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
#define DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV( _pPix   )    (dmxPixPrivPtr)(_pPix)->devPrivates[dmxPixPrivateIndex].ptr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get pixmap private pointer.

+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxPixPriv * dmxPixPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Pixmap private area.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxPixPriv dmxPixPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Pixmap private area.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECreatePixmap ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a pixmap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEFreePixmap ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the pixmap on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create and return a region based on the pixmap pointed to by pPixmap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  width,
int  height,
int  depth
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a pixmap for pScreen with the specified width, height, and depth.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxDestroyPixmap ( PixmapPtr  pPixmap  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy the pixmap pointed to by pPixmap.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitPixmap ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize a private area in pScreen for pixmap information.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxPixPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index.

See also:
dmxpicmap.h

+dmxscrinit.c

+
+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a439cf6b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxprint.c File Reference

#include "dmxconfig.h"
+#include "dmxparse.h"
+#include "dmxprint.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+ + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  stack

Functions

void dmxConfigPrint (FILE *stream, DMXConfigEntryPtr entry)
void dmxConfigVirtualPrint (FILE *stream, DMXConfigVirtualPtr p)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support routines and helper functions to be used to pretty-print DMX configurations.

+Because the DMX configuration file parsing should be capable of being used in a stand-alone fashion (i.e., independent from the DMX server source tree), no dependencies on other DMX routines are made.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigPrint ( FILE *  stream,
DMXConfigEntryPtr  entry
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The configuration information in entry will be pretty-printed to the stream. If stream is NULL, then stdout will be used.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigVirtualPrint ( FILE *  stream,
DMXConfigVirtualPtr  p
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The configuration information in p will be pretty-printed to the stream. If stream is NULL, then stdout will be used.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1a0d4edb --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxprint.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXPRINT_H_
+00039 #define _DMXPRINT_H_
+00040 
+00041 void dmxConfigPrint(FILE *str, DMXConfigEntryPtr entry);
+00042 void dmxConfigVirtualPrint(FILE *str, DMXConfigVirtualPtr p);
+00043 
+00044 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c12085c7b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprint_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxprint.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxConfigPrint (FILE *str, DMXConfigEntryPtr entry)
void dmxConfigVirtualPrint (FILE *str, DMXConfigVirtualPtr p)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to DMX configuration file pretty-printer.
See also:
dmxprint.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigPrint ( FILE *  stream,
DMXConfigEntryPtr  entry
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The configuration information in entry will be pretty-printed to the stream. If stream is NULL, then stdout will be used.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxConfigVirtualPrint ( FILE *  stream,
DMXConfigVirtualPtr  p
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The configuration information in p will be pretty-printed to the stream. If stream is NULL, then stdout will be used.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fa746b53 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxprop.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Defines

#define DMX_ATOMNAME   "DMX_NAME"
#define DMX_IDENT   "Xdmx"

Functions

void * dmxPropertyIterate (DMXScreenInfo *start, void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *), void *closure)
int dmxPropertyDisplay (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
int dmxPropertySameDisplay (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
void dmxPropertyWindow (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+

Detailed Description

+It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server. Therefore, it is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be physically located on the same backend X server. This situation must be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected fashion.

+We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g., the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect sameness leads to very unexpected results. Therefore, whenever the DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is already open on that server.

+Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations both have windows on the same physical backend X server. This case is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that particular backend X server.

+The routines in this file handle the property management.

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_ATOMNAME   "DMX_NAME" +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_IDENT   "Xdmx" +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The identification string of this DMX server

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPropertyDisplay ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1 otherwise.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void* dmxPropertyIterate ( DMXScreenInfo *  start,
void *(*  f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
void *  closure
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Starting with the start screen, iterate over all of the screens on the same physical X server as start, calling f with the screen and the closure. (The common case is that start is the only DMX window on the backend X server.)

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPropertySameDisplay ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  name
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in name are on the same display, or 0 otherwise. We can't just compare the display names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display, some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPropertyWindow ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Prints a log message if dmxScreen is on the same backend X server as some other DMX backend (output) screen. Modifies the property (DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of dmxScreen.

+The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).

+This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can be examined. This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):

+"#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a623a3b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxprop.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002,2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXPROP_H_
+00039 #define _DMXPROP_H_
+00040 extern int  dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00041 extern void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen);
+00042 extern void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
+00043                                 void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
+00044                                            void *closure),
+00045                                 void *closure);
+00046 extern int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name);
+00047 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8210b47 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxprop_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxprop.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

int dmxPropertyDisplay (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
void dmxPropertyWindow (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
int dmxPropertySameDisplay (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for property support.
See also:
dmxprop.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPropertyDisplay ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1 otherwise.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int dmxPropertySameDisplay ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
const char *  name
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in name are on the same display, or 0 otherwise. We can't just compare the display names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display, some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPropertyWindow ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Prints a log message if dmxScreen is on the same backend X server as some other DMX backend (output) screen. Modifies the property (DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of dmxScreen.

+The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).

+This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can be examined. This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):

+"#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..679d60e73 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxproto.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00042 #ifndef _DMXSTR_H_
+00043 #define _DMXSTR_H_
+00044 
+00045 #define DMX_EXTENSION_NAME  "DMX"
+00046 #define DMX_EXTENSION_MAJOR 2
+00047 #define DMX_EXTENSION_MINOR 2
+00048 #define DMX_EXTENSION_PATCH 20040604
+00049 
+00050 /* These values must be larger than LastExtensionError.
+00051    The values in dmxext.h and dmxproto.h *MUST* match. */
+00052 #define DMX_BAD_XINERAMA     1001
+00053 #define DMX_BAD_VALUE        1002
+00054 
+00055 #define X_DMXQueryVersion                   0
+00056 #define X_DMXGetScreenCount                 1
+00057 #define X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED 2
+00058 #define X_DMXGetWindowAttributes            3
+00059 #define X_DMXGetInputCount                  4
+00060 #define X_DMXGetInputAttributes             5
+00061 #define X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED  6
+00062 #define X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED    7
+00063 #define X_DMXSync                           8
+00064 #define X_DMXForceWindowCreation            9
+00065 #define X_DMXGetScreenAttributes           10
+00066 #define X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes       11
+00067 #define X_DMXAddScreen                     12
+00068 #define X_DMXRemoveScreen                  13
+00069 #define X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes          14
+00070 #define X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes       15
+00071 #define X_DMXAddInput                      16
+00072 #define X_DMXRemoveInput                   17
+00073 
+00075 typedef struct {
+00076     CARD8   reqType;            /* dmxcode */
+00077     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXQueryVersion */
+00078     CARD16  length B16;
+00079 } xDMXQueryVersionReq;
+00080 #define sz_xDMXQueryVersionReq 4
+00081 
+00083 typedef struct {
+00084     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00085     CARD8   ununsed;
+00086     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00087     CARD32  length B32;
+00088     CARD32  majorVersion B32;
+00089     CARD32  minorVersion B32;
+00090     CARD32  patchVersion B32;
+00091     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00092     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00093     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00094 } xDMXQueryVersionReply;
+00095 #define sz_xDMXQueryVersionReply 32
+00096 
+00098 typedef struct {
+00099     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00100     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXSync */
+00101     CARD16  length B16;
+00102 } xDMXSyncReq;
+00103 #define sz_xDMXSyncReq 4
+00104 
+00106 typedef struct {
+00107     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00108     CARD8   unused;
+00109     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00110     CARD32  length B32;
+00111     CARD32  status B32;
+00112     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00113     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00114     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00115     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00116     CARD32  pad4 B32;
+00117 } xDMXSyncReply;
+00118 #define sz_xDMXSyncReply 32
+00119 
+00121 typedef struct {
+00122     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00123     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXForceWindowCreation */
+00124     CARD16  length B16;
+00125     CARD32  window B32;
+00126 } xDMXForceWindowCreationReq;
+00127 #define sz_xDMXForceWindowCreationReq 8
+00128 
+00130 typedef struct {
+00131     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00132     CARD8   unused;
+00133     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00134     CARD32  length B32;
+00135     CARD32  status B32;
+00136     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00137     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00138     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00139     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00140     CARD32  pad4 B32;
+00141 } xDMXForceWindowCreationReply;
+00142 #define sz_xDMXForceWindowCreationReply 32
+00143 
+00145 typedef struct {
+00146     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00147     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXGetScreenCount */
+00148     CARD16  length B16;
+00149 } xDMXGetScreenCountReq;
+00150 #define sz_xDMXGetScreenCountReq 4
+00151 
+00153 typedef struct {
+00154     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00155     CARD8   unused;
+00156     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00157     CARD32  length B32;
+00158     CARD32  screenCount B32;
+00159     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00160     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00161     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00162     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00163     CARD32  pad4 B32;
+00164 } xDMXGetScreenCountReply;
+00165 #define sz_xDMXGetScreenCountReply 32
+00166 
+00168 typedef struct {
+00169     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00170     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXGetScreenAttributes */
+00171     CARD16  length B16;
+00172     CARD32  physicalScreen B32;
+00173 } xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq;
+00174 #define sz_xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq 8
+00175 
+00177 typedef struct {
+00178     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00179     CARD8   unused;
+00180     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00181     CARD32  length B32;
+00182     CARD32  displayNameLength B32;
+00183     CARD32  logicalScreen B32;
+00184 
+00185     CARD16  screenWindowWidth B16;
+00186     CARD16  screenWindowHeight B16;
+00187     INT16   screenWindowXoffset B16;
+00188     INT16   screenWindowYoffset B16;
+00189 
+00190     CARD16  rootWindowWidth B16;
+00191     CARD16  rootWindowHeight B16;
+00192     INT16   rootWindowXoffset B16;
+00193     INT16   rootWindowYoffset B16;
+00194     INT16   rootWindowXorigin B16;
+00195     INT16   rootWindowYorigin B16;
+00196 } xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply;
+00197 #define sz_xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply 36
+00198 
+00200 typedef struct {
+00201     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00202     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes */
+00203     CARD16  length B16;
+00204     CARD32  screenCount B32;
+00205     CARD32  maskCount B32;
+00206 } xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq;
+00207 #define sz_xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq 12
+00208 
+00210 typedef struct {
+00211     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00212     CARD8   unused;
+00213     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00214     CARD32  length B32;
+00215     CARD32  status B32;
+00216     CARD32  errorScreen B32;
+00217     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00218     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00219     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00220     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00221 } xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply;
+00222 #define sz_xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply 32
+00223 
+00225 typedef struct {
+00226     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00227     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXAddScreen */
+00228     CARD16  length B16;
+00229     CARD32  displayNameLength B32;
+00230     CARD32  physicalScreen B32;
+00231     CARD32  valueMask B32;
+00232 } xDMXAddScreenReq;
+00233 #define sz_xDMXAddScreenReq 16
+00234 
+00236 typedef struct {
+00237     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00238     CARD8   unused;
+00239     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00240     CARD32  length B32;
+00241     CARD32  status B32;
+00242     CARD32  physicalScreen B32;
+00243     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00244     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00245     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00246     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00247 } xDMXAddScreenReply;
+00248 #define sz_xDMXAddScreenReply 32
+00249 
+00251 typedef struct {
+00252     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00253     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXRemoveScreen */
+00254     CARD16  length B16;
+00255     CARD32  physicalScreen B32;
+00256 } xDMXRemoveScreenReq;
+00257 #define sz_xDMXRemoveScreenReq 8
+00258 
+00260 typedef struct {
+00261     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00262     CARD8   unused;
+00263     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00264     CARD32  length B32;
+00265     CARD32  status B32;
+00266     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00267     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00268     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00269     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00270     CARD32  pad4 B32;
+00271 } xDMXRemoveScreenReply;
+00272 #define sz_xDMXRemoveScreenReply 32
+00273 
+00275 typedef struct {
+00276     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00277     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXGetWindowAttributes */
+00278     CARD16  length B16;
+00279     CARD32  window B32;
+00280 } xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq;
+00281 #define sz_xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq 8
+00282 
+00284 typedef struct {
+00285     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00286     CARD8   unused;
+00287     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00288     CARD32  length B32;
+00289     CARD32  screenCount B32;
+00290     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00291     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00292     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00293     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00294     CARD32  pad4 B32;
+00295 } xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply;
+00296 #define sz_xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply 32
+00297 
+00299 typedef struct {
+00300     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00301     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes */
+00302     CARD16  length B16;
+00303 } xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq;
+00304 #define sz_xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq 4
+00305 
+00307 typedef struct {
+00308     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00309     CARD8   unused;
+00310     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00311     CARD32  length B32;
+00312     INT16   width;
+00313     INT16   height;
+00314     INT16   shiftX;
+00315     INT16   shiftY;
+00316     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00317     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00318     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00319     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00320 } xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply;
+00321 #define sz_xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply 32
+00322 
+00324 typedef struct {
+00325     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00326     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes */
+00327     CARD16  length B16;
+00328     CARD32  valueMask B32;
+00329 } xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq;
+00330 #define sz_xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq 8
+00331 
+00333 typedef struct {
+00334     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00335     CARD8   unused;
+00336     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00337     CARD32  length B32;
+00338     CARD32  status B32;
+00339     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00340     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00341     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00342     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00343     CARD32  pad4 B32;
+00344 } xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply;
+00345 #define sz_xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply 32
+00346 
+00348 typedef struct {
+00349     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00350     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXGetInputCount */
+00351     CARD16  length B16;
+00352 } xDMXGetInputCountReq;
+00353 #define sz_xDMXGetInputCountReq 4
+00354 
+00356 typedef struct {
+00357     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00358     CARD8   unused;
+00359     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00360     CARD32  length B32;
+00361     CARD32  inputCount B32;
+00362     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00363     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00364     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00365     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00366     CARD32  pad4 B32;
+00367 } xDMXGetInputCountReply;
+00368 #define sz_xDMXGetInputCountReply 32
+00369 
+00371 typedef struct {
+00372     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00373     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXGetInputAttributes */
+00374     CARD16  length B16;
+00375     CARD32  deviceId B32;
+00376 } xDMXGetInputAttributesReq;
+00377 #define sz_xDMXGetInputAttributesReq 8
+00378 
+00380 typedef struct {
+00381     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00382     CARD8   unused;
+00383     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00384     CARD32  length B32;
+00385     CARD32  inputType B32;
+00386     CARD32  physicalScreen B32;
+00387     CARD32  physicalId B32;
+00388     CARD32  nameLength B32;
+00389     BOOL    isCore;
+00390     BOOL    sendsCore;
+00391     BOOL    detached;
+00392     CARD8   pad0;
+00393     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00394 } xDMXGetInputAttributesReply;
+00395 #define sz_xDMXGetInputAttributesReply 32
+00396 
+00398 typedef struct {
+00399     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00400     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXAddInput */
+00401     CARD16  length B16;
+00402     CARD32  displayNameLength B32;
+00403     CARD32  valueMask;
+00404 } xDMXAddInputReq;
+00405 #define sz_xDMXAddInputReq 12
+00406 
+00408 typedef struct {
+00409     BYTE    type;               /* X_Reply */
+00410     CARD8   unused;
+00411     CARD16  sequenceNumber B16;
+00412     CARD32  length B32;
+00413     CARD32  status B32;
+00414     CARD32  physicalId B32;
+00415     CARD32  pad0 B32;
+00416     CARD32  pad1 B32;
+00417     CARD32  pad2 B32;
+00418     CARD32  pad3 B32;
+00419 } xDMXAddInputReply;
+00420 #define sz_xDMXAddInputReply 32
+00421 
+00423 typedef struct {
+00424     CARD8   reqType;            /* DMXCode */
+00425     CARD8   dmxReqType;         /* X_DMXRemoveInput */
+00426     CARD16  length B16;
+00427     CARD32  physicalId B32;
+00428 } xDMXRemoveInputReq;
+00429 #define sz_xDMXRemoveInputReq 8
+00430 
+00432 typedef struct {
+00433     BYTE     type;
+00434     CARD8    unused;
+00435     CARD16   sequenceNumber B16;
+00436     CARD32   length B32;
+00437     CARD32   status B32;
+00438     CARD32   pad0 B32;
+00439     CARD32   pad1 B32;
+00440     CARD32   pad2 B32;
+00441     CARD32   pad3 B32;
+00442     CARD32   pad4 B32;
+00443 } xDMXRemoveInputReply;
+00444 #define sz_xDMXRemoveInputReply 32
+00445 
+00446 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10353e338 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxproto_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxproto.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  xDMXAddInputReply
struct  xDMXAddInputReq
struct  xDMXAddScreenReply
struct  xDMXAddScreenReq
struct  xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply
struct  xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq
struct  xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply
struct  xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq
struct  xDMXForceWindowCreationReply
struct  xDMXForceWindowCreationReq
struct  xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply
struct  xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq
struct  xDMXGetInputAttributesReply
struct  xDMXGetInputAttributesReq
struct  xDMXGetInputCountReply
struct  xDMXGetInputCountReq
struct  xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply
struct  xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq
struct  xDMXGetScreenCountReply
struct  xDMXGetScreenCountReq
struct  xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply
struct  xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq
struct  xDMXQueryVersionReply
struct  xDMXQueryVersionReq
struct  xDMXRemoveInputReply
struct  xDMXRemoveInputReq
struct  xDMXRemoveScreenReply
struct  xDMXRemoveScreenReq
struct  xDMXSyncReply
struct  xDMXSyncReq
+

Detailed Description

+This file describes the structures necessary to implement the wire protocol for the DMX protocol extension. It should be included only in files that implement the client-side (or server-side) part of the protocol (i.e., client-side applications should not include this file).
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2425c3be --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxscrinit.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxshadow.h"
+#include "dmxscrinit.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxgc.h"
+#include "dmxgcops.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "dmxcmap.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxdpms.h"
+#include "dmxpict.h"
+#include "fb.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "micmap.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool dmxCloseScreen (int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxBEScreenInit (int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
Bool dmxScreenInit (int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[])
void dmxBECloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen)

Variables

int dmxGCPrivateIndex
int dmxWinPrivateIndex
int dmxFontPrivateIndex
int dmxScreenPrivateIndex
int dmxColormapPrivateIndex
int dmxPictPrivateIndex
int dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support for screen initialization.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECloseScreen ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Close the pScreen resources on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBEScreenInit ( int  idx,
ScreenPtr  pScreen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the parts of screen idx that require access to the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCloseScreen ( int  idx,
ScreenPtr  pScreen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Close screen number idx.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxScreenInit ( int  idx,
ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  argc,
char *  argv[]
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize screen number idx.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxColormapPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Colormaps

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxFontPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Fonts

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGCPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for GCs

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxGlyphSetPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for GlyphSets

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxPictPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Picts

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxScreenPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Screens

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxWinPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Windows

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab7b22fd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxscrinit.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+00033  *
+00034  */
+00035 
+00039 #ifndef DMXSCRINIT_H
+00040 #define DMXSCRINIT_H
+00041 
+00042 #include "scrnintstr.h"
+00043 
+00045 extern int dmxScreenPrivateIndex;
+00046 
+00047 extern Bool dmxScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[]);
+00048 
+00049 extern void dmxBEScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+00050 extern void dmxBECloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+00051 
+00052 #endif /* DMXSCRINIT_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72415ef97 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxscrinit_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxscrinit.h File Reference

#include "scrnintstr.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool dmxScreenInit (int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[])
void dmxBEScreenInit (int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxBECloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen)

Variables

int dmxScreenPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for screen initialization.
See also:
dmxscrinit.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBECloseScreen ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Close the pScreen resources on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxBEScreenInit ( int  idx,
ScreenPtr  pScreen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the parts of screen idx that require access to the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxScreenInit ( int  idx,
ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  argc,
char *  argv[]
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize screen number idx.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxScreenPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Screens

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0db2bfa8b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxshadow.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxshadow.h"
+ + + + + +

Functions

void dmxShadowUpdateProc (ScreenPtr pScreen, shadowBufPtr pBuf)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support for the shadow frame buffer.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxShadowUpdateProc ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
shadowBufPtr  pBuf
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Update the screen from the shadow frame buffer.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2253c350b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxshadow.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+00033  *
+00034  */
+00035 
+00039 #ifndef DMXSHADOW_H
+00040 #define DMXSHADOW_H
+00041 
+00042 #include "shadow.h"
+00043 #include "scrnintstr.h"
+00044 
+00045 extern void dmxShadowUpdateProc(ScreenPtr pScreen, shadowBufPtr pBuf);
+00046 
+00047 #endif /* DMXSHADOW_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e148ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxshadow_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxshadow.h File Reference

#include "shadow.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + +

Functions

void dmxShadowUpdateProc (ScreenPtr pScreen, shadowBufPtr pBuf)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for shadow framebuffer support.
See also:
dmxshadow.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxShadowUpdateProc ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
shadowBufPtr  pBuf
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Update the screen from the shadow frame buffer.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..761748dae --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxsigio.c File Reference

#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxsigio.h"
+#include "dmxevents.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/fcntl.h>
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxSigioBlock (void)
void dmxSigioUnblock (void)
void dmxSigioEnableInput (void)
void dmxSigioDisableInput (void)
void dmxSigioRegister (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int fd)
void dmxSigioUnregister (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+

Detailed Description

+Provides an interface for handling SIGIO signals for input devices.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioBlock ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Block SIGIO handling.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioDisableInput ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Disable SIGIO handling. This removes the hanlder from the OS.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioEnableInput ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Enable SIGIO handling. This instantiates the handler with the OS.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioRegister ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
int  fd
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that the input device described in dmxInput will be using the file descriptor fd for SIGIO signals. Calls AddEnabledDevice ifi SIGIO handling has been enabled with dmxSigioEnableInput().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioUnblock ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Unblock SIGIO handling.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioUnregister ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove the notes that dmxInput is using any file descriptors for SIGIO signals. Calls RemoveEnabledDevice.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f41eb80e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxsigio.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXSIGIO_H_
+00039 #define _DMXSIGIO_H_
+00040 extern void dmxSigioBlock(void);
+00041 extern void dmxSigioUnblock(void);
+00042 extern void dmxSigioEnableInput(void);
+00043 extern void dmxSigioDisableInput(void);
+00044 extern void dmxSigioRegister(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int fd);
+00045 extern void dmxSigioUnregister(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput);
+00046 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e55b7b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsigio_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxsigio.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxSigioBlock (void)
void dmxSigioUnblock (void)
void dmxSigioEnableInput (void)
void dmxSigioDisableInput (void)
void dmxSigioRegister (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int fd)
void dmxSigioUnregister (DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to SIGIO handling support.
See also:
dmxsigio.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioBlock ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Block SIGIO handling.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioDisableInput ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Disable SIGIO handling. This removes the hanlder from the OS.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioEnableInput ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Enable SIGIO handling. This instantiates the handler with the OS.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioRegister ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput,
int  fd
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Make a note that the input device described in dmxInput will be using the file descriptor fd for SIGIO signals. Calls AddEnabledDevice ifi SIGIO handling has been enabled with dmxSigioEnableInput().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioUnblock ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Unblock SIGIO handling.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSigioUnregister ( DMXInputInfo *  dmxInput  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove the notes that dmxInput is using any file descriptors for SIGIO signals. Calls RemoveEnabledDevice.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a9ecfc65 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxstat.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxstat.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "Xos.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _DMXStatAvg
struct  _DMXStatInfo

Typedefs

typedef _DMXStatAvg DMXStatAvg

Functions

void dmxStatActivate (const char *interval, const char *displays)
DMXStatInfo * dmxStatAlloc (void)
void dmxStatFree (DMXStatInfo *pt)
void dmxStatSync (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, struct timeval *stop, struct timeval *start, unsigned long pending)
void dmxStatInit (void)

Variables

int dmxStatInterval
+

Detailed Description

+The DMX server code is written to call dmxSync() whenever an XSync() might be necessary. However, since XSync() requires a two way communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary XSync() calls is a key performance optimization. Support for this optimization is provided in #dmxsync.c. This file provides routines that evaluate this optimization by counting the number of XSync() calls and monitoring their latency. This functionality can be turned on using the -stat command-line parameter.

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _DMXStatAvg DMXStatAvg +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Used to compute a running average of value.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatActivate ( const char *  interval,
const char *  displays
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn on XSync statistic gathering and printing. Print every interval seconds, with lines for the first displays. If interval is NULL, 1 will be used. If displays is NULL, 0 will be used (meaning a line for every display will be printed). Note that this function takes string arguments because it will usually be called from ddxProcessArgument in #dmxinit.c.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
DMXStatInfo* dmxStatAlloc ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Allocate a DMXStatInfo structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatFree ( DMXStatInfo *  pt  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free the memory used by a DMXStatInfo structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatInit ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Try to initialize the statistic gathering and printing routines. Initialization only takes place if dmxStatActivate has already been called. We don't need the same generation protection that we used in dmxSyncInit because our timer is always on a queue -- hence, server generation will always free it.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatSync ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
struct timeval *  stop,
struct timeval *  start,
unsigned long  pending
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Note that a XSync() was just done on dmxScreen with the start and stop times (from gettimeofday()) and the number of pending-but-not-yet-processed XSync requests. This routine is called from #dmxDoSync in #dmxsync.c

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxStatInterval +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Only for dmxstat.c and dmxsync.c

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7579a5d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxstat.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXSTAT_H_
+00039 #define _DMXSTAT_H_
+00040 
+00041 #define DMX_STAT_LENGTH     10  
+00042 #define DMX_STAT_INTERVAL 1000  
+00043 #define DMX_STAT_BINS        3  
+00044 #define DMX_STAT_BIN0    10000  
+00045 #define DMX_STAT_BINMULT   100  
+00047 extern int         dmxStatInterval; 
+00048 extern void        dmxStatActivate(const char *interval, const char *displays);
+00049 extern DMXStatInfo *dmxStatAlloc(void);
+00050 extern void        dmxStatFree(DMXStatInfo *);
+00051 extern void        dmxStatInit(void);
+00052 extern void        dmxStatSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
+00053                                struct timeval *stop, struct timeval *start,
+00054                                unsigned long pending);
+00055 
+00056 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4fcb0d9c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxstat_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxstat.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Defines

#define DMX_STAT_LENGTH   10
#define DMX_STAT_INTERVAL   1000
#define DMX_STAT_BINS   3
#define DMX_STAT_BIN0   10000
#define DMX_STAT_BINMULT   100

Functions

void dmxStatActivate (const char *interval, const char *displays)
DMXStatInfo * dmxStatAlloc (void)
void dmxStatFree (DMXStatInfo *)
void dmxStatInit (void)
void dmxStatSync (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, struct timeval *stop, struct timeval *start, unsigned long pending)

Variables

int dmxStatInterval
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for statistic gathering interface.
See also:
dmxstat.c
+

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_STAT_BIN0   10000 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+us for bin[0]

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_STAT_BINMULT   100 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+multiplier for next bin[]

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_STAT_BINS   3 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+number of bins

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_STAT_INTERVAL   1000 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+msec between printouts

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
#define DMX_STAT_LENGTH   10 +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+number of events for moving average

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatActivate ( const char *  interval,
const char *  displays
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn on XSync statistic gathering and printing. Print every interval seconds, with lines for the first displays. If interval is NULL, 1 will be used. If displays is NULL, 0 will be used (meaning a line for every display will be printed). Note that this function takes string arguments because it will usually be called from ddxProcessArgument in #dmxinit.c.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
DMXStatInfo* dmxStatAlloc ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Allocate a DMXStatInfo structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatFree ( DMXStatInfo *  pt  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Free the memory used by a DMXStatInfo structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatInit ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Try to initialize the statistic gathering and printing routines. Initialization only takes place if dmxStatActivate has already been called. We don't need the same generation protection that we used in dmxSyncInit because our timer is always on a queue -- hence, server generation will always free it.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxStatSync ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
struct timeval *  stop,
struct timeval *  start,
unsigned long  pending
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Note that a XSync() was just done on dmxScreen with the start and stop times (from gettimeofday()) and the number of pending-but-not-yet-processed XSync requests. This routine is called from #dmxDoSync in #dmxsync.c

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxStatInterval +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Only for dmxstat.c and dmxsync.c

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76a940dd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxsync.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxstat.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+ + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxSyncActivate (const char *interval)
void dmxSyncInit (void)
void dmxSync (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now)
+

Detailed Description

+The DMX server code is written to call dmxSync() whenever an XSync() might be necessary. However, since XSync() requires a two way communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary XSync() calls is a key performance optimization. Support for this optimization is provided here. Statistics about XSync() calls and latency are gathered in #dmxstat.c.

+During the initial conversion from calling XSync() immediately to the XSync() batching method implemented in this file, it was noted that, out of more than 300 x11perf tests, 8 tests became more than 100 times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster, and 181 more than 2X faster.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSync ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
Bool  now
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Request an XSync() to the display used by dmxScreen. If now is TRUE, call XSync() immediately instead of waiting for the next XSync() batching point. Note that if XSync() batching was deselected with dmxSyncActivate() before dmxSyncInit() was called, then no XSync() batching is performed and this function always calles XSync() immediately.

+(Note that this function uses TimerSet but works correctly in the face of a server generation. See the source for details.)

+If dmxScreen is NULL, then all pending syncs will be flushed immediately.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSyncActivate ( const char *  interval  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Request the XSync() batching optimization with the specified interval (in mS). If the interval is 0, 100mS is used. If the interval is less than 0, then the XSync() batching optimization is not requested (e.g., so the -syncbatch -1 command line option can turn off the default 100mS XSync() batching).

+Note that the parameter to this routine is a string, since it will usually be called from ddxProcessArgument in #dmxinit.c

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSyncInit ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the XSync() batching optimization, but only if dmxSyncActivate was last called with a non-negative value.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8c4f0d11 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxsync.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _DMXSYNC_H_
+00039 #define _DMXSYNC_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern void dmxSyncActivate(const char *interval);
+00042 extern void dmxSyncInit(void);
+00043 extern void dmxSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now);
+00044 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53edcef9c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxsync_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxsync.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void dmxSyncActivate (const char *interval)
void dmxSyncInit (void)
void dmxSync (DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for sync support.
See also:
dmxsync.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSync ( DMXScreenInfo *  dmxScreen,
Bool  now
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Request an XSync() to the display used by dmxScreen. If now is TRUE, call XSync() immediately instead of waiting for the next XSync() batching point. Note that if XSync() batching was deselected with dmxSyncActivate() before dmxSyncInit() was called, then no XSync() batching is performed and this function always calles XSync() immediately.

+(Note that this function uses TimerSet but works correctly in the face of a server generation. See the source for details.)

+If dmxScreen is NULL, then all pending syncs will be flushed immediately.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSyncActivate ( const char *  interval  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Request the XSync() batching optimization with the specified interval (in mS). If the interval is 0, 100mS is used. If the interval is less than 0, then the XSync() batching optimization is not requested (e.g., so the -syncbatch -1 command line option can turn off the default 100mS XSync() batching).

+Note that the parameter to this routine is a string, since it will usually be called from ddxProcessArgument in #dmxinit.c

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSyncInit ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the XSync() batching optimization, but only if dmxSyncActivate was last called with a non-negative value.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f20c462 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxvisual.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxvisual.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+ + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Visual * dmxLookupVisual (ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual)
Visual * dmxLookupVisualFromID (ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualID vid)
Colormap dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual (ScreenPtr pScreen, Visual *visual)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support for visuals.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Colormap dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
Visual *  visual
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the colormap for the visual.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Visual* dmxLookupVisual ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
VisualPtr  pVisual
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the visual that matched pVisual.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Visual* dmxLookupVisualFromID ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
VisualID  vid
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the visual that matched the vid.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cda02947e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxvisual.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXVISUAL_H
+00039 #define DMXVISUAL_H
+00040 
+00041 #include "scrnintstr.h"
+00042 
+00043 extern Visual   *dmxLookupVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual);
+00044 extern Visual   *dmxLookupVisualFromID(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualID vid);
+00045 extern Colormap  dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+00046                                               Visual *visual);
+00047 
+00048 #endif /* DMXVISUAL_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d56bb1c9a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxvisual_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxvisual.h File Reference

#include "scrnintstr.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Visual * dmxLookupVisual (ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual)
Visual * dmxLookupVisualFromID (ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualID vid)
Colormap dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual (ScreenPtr pScreen, Visual *visual)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for visual support.
See also:
dmxvisual.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Colormap dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
Visual *  visual
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the colormap for the visual.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Visual* dmxLookupVisual ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
VisualPtr  pVisual
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the visual that matched pVisual.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Visual* dmxLookupVisualFromID ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
VisualID  vid
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Return the visual that matched the vid.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef3509d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,865 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxwindow.c File Reference

#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxcmap.h"
+#include "dmxvisual.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+#include "dmxpict.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

Bool dmxInitWindow (ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxResizeScreenWindow (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y, int w, int h)
void dmxResizeRootWindow (WindowPtr pRoot, int x, int y, int w, int h)
void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync)
Bool dmxCreateWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxDestroyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxPositionWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y)
Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes (WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask)
Bool dmxRealizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxRestackWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib)
void dmxWindowExposures (WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn, RegionPtr other_exposed)
void dmxPaintWindowBackground (WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion, int what)
void dmxPaintWindowBorder (WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion, int what)
void dmxCopyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
void dmxResizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y, unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib)
void dmxReparentWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent)
void dmxChangeBorderWidth (WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width)
void dmxSetShape (WindowPtr pWindow)
+

Detailed Description

+This file provides support for window-related functions.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangeBorderWidth ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
unsigned int  width
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change border width for pWindow to width pixels.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
unsigned long  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the window attributes of pWindow.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCopyWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
DDXPointRec  ptOldOrg,
RegionPtr  prgnSrc
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Move pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the lazy window creation optimization is enabled.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
Bool  doSync
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function handles lazy window creation and realization. Window creation is handled by dmxCreateNonRootWindow(). It also handles any stacking changes that have occured since the window was originally created by calling dmxDoRestackWindow(). If the window is shaped, the shape is set on the back-end server by calling dmxDoSetShape(), and if the window has pictures (from RENDER) associated with it, those pictures are created on the back-end server by calling dmxCreatePictureList(). If doSync is TRUE, then dmxSync() is called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window creation optimization is enabled, then the actual creation and realization of the window is handled by dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxDestroyWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pWindow on the back-end server. If any RENDER pictures were created, destroy them as well.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitWindow ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the private area for the window functions.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPaintWindowBackground ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
RegionPtr  pRegion,
int  what
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Paint background of pWindow in pRegion.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPaintWindowBorder ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
RegionPtr  pRegion,
int  what
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Paint window border for pWindow in pRegion.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxPositionWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the position of pWindow to be x, y.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxRealizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Realize pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window creation optimization is enabled, the window is only realized when it at least partially overlaps the screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxReparentWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
WindowPtr  pPriorParent
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reparent pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResizeRootWindow ( WindowPtr  pRoot,
int  x,
int  y,
int  w,
int  h
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the location and size of the "root" window. Called from #dmxReconfigureRootWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResizeScreenWindow ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  x,
int  y,
int  w,
int  h
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the location and size of the "screen" window. Called from #dmxReconfigureScreenWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
int  x,
int  y,
unsigned int  w,
unsigned int  h,
WindowPtr  pSib
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Resize pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the lazy window creation optimization is enabled.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxRestackWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
WindowPtr  pOldNextSib
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Handle window restacking. The actual restacking occurs in dmxDoRestackWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSetShape ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set shape of pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Unrealize pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxWindowExposures ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
RegionPtr  prgn,
RegionPtr  other_exposed
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Handle exposures on pWindow. Since window exposures are handled in DMX, the events that are generated by the back-end server are redundant, so we eat them here.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1bbda691 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxwindow.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef DMXWINDOW_H
+00039 #define DMXWINDOW_H
+00040 
+00041 #include "windowstr.h"
+00042 
+00044 typedef struct _dmxWinPriv {
+00045     Window         window;
+00046     Bool           offscreen;
+00047     Bool           mapped;
+00048     Bool           restacked;
+00049     unsigned long  attribMask;
+00050     Colormap       cmap;
+00051     Visual        *visual;
+00052 #ifdef SHAPE
+00053     Bool           isShaped;
+00054 #endif
+00055 #ifdef RENDER
+00056     Bool           hasPict;
+00057 #endif
+00058 #ifdef GLXEXT
+00059     void          *swapGroup;
+00060     int            barrier;
+00061     void         (*windowDestroyed)(WindowPtr);
+00062     void         (*windowUnmapped)(WindowPtr);
+00063 #endif
+00064 } dmxWinPrivRec, *dmxWinPrivPtr;
+00065 
+00066 
+00067 extern Bool dmxInitWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+00068 
+00069 extern Window dmxCreateRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00070 
+00071 extern void dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
+00072                                           Colormap *cmap,
+00073                                           Visual **visual);
+00074 extern void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync);
+00075 
+00076 extern Bool dmxCreateWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00077 extern Bool dmxDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00078 extern Bool dmxPositionWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y);
+00079 extern Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask);
+00080 extern Bool dmxRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00081 extern Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00082 extern void dmxRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib);
+00083 extern void dmxWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn,
+00084                                RegionPtr other_exposed);
+00085 extern void dmxPaintWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion,
+00086                                      int what);
+00087 extern void dmxPaintWindowBorder(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion,
+00088                                  int what);
+00089 extern void dmxCopyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg,
+00090                           RegionPtr prgnSrc);
+00091 
+00092 extern void dmxResizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y,
+00093                             unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib);
+00094 extern void dmxReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent);
+00095 
+00096 extern void dmxChangeBorderWidth(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width);
+00097 
+00098 extern void dmxResizeScreenWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+00099                                   int x, int y, int w, int h);
+00100 extern void dmxResizeRootWindow(WindowPtr pRoot,
+00101                                 int x, int y, int w, int h);
+00102 
+00103 extern Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00104 
+00105 #ifdef SHAPE
+00106 /* Support for shape extension */
+00107 extern void dmxSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow);
+00108 #endif
+00109 
+00111 extern int dmxWinPrivateIndex;
+00112 
+00114 #define DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(_pWin)                                      \
+00115     ((dmxWinPrivPtr)(_pWin)->devPrivates[dmxWinPrivateIndex].ptr)
+00116 
+00117 /* All of these macros are only used in dmxwindow.c */
+00118 #define DMX_WINDOW_FUNC_PROLOGUE(_pGC)                                  \
+00119 do {                                                                    \
+00120     dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC);                       \
+00121     DMX_UNWRAP(funcs, pGCPriv, (_pGC));                                 \
+00122     if (pGCPriv->ops)                                                   \
+00123         DMX_UNWRAP(ops, pGCPriv, (_pGC));                               \
+00124 } while (0)
+00125 
+00126 #define DMX_WINDOW_FUNC_EPILOGUE(_pGC)                                  \
+00127 do {                                                                    \
+00128     dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(_pGC);                       \
+00129     DMX_WRAP(funcs, &dmxGCFuncs, pGCPriv, (_pGC));                      \
+00130     if (pGCPriv->ops)                                                   \
+00131         DMX_WRAP(ops, &dmxGCOps, pGCPriv, (_pGC));                      \
+00132 } while (0)
+00133 
+00134 #define DMX_WINDOW_X1(_pWin)                                            \
+00135     ((_pWin)->drawable.x - wBorderWidth(_pWin))
+00136 #define DMX_WINDOW_Y1(_pWin)                                            \
+00137     ((_pWin)->drawable.y - wBorderWidth(_pWin))
+00138 #define DMX_WINDOW_X2(_pWin)                                            \
+00139     ((_pWin)->drawable.x + wBorderWidth(_pWin) + (_pWin)->drawable.width) 
+00140 #define DMX_WINDOW_Y2(_pWin)                                            \
+00141     ((_pWin)->drawable.y + wBorderWidth(_pWin) + (_pWin)->drawable.height) 
+00142 
+00143 #define DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(_pWin)                                     \
+00144     (DMX_WINDOW_X1(_pWin) >= (_pWin)->drawable.pScreen->width  ||       \
+00145      DMX_WINDOW_Y1(_pWin) >= (_pWin)->drawable.pScreen->height ||       \
+00146      DMX_WINDOW_X2(_pWin) <= 0                                 ||       \
+00147      DMX_WINDOW_Y2(_pWin) <= 0)
+00148 
+00149 #endif /* DMXWINDOW_H */
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f80aae3c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxwindow_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,969 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxwindow.h File Reference

#include "windowstr.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _dmxWinPriv

Defines

#define DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(_pWin)   ((dmxWinPrivPtr)(_pWin)->devPrivates[dmxWinPrivateIndex].ptr)

Typedefs

typedef _dmxWinPriv dmxWinPrivRec
typedef _dmxWinPriv * dmxWinPrivPtr

Functions

Bool dmxInitWindow (ScreenPtr pScreen)
void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync)
Bool dmxCreateWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxDestroyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxPositionWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y)
Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes (WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask)
Bool dmxRealizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxRestackWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib)
void dmxWindowExposures (WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn, RegionPtr other_exposed)
void dmxPaintWindowBackground (WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion, int what)
void dmxPaintWindowBorder (WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr pRegion, int what)
void dmxCopyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
void dmxResizeWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y, unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib)
void dmxReparentWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent)
void dmxChangeBorderWidth (WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width)
void dmxResizeScreenWindow (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y, int w, int h)
void dmxResizeRootWindow (WindowPtr pRoot, int x, int y, int w, int h)
Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow)
void dmxSetShape (WindowPtr pWindow)

Variables

int dmxWinPrivateIndex
+

Detailed Description

+Interface for window support.
See also:
dmxwindow.c
+

Define Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
#define DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV( _pWin   )    ((dmxWinPrivPtr)(_pWin)->devPrivates[dmxWinPrivateIndex].ptr) +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get window private pointer.

+

Typedef Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxWinPriv * dmxWinPrivPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Window private area.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
typedef struct _dmxWinPriv dmxWinPrivRec +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Window private area.

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxChangeBorderWidth ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
unsigned int  width
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change border width for pWindow to width pixels.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
unsigned long  mask
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the window attributes of pWindow.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCopyWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
DDXPointRec  ptOldOrg,
RegionPtr  prgnSrc
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Move pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the lazy window creation optimization is enabled.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
Bool  doSync
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This function handles lazy window creation and realization. Window creation is handled by dmxCreateNonRootWindow(). It also handles any stacking changes that have occured since the window was originally created by calling dmxDoRestackWindow(). If the window is shaped, the shape is set on the back-end server by calling dmxDoSetShape(), and if the window has pictures (from RENDER) associated with it, those pictures are created on the back-end server by calling dmxCreatePictureList(). If doSync is TRUE, then dmxSync() is called.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxCreateWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window creation optimization is enabled, then the actual creation and realization of the window is handled by dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxDestroyWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy pWindow on the back-end server. If any RENDER pictures were created, destroy them as well.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxInitWindow ( ScreenPtr  pScreen  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the private area for the window functions.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPaintWindowBackground ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
RegionPtr  pRegion,
int  what
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Paint background of pWindow in pRegion.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxPaintWindowBorder ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
RegionPtr  pRegion,
int  what
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Paint window border for pWindow in pRegion.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxPositionWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
int  x,
int  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the position of pWindow to be x, y.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxRealizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Realize pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window creation optimization is enabled, the window is only realized when it at least partially overlaps the screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxReparentWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
WindowPtr  pPriorParent
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reparent pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResizeRootWindow ( WindowPtr  pRoot,
int  x,
int  y,
int  w,
int  h
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the location and size of the "root" window. Called from #dmxReconfigureRootWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResizeScreenWindow ( ScreenPtr  pScreen,
int  x,
int  y,
int  w,
int  h
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the location and size of the "screen" window. Called from #dmxReconfigureScreenWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxResizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
int  x,
int  y,
unsigned int  w,
unsigned int  h,
WindowPtr  pSib
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Resize pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the lazy window creation optimization is enabled.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxRestackWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
WindowPtr  pOldNextSib
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Handle window restacking. The actual restacking occurs in dmxDoRestackWindow().

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxSetShape ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set shape of pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow ( WindowPtr  pWindow  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Unrealize pWindow on the back-end server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void dmxWindowExposures ( WindowPtr  pWindow,
RegionPtr  prgn,
RegionPtr  other_exposed
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Handle exposures on pWindow. Since window exposures are handled in DMX, the events that are generated by the back-end server are redundant, so we eat them here.

+

Variable Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int dmxWinPrivateIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Private index for Windows

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxxinput_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxxinput_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd64864a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/dmxxinput_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,396 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxxinput.c File Reference

#include "X.h"
+#include "Xproto.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "XI.h"
+#include "XIproto.h"
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

int ChangeKeyboardDevice (DeviceIntPtr old_dev, DeviceIntPtr new_dev)
int ChangePointerDevice (DeviceIntPtr old_dev, DeviceIntPtr new_dev, unsigned char x, unsigned char y)
void CloseInputDevice (DeviceIntPtr d, ClientPtr client)
void AddOtherInputDevices (void)
void OpenInputDevice (DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, int *status)
int SetDeviceMode (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode)
int SetDeviceValuators (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int *valuators, int first_valuator, int num_valuators)
int ChangeDeviceControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xDeviceCtl *control)
+

Detailed Description

+This file implements support required by the XINPUT extension.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void AddOtherInputDevices ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+This is not required by the XINPUT model that DMX uses.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int ChangeDeviceControl ( ClientPtr  client,
DeviceIntPtr  dev,
xDeviceCtl *  control
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change device control. This is not implemented.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int ChangeKeyboardDevice ( DeviceIntPtr  old_dev,
DeviceIntPtr  new_dev
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the core keyboard from old_dev to new_dev. Currently this is not implemented.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int ChangePointerDevice ( DeviceIntPtr  old_dev,
DeviceIntPtr  new_dev,
unsigned char  x,
unsigned char  y
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the core pointer from old_dev to new_dev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void CloseInputDevice ( DeviceIntPtr  d,
ClientPtr  client
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Close the input device. This is not required by the XINPUT model that DMX uses.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void OpenInputDevice ( DeviceIntPtr  dev,
ClientPtr  client,
int *  status
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Open an input device. This is not required by the XINPUT model that DMX uses.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int SetDeviceMode ( ClientPtr  client,
DeviceIntPtr  dev,
int  mode
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set device mode to mode. This is not implemented.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int SetDeviceValuators ( ClientPtr  client,
DeviceIntPtr  dev,
int *  valuators,
int  first_valuator,
int  num_valuators
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set device valuators. This is not implemented.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.css b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..841f709a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.css @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +H1 { text-align: center; } +CAPTION { font-weight: bold } +A.qindex {} +A.qindexRef {} +A.el { text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold } +A.elRef { font-weight: bold } +A.code { text-decoration: none; font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee } +A.codeRef { font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee } +A:hover { text-decoration: none; background-color: #f2f2ff } +DL.el { margin-left: -1cm } +DIV.fragment { width: 100%; border: none; background-color: #eeeeee } +DIV.ah { background-color: black; font-weight: bold; color: #ffffff; margin-bottom: 3px; margin-top: 3px } +TD.md { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; } +TD.mdname1 { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; } +TD.mdname { background-color: #f2f2ff; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; width: 600px; } +DIV.groupHeader { margin-left: 16px; margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: bold } +DIV.groupText { margin-left: 16px; font-style: italic; font-size: smaller } +BODY { background: white } +TD.indexkey { + background-color: #eeeeff; + font-weight: bold; + padding-right : 10px; + padding-top : 2px; + padding-left : 10px; + padding-bottom : 2px; + margin-left : 0px; + margin-right : 0px; + margin-top : 2px; + margin-bottom : 2px +} +TD.indexvalue { + background-color: #eeeeff; + font-style: italic; + padding-right : 10px; + padding-top : 2px; + padding-left : 10px; + padding-bottom : 2px; + margin-left : 0px; + margin-right : 0px; + margin-top : 2px; + margin-bottom : 2px +} +FONT.keyword { color: #008000 } +FONT.keywordtype { color: #604020 } +FONT.keywordflow { color: #e08000 } +FONT.comment { color: #800000 } +FONT.preprocessor { color: #806020 } +FONT.stringliteral { color: #002080 } +FONT.charliteral { color: #008080 } diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96ae72c29 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/doxygen.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/files.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/files.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..339ba7a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/files.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

Distributed Multihead X File List

Here is a list of all documented files with brief descriptions: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ChkNotMaskEv.c
ChkNotMaskEv.h [code]
programs/Xserver/Xext/dmx.c
lib/dmx/dmx.c
dmx.h [code]
dmx_glxvisuals.h [code]
dmxarg.c
dmxarg.h [code]
dmxbackend.c
dmxbackend.h [code]
dmxcb.c
dmxcb.h [code]
dmxclient.h [code]
dmxcmap.c
dmxcmap.h [code]
dmxcommon.c
dmxcommon.h [code]
dmxcompat.c
dmxcompat.h [code]
dmxconfig.c
dmxconfig.h [code]
dmxconsole.c
dmxconsole.h [code]
dmxcursor.c
dmxcursor.h [code]
dmxdetach.c
dmxdpms.c
dmxdpms.h [code]
dmxdummy.c
dmxdummy.h [code]
dmxeq.c
dmxeq.h [code]
dmxevents.c
dmxevents.h [code]
dmxext.h [code]
dmxextension.c
dmxextension.h [code]
dmxfont.c
dmxfont.h [code]
dmxgc.c
dmxgc.h [code]
dmxgcops.c
dmxgcops.h [code]
dmxinit.c
dmxinit.h [code]
dmxinput.c
dmxinput.h [code]
dmxinputinit.c
dmxinputinit.h [code]
dmxlog.c
dmxlog.h [code]
dmxmap.c
dmxmap.h [code]
dmxmotion.c
dmxmotion.h [code]
dmxparse.c
dmxparse.h [code]
dmxpict.c
dmxpict.h [code]
dmxpixmap.c
dmxpixmap.h [code]
dmxprint.c
dmxprint.h [code]
dmxprop.c
dmxprop.h [code]
dmxproto.h [code]
dmxscrinit.c
dmxscrinit.h [code]
dmxshadow.c
dmxshadow.h [code]
dmxsigio.c
dmxsigio.h [code]
dmxstat.c
dmxstat.h [code]
dmxsync.c
dmxsync.h [code]
dmxvisual.c
dmxvisual.h [code]
dmxwindow.c
dmxwindow.h [code]
dmxxinput.c
lnx-keyboard.c
lnx-keyboard.h [code]
lnx-ms.c
lnx-ms.h [code]
lnx-ps2.c
lnx-ps2.h [code]
usb-common.c
usb-common.h [code]
usb-keyboard.c
usb-keyboard.h [code]
usb-mouse.c
usb-mouse.h [code]
usb-other.c
usb-other.h [code]
usb-private.h [code]
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2blank.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2blank.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..493c3c0b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2blank.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2doc.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2doc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f72999f92 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2doc.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderclosed.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderclosed.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6d063440 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderclosed.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderopen.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderopen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbe2c913c Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2folderopen.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2lastnode.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2lastnode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7b9ba90c Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2lastnode.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2link.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2link.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f3fed00 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2link.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mlastnode.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mlastnode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09ceb6adb Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mlastnode.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mnode.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mnode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3254c0511 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2mnode.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2node.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2node.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9f06a57f Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2node.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2plastnode.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2plastnode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b07e0091 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2plastnode.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2pnode.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2pnode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2001b797b Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2pnode.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2vertline.png b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2vertline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b330f3a33 Binary files /dev/null and b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/ftv2vertline.png differ diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..766de0f8f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions.html @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Variables
+
a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | k | l | m | n | o | p | r | s | t | u | v | w | x
+ +

+ +

+Here is a list of all documented struct and union fields with links to the struct/union documentation for each field:

- a -

+

- b -

+

- c -

+

- d -

+

- e -

+

- f -

+

- g -

+

- h -

+

- i -

+

- k -

+

- l -

+

- m -

+

- n -

+

- o -

+

- p -

+

- r -

+

- s -

+

- t -

+

- u -

+

- v -

+

- w -

+

- x -

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions_vars.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions_vars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c36065d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/functions_vars.html @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Variables
+
a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | k | l | m | n | o | p | r | s | t | u | v | w | x
+ +

+ +

+

- a -

+

- b -

+

- c -

+

- d -

+

- e -

+

- f -

+

- g -

+

- h -

+

- i -

+

- k -

+

- l -

+

- m -

+

- n -

+

- o -

+

- p -

+

- r -

+

- s -

+

- t -

+

- u -

+

- v -

+

- w -

+

- x -

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a81930af --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals.html @@ -0,0 +1,522 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Functions | Variables | Typedefs | Enumerations | Enumeration values | Defines
+
a | c | d | e | g | i | k | l | m | o | p | q | s | u | x
+ +

+ +

+Here is a list of all documented functions, variables, defines, enums, and typedefs with links to the documentation:

- a -

+

- c -

+

- d -

+

- e -

+

- g -

+

- i -

+

- k -

+

- l -

+

- m -

+

- o -

+

- p -

+

- q -

+

- s -

+

- u -

+

- x -

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_defs.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_defs.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fb24cc19 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_defs.html @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Functions | Variables | Typedefs | Enumerations | Enumeration values | Defines
+ +

+

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_enum.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_enum.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09cb593d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_enum.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Functions | Variables | Typedefs | Enumerations | Enumeration values | Defines
+ +

+

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_eval.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_eval.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15700d509 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_eval.html @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Functions | Variables | Typedefs | Enumerations | Enumeration values | Defines
+ +

+

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_func.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_func.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85b327b60 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_func.html @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Functions | Variables | Typedefs | Enumerations | Enumeration values | Defines
+
a | c | d | g | i | k | l | m | o | p | s | u | x
+ +

+ +

+

- a -

+

- c -

+

- d -

+

- g -

+

- i -

+

- k -

+

- l -

+

- m -

+

- o -

+

- p -

+

- s -

+

- u -

+

- x -

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_type.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_type.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3aaeb4ca --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_type.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Functions | Variables | Typedefs | Enumerations | Enumeration values | Defines
+
d | e | m
+ +

+ +

+

- d -

+

- e -

+

- m -

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_vars.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_vars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1c2d27c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/globals_vars.html @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+
All | Functions | Variables | Typedefs | Enumerations | Enumeration values | Defines
+ +

+

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/index.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..722db1aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ + + +Distributed Multihead X + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lib_2dmx_2dmx_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lib_2dmx_2dmx_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15bb74a1e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lib_2dmx_2dmx_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,894 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmx.c File Reference

#include <X11/Xlibint.h>
+#include "Xext.h"
+#include "extutil.h"
+#include "dmxproto.h"
+#include "dmxext.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

dmx_extension_info Bool DMXQueryExtension (Display *dpy, int *event_basep, int *error_basep)
Bool DMXQueryVersion (Display *dpy, int *majorVersion, int *minorVersion, int *patchVersion)
Bool DMXSync (Display *dpy)
Bool DMXForceWindowCreation (Display *dpy, Window window)
Bool DMXGetScreenCount (Display *dpy, int *screen_count)
Bool DMXGetScreenAttributes (Display *dpy, int physical_screen, DMXScreenAttributes *attr)
int DMXChangeScreensAttributes (Display *dpy, int screen_count, int *screens, int mask_count, unsigned int *masks, DMXScreenAttributes *attrs, int *error_screen)
Bool DMXAddScreen (Display *dpy, const char *displayName, unsigned int mask, DMXScreenAttributes *attr, int *screen)
Bool DMXRemoveScreen (Display *dpy, int screen)
Bool DMXGetWindowAttributes (Display *dpy, Window window, int *screen_count, int available_count, DMXWindowAttributes *inf)
Bool DMXGetDesktopAttributes (Display *dpy, DMXDesktopAttributes *attr)
int DMXChangeDesktopAttributes (Display *dpy, unsigned int mask, DMXDesktopAttributes *attr)
Bool DMXGetInputCount (Display *dpy, int *input_count)
Bool DMXGetInputAttributes (Display *dpy, int id, DMXInputAttributes *inf)
Bool DMXAddInput (Display *dpy, unsigned int mask, DMXInputAttributes *attr, int *id)
Bool DMXAddBackendInput (Display *dpy, int screen, int sendsCore, int *newId)
Bool DMXAddConsoleInput (Display *dpy, const char *name, int sendsCore, int *newId)
Bool DMXRemoveInput (Display *dpy, int id)
+

Detailed Description

+This file implements the client-side part of the DMX protocol. It can be included in client applications by linking with the libdmx.a library.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddBackendInput ( Display *  dpy,
int  screen,
int  sendsCore,
int *  newId
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add backend input (a helper function that calls DMXAddInput).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddConsoleInput ( Display *  dpy,
const char *  name,
int  sendsCore,
int *  newId
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add console input (a helper function that calls DMXAddInput).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddInput ( Display *  dpy,
unsigned int  mask,
DMXInputAttributes *  attr,
int *  id
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add input.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXAddScreen ( Display *  dpy,
const char *  displayName,
unsigned int  mask,
DMXScreenAttributes *  attr,
int *  screen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Add a screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int DMXChangeDesktopAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
unsigned int  mask,
DMXDesktopAttributes *  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change the global bounding box and origin offset.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int DMXChangeScreensAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
int  screen_count,
int *  screens,
int  mask_count,
unsigned int *  masks,
DMXScreenAttributes *  attrs,
int *  error_screen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Change geometries and positions of the DMX screen and root windows on the back-end X server.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXForceWindowCreation ( Display *  dpy,
Window  window
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+The creation of the specified window will be forced.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.2 Reply added in DMX Protocol Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetDesktopAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
DMXDesktopAttributes *  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetDesktopAttributes protocol request returns information correctly, the information will be placed in attr, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetInputAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
int  id,
DMXInputAttributes *  inf
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetInputAttributes protocol request returns information about the input device with the specified id, information about the input device will be placed in inf, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.1

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetInputCount ( Display *  dpy,
int *  input_count
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetInputCount protocol request returns the input count, the value will be placed in input_count, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.1

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetScreenAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
int  physical_screen,
DMXScreenAttributes *  attr
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetScreenAttributes protocol request returns information for the specified physical_screen, information about the screen will be placed in attr, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0; Modified in Version 2.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetScreenCount ( Display *  dpy,
int *  screen_count
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetScreenCount protocol request returns the screen count, the value will be placed in screen_count, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXGetWindowAttributes ( Display *  dpy,
Window  window,
int *  screen_count,
int  available_count,
DMXWindowAttributes *  inf
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXGetWindowAttributes protocol request returns information about the specified window, the number of screens for which information is available will be returned in screen_count and information about the first available_count of those screens will be placed in inf. Because this call transports a great deal of information over the wire, please call DMXGetScreenCount first, and make sure inf is that large.

+Note that if the specified window has not yet been mapped when DMXGetWindowAttributes is called, then a subsequent XMapWindow call might be buffered in xlib while requests directly to the back-end X servers are processed. This race condition can be solved by calling DMXSync before talking directly to the back-end X servers.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0, but not working correctly until DMX Protocol Version 1.4

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
dmx_extension_info Bool DMXQueryExtension ( Display *  dpy,
int *  event_basep,
int *  error_basep
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the server has the DMX extension, the event and error bases will be placed in event_basep and error_basep, and True will be returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXQueryVersion ( Display *  dpy,
int *  majorVersion,
int *  minorVersion,
int *  patchVersion
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If the DMXQueryVersion protocol request returns version information from the server, majorVersion, minorVersion, and patchVersion are filled in with the appropriate information and True is returned. Otherwise, False will be returned.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.0

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXRemoveInput ( Display *  dpy,
int  id
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove an input.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXRemoveScreen ( Display *  dpy,
int  screen
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Remove a screen.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Bool DMXSync ( Display *  dpy  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Flush all pending dmxSync requests in DMX server.

+Available in DMX Protocol Version 1.5

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e02182b73 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-keyboard.c File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "Xos.h"
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/vt.h>
+#include <sys/kd.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include "atKeynames.h"
+#include "xf86Keymap.h"
+#include <linux/keyboard.h>
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _myPrivate

Functions

pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)
void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate (pointer priv)
void kbdLinuxBell (DevicePtr pDev, int percent, int volume, int pitch, int duration)
void kbdLinuxCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch (pointer p)
void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch (pointer p)
int kbdLinuxVTSwitch (pointer p, int vt, void(*switch_return)(pointer), pointer switch_return_data)
void kbdLinuxInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdLinuxRead (DevicePtr pDev, MOTIONPROC motion, ENQUEUEPROC enqueue, CHECKPROC checkspecial, BLOCK block)
int kbdLinuxOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdLinuxOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdLinuxGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+This code implements a low-level device driver for the Linux keyboard. The code is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest Zborowski, and David Dawes (see the source code for complete references).

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxBell ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int  percent,
int  volume,
int  pitch,
int  duration
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Ring the bell.

+Note: we completely ignore the volume, since Linux's ioctl() interface does not provide a way to control it. If it did, the XBell manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and the (base) volume.

+Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration. For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values. This seems confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" -- if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong").

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pKeyboard  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the LEDs.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the pDev as a Linux keyboard.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int kbdLinuxOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxRead ( DevicePtr  pDev,
MOTIONPROC  motion,
ENQUEUEPROC  enqueue,
CHECKPROC  checkspecial,
BLOCK  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read an event from the pDev device. If the event is a motion event, enqueue it with the motion function. Otherwise, check for special keys with the checkspecial function and enqueue the event with the enqueue function. The block type is passed to the functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the caller of this function.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
int kbdLinuxVTSwitch ( pointer  p,
int  vt,
void(*  switch_return)(pointer),
pointer  switch_return_data
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Tell the operating system to switch to vt. The switch_return function is called with the switch_return_data when the VT is switched back to the pre-switch VT (i.e., the user returns to the DMX session).

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20330c73a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-keyboard.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _LNX_KEYBOARD_H_
+00039 #define _LNX_KEYBOARD_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard);
+00042 extern void    kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer private);
+00043 
+00044 extern void    kbdLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00045 extern void    kbdLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00046 extern int     kbdLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00047 extern void    kbdLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev);
+00048 
+00049 extern void    kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p);
+00050 extern void    kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p);
+00051 extern int     kbdLinuxVTSwitch(pointer p, int vt,
+00052                                 dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr switch_return,
+00053                                 pointer switch_return_data);
+00054 
+00055 extern void    kbdLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+00056                             dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00057                             dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00058                             dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00059                             DMXBlockType block);
+00060 
+00061 extern void    kbdLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl);
+00062 extern void    kbdLinuxBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,
+00063                             int volume, int pitch, int duration);
+00064 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4811cad59 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-keyboard_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-keyboard.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)
void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate (pointer private)
void kbdLinuxInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdLinuxGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int kbdLinuxOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdLinuxOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch (pointer p)
void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch (pointer p)
void kbdLinuxCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
void kbdLinuxBell (DevicePtr pDev, int percent, int volume, int pitch, int duration)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to Linux keyboard driver.
See also:
lnx-keyboard.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxBell ( DevicePtr  pDev,
int  percent,
int  volume,
int  pitch,
int  duration
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Ring the bell.

+Note: we completely ignore the volume, since Linux's ioctl() interface does not provide a way to control it. If it did, the XBell manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and the (base) volume.

+Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration. For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values. This seems confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" -- if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong").

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pKeyboard  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the LEDs.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the pDev as a Linux keyboard.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int kbdLinuxOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e77e562a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-ms.c File Reference

#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "Xos.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "lnx-ms.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _myPrivate

Functions

void msLinuxRead (DevicePtr pDev, MOTIONPROC motion, ENQUEUEPROC enqueue, CHECKPROC checkspecial, BLOCK block)
void msLinuxInit (DevicePtr pDev)
int msLinuxOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void msLinuxOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void msLinuxVTPreSwitch (pointer p)
void msLinuxVTPostSwitch (pointer p)
pointer msLinuxCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pMouse)
void msLinuxDestroyPrivate (pointer priv)
void msLinuxGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+This code implements a low-level device driver for a serial MS mouse. The code is derived from code by Juliusz Chroboczek and Keith Packard (see the source code for complete references).

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer msLinuxCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pMouse  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int msLinuxOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxRead ( DevicePtr  pDev,
MOTIONPROC  motion,
ENQUEUEPROC  enqueue,
CHECKPROC  checkspecial,
BLOCK  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read an event from the pDev device. If the event is a motion event, enqueue it with the motion function. Otherwise, check for special keys with the checkspecial function and enqueue the event with the enqueue function. The block type is passed to the functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the caller of this function.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxVTPostSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxVTPreSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c900c32b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-ms.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _LNX_MS_H_
+00039 #define _LNX_MS_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern pointer msLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pMouse);
+00042 extern void    msLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv);
+00043 extern void    msLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+00044                            dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00045                            dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00046                            dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00047                            DMXBlockType block);
+00048 extern void    msLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00049 extern void    msLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00050 extern int     msLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00051 extern void    msLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev);
+00052 extern void    msLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, PtrCtrl *ctrl);
+00053 extern void    msLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p);
+00054 extern void    msLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p);
+00055 
+00056 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bd06c193 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ms_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-ms.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

pointer msLinuxCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pMouse)
void msLinuxDestroyPrivate (pointer priv)
void msLinuxInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void msLinuxGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int msLinuxOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void msLinuxOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void msLinuxVTPreSwitch (pointer p)
void msLinuxVTPostSwitch (pointer p)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to Linux MS mouse driver.
See also:
lnx-ms.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer msLinuxCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pMouse  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int msLinuxOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxVTPostSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void msLinuxVTPreSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0e44c742 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-ps2.c File Reference

#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "Xos.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "lnx-ps2.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _myPrivate

Functions

void ps2LinuxRead (DevicePtr pDev, MOTIONPROC motion, ENQUEUEPROC enqueue, CHECKPROC checkspecial, BLOCK block)
void ps2LinuxInit (DevicePtr pDev)
int ps2LinuxOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void ps2LinuxOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch (pointer p)
void ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch (pointer p)
pointer ps2LinuxCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pMouse)
void ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate (pointer priv)
void ps2LinuxGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+This code implements a low-level device driver for a serial MS mouse. The code is derived from code by Keith Packard (see the source code for complete references).

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer ps2LinuxCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pMouse  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int ps2LinuxOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxRead ( DevicePtr  pDev,
MOTIONPROC  motion,
ENQUEUEPROC  enqueue,
CHECKPROC  checkspecial,
BLOCK  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read an event from the pDev device. If the event is a motion event, enqueue it with the motion function. Otherwise, check for special keys with the checkspecial function and enqueue the event with the enqueue function. The block type is passed to the functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the caller of this function.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4f76a04e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-ps2.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2001 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _LNX_PS2_H_
+00039 #define _LNX_PS2_H_
+00040 
+00041 extern pointer ps2LinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pMouse);
+00042 extern void    ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv);
+00043 extern void    ps2LinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+00044                             dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00045                             dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00046                             dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00047                             DMXBlockType block);
+00048 extern void    ps2LinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00049 extern void    ps2LinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00050 extern int     ps2LinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00051 extern void    ps2LinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev);
+00052 extern void    ps2LinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, PtrCtrl *ctrl);
+00053 extern void    ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p);
+00054 extern void    ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p);
+00055 
+00056 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2723f9c60 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/lnx-ps2_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

lnx-ps2.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

pointer ps2LinuxCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pMouse)
void ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate (pointer priv)
void ps2LinuxInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void ps2LinuxGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int ps2LinuxOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void ps2LinuxOff (DevicePtr pDev)
void ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch (pointer p)
void ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch (pointer p)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to Linux PS/2 mouse driver.
See also:
lnx-ps2.c
+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer ps2LinuxCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pMouse  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int ps2LinuxOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch ( pointer  p  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/main.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/main.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86ee52bea --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/main.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

Distributed Multihead X Documentation

+

+

dmx-1-2-20040604 and later

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/programs_2Xserver_2Xext_2dmx_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/programs_2Xserver_2Xext_2dmx_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9fefed76 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/programs_2Xserver_2Xext_2dmx_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmx.c File Reference

#include "X.h"
+#include "Xproto.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+#include "dmxproto.h"
+#include "dmxext.h"
+ + + + + +

Functions

void DMXExtensionInit (void)
+

Detailed Description

+This file implements the server-side part of the DMX protocol. A vector of fucntions is provided at extension initialization time, so most all of the useful functions in this file are declared static and do not appear in the doxygen documentation.

+Much of the low-level work is done by functions in #dmxextension.c

+Please see the Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol document for details about the protocol.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void DMXExtensionInit ( void   ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize the extension.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigCmdStruct.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigCmdStruct.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e1929147 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigCmdStruct.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXConfigCmdStruct Struct Reference

+ +
+

Detailed Description

+This stucture stores the parsed configuration information. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigListStruct.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigListStruct.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca55fcce3 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXConfigListStruct.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXConfigListStruct Struct Reference

+ +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores lists of configuration information. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributes.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributes.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed10c039b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributes.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXDesktopAttributes Struct Reference

#include <dmxext.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Client-library desktop information structure, returned by DMXGetDesktopAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributesRec.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributesRec.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea37ca26d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXDesktopAttributesRec.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXDesktopAttributesRec Struct Reference

#include <dmxextension.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Desktop attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes and #ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributes.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributes.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6573b9efc --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributes.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXInputAttributes Struct Reference

#include <dmxext.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Client-library input information structure, returned by DMXGetInputAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributesRec.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributesRec.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5ee05cf --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXInputAttributesRec.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXInputAttributesRec Struct Reference

#include <dmxextension.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Input attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetInputAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributes.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributes.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..708d4c3cf --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributes.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXScreenAttributes Struct Reference

#include <dmxext.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Client-library screen information structure, returned by DMXGetScreenAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributesRec.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributesRec.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..595b4aee6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXScreenAttributesRec.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXScreenAttributesRec Struct Reference

#include <dmxextension.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Screen attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes and #ProcDMXChangeScreenAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributes.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributes.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18c427819 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributes.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXWindowAttributes Struct Reference

#include <dmxext.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Client-library window information structure, returned by DMXGetWindowAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributesRec.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributesRec.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a18b883e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structDMXWindowAttributesRec.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

DMXWindowAttributesRec Struct Reference

#include <dmxextension.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Window attributes. Used by #ProcDMXGetWidowAttributes. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigComment.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigComment.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be011e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigComment.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigComment Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed comments not stored with a token. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigDisplay.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigDisplay.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53310fb7a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigDisplay.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigDisplay Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed display information. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigEntry.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigEntry.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..644098698 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigEntry.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigEntry Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Heads entry storage. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigFullDim.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigFullDim.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e564ce87 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigFullDim.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigFullDim Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores a pair of geometry specifications. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigNumber.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigNumber.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f60e11c63 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigNumber.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigNumber Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed numbers. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigOption.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigOption.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ae073674 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigOption.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigOption Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed option information. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPair.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPair.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd0454be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPair.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigPair Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed pairs (e.g., x y) +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigParam.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigParam.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90f017e20 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigParam.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigParam Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed param information. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPartDim.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPartDim.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07f4c7757 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigPartDim.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigPartDim Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores a geometry specification. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigString.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigString.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a70f1a51a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigString.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigString Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed strings. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigSub.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigSub.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27630540 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigSub.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigSub Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores options under an entry (subentry). +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigToken.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigToken.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7705deb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigToken.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigToken Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores tokens not stored in other structures (e.g., keywords and ;) +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigVirtual.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigVirtual.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d221fa816 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigVirtual.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigVirtual Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed virtual information. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigWall.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigWall.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcb27db04 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXConfigWall.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXConfigWall Struct Reference

#include <dmxparse.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Stores parsed wall information. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXEventMap.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXEventMap.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41ae5b368 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXEventMap.html @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXEventMap Struct Reference

#include <dmxinputinit.h> +

+ + + + + + + +

Data Fields

int remote
int server
+

Detailed Description

+Stores a mapping between the device id on the remote X server and the id on the DMX server +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXEventMap::remote +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Event number on remote X server

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXEventMap::server +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Event number (unbiased) on DMX server

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXInputInfo.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXInputInfo.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a89e01f5b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXInputInfo.html @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXInputInfo Struct Reference

#include <dmxinput.h> +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

const char * name
Bool freename
Bool detached
int inputIdx
int scrnIdx
Bool core
Bool console
Bool windows
dmxSigioState sigioState
int sigioFdCount
int sigioFd [DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS]
Bool sigioAdded [DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS]
int vt_switch_pending
int vt_switched
int numDevs
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr * devs
char * keycodes
char * symbols
char * geometry
+

Detailed Description

+DMXInputInfo is typedef'd in #dmx.h so that all routines can have access to the global pointers. However, the elements are only available to input-related routines. +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _DMXInputInfo::console +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if console and backend input share the same backend display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _DMXInputInfo::core +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If True, initialize these devices as devices that send core events

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _DMXInputInfo::detached +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If true, input screen is detached

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXLocalInputInfoPtr* _DMXInputInfo::devs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of actual input devices. Each _DMXInputInfo structure can refer to more than one device. For example, the keyboard and the pointer of a backend display; or all of the XInput extension devices on a backend display.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _DMXInputInfo::freename +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If true, free name on destroy

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
char* _DMXInputInfo::geometry +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XKB geometry from command line

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXInputInfo::inputIdx +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Index into dmxInputs global

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
char* _DMXInputInfo::keycodes +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XKB keycodes from command line

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
const char* _DMXInputInfo::name +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Name of input display or device (from command line or config file)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXInputInfo::numDevs +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of devices handled in this _DMXInputInfo structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXInputInfo::scrnIdx +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Index into dmxScreens global

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _DMXInputInfo::sigioAdded[DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Active fds

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXInputInfo::sigioFd[DMX_MAX_SIGIO_FDS] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of fds

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXInputInfo::sigioFdCount +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of fds in use

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxSigioState _DMXInputInfo::sigioState +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Current stat

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
char* _DMXInputInfo::symbols +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XKB symbols from command line

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXInputInfo::vt_switch_pending +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if a VT switch is pending, but has not yet happened.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXInputInfo::vt_switched +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if a VT switch has happened.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _DMXInputInfo::windows +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if window outlines are draw in console

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInitInfo.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInitInfo.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73b3e3ba6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInitInfo.html @@ -0,0 +1,778 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXLocalInitInfo Struct Reference

#include <dmxinputinit.h> +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

int keyboard
int keyClass
KeySymsRec keySyms
int freemap
CARD8 modMap [MAP_LENGTH]
XkbDescPtr xkb
XkbComponentNamesRec names
int freenames
int force
int buttonClass
int numButtons
unsigned char map [DMX_MAX_BUTTONS]
int valuatorClass
int numRelAxes
int numAbsAxes
int minval [DMX_MAX_AXES]
int maxval [DMX_MAX_AXES]
int res [DMX_MAX_AXES]
int minres [DMX_MAX_AXES]
int maxres [DMX_MAX_AXES]
int focusClass
int proximityClass
int kbdFeedbackClass
int ptrFeedbackClass
int ledFeedbackClass
int belFeedbackClass
int intFeedbackClass
int strFeedbackClass
int maxSymbols
int maxSymbolsSupported
KeySym * symbols
+

Detailed Description

+Stores information from low-level device that is used to initialize the device at the dix level. +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::belFeedbackClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device has a bell

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::buttonClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if buttons are present

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::focusClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device can cause focus

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::force +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Do not allow command line override

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::freemap +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+If non-zero, free keySyms.map

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::freenames +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if names should be free'd

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::intFeedbackClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device has integer feedback

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::kbdFeedbackClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device has keyboard feedback

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::keyboard +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if the device is a keyboard

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::keyClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if keys are present

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
KeySymsRec _DMXLocalInitInfo::keySyms +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Key symbols

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::ledFeedbackClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device has LED indicators

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
unsigned char _DMXLocalInitInfo::map[DMX_MAX_BUTTONS] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Button map

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::maxres[DMX_MAX_AXES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Maximum resolutions

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::maxSymbols +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Maximum symbols

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::maxSymbolsSupported +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Maximum symbols supported

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::maxval[DMX_MAX_AXES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Maximum values

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::minres[DMX_MAX_AXES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Minimum resolutions

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::minval[DMX_MAX_AXES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Minimum values

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
CARD8 _DMXLocalInitInfo::modMap[MAP_LENGTH] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Modifier map

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XkbComponentNamesRec _DMXLocalInitInfo::names +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XKB component names

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::numAbsAxes +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of absolute axes

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::numButtons +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of buttons

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::numRelAxes +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of relative axes

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::proximityClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device causes proximity events

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::ptrFeedbackClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device has pointer feedback

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::res[DMX_MAX_AXES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Resolution

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::strFeedbackClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if device has string feedback

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
KeySym* _DMXLocalInitInfo::symbols +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Key symbols

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInitInfo::valuatorClass +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if valuators are present

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XkbDescPtr _DMXLocalInitInfo::xkb +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XKB description

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInputInfo.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInputInfo.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7893e905f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXLocalInputInfo.html @@ -0,0 +1,996 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXLocalInputInfo Struct Reference

#include <dmxinputinit.h> +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

const char * name
DMXLocalInputType type
DMXLocalInputExtType extType
int binding
dmxCreatePrivateProcPtr create_private
dmxDestroyPrivateProcPtr destroy_private
dmxInitProcPtr init
dmxReInitProcPtr reinit
dmxLateReInitProcPtr latereinit
dmxGetInfoProcPtr get_info
dmxOnProcPtr on
dmxOffProcPtr off
dmxUpdatePositionProcPtr update_position
dmxVTPreSwitchProcPtr vt_pre_switch
dmxVTPostSwitchProcPtr vt_post_switch
dmxVTSwitchProcPtr vt_switch
dmxCollectEventsProcPtr collect_events
dmxProcessInputProcPtr process_input
dmxUpdateInfoProcPtr update_info
dmxMCtrlProcPtr mCtrl
dmxKBCtrlProcPtr kCtrl
dmxKBBellProcPtr kBell
pointer private
int isCore
int sendsCore
KeybdCtrl kctrl
PtrCtrl mctrl
DeviceIntPtr pDevice
int inputIdx
int lastY
int head
int tail
unsigned long * history
int * valuators
int savedMotionEvents
int savedSendsCore
DMXEventMap map [DMX_MAP_ENTRIES]
int mapOptimize
long deviceId
const char * deviceName
+

Detailed Description

+This is the device-independent structure used by the low-level input routines. The contents are not exposed to top-level .c files (except dmxextensions.c).
See also:
dmxinput.h

+dmxextensions.c

+ +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::binding +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Count of how many consecutive structs are bound to the same device

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxCollectEventsProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::collect_events +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Collect and enqueue events from the device

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxCreatePrivateProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::create_private +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create device-dependent private

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxDestroyPrivateProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::destroy_private +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy device-dependent private

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
long _DMXLocalInputInfo::deviceId +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+device id on remote side, if any

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
const char* _DMXLocalInputInfo::deviceName +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+devive name on remote side, if any

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXLocalInputExtType _DMXLocalInputInfo::extType +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Extended device type

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxGetInfoProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::get_info +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Get device information

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::head +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XInput motion history head

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
unsigned long* _DMXLocalInputInfo::history +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XInput motion history

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxInitProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::init +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize device

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::inputIdx +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+High-level index

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::isCore +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Is a DMX core device

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxKBBellProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::kBell +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Bell control

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
KeybdCtrl _DMXLocalInputInfo::kctrl +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Keyboard control

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxKBCtrlProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::kCtrl +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Keyboard control

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::lastY +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Last known position; for XInput in dmxevents.c

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxLateReInitProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::latereinit +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reinitialize a device (called very late during a reconfiguration)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXEventMap _DMXLocalInputInfo::map[DMX_MAP_ENTRIES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XInput device id map

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::mapOptimize +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XInput device id map optimization

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
PtrCtrl _DMXLocalInputInfo::mctrl +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Pointer control

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxMCtrlProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::mCtrl +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Pointer control

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
const char* _DMXLocalInputInfo::name +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Device name

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxOffProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::off +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn device off

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxOnProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::on +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn device on

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DeviceIntPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::pDevice +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+X-level device

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
pointer _DMXLocalInputInfo::private +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Device-dependent private

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxProcessInputProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::process_input +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Process event (from queue)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxReInitProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::reinit +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Reinitialize device (during a reconfiguration)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::savedMotionEvents +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Saved motion events

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::savedSendsCore +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Saved sends-core flag

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::sendsCore +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Sends DMX core events

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXLocalInputInfo::tail +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XInput motion history tail

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXLocalInputType _DMXLocalInputInfo::type +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Device type

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxUpdateInfoProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::update_info +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Update window layout information

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxUpdatePositionProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::update_position +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called when another device updates the cursor position

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int* _DMXLocalInputInfo::valuators +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Cache of previous values

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxVTPostSwitchProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::vt_post_switch +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called after a VT switch

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxVTPreSwitchProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::vt_pre_switch +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Called before a VT switch

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
dmxVTSwitchProcPtr _DMXLocalInputInfo::vt_switch +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Causes a VT switch

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXScreenInfo.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXScreenInfo.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c83d3f0aa --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXScreenInfo.html @@ -0,0 +1,1330 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXScreenInfo Struct Reference

#include <dmx.h> +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

const char * name
int index
Display * beDisplay
int beWidth
int beHeight
int beDepth
int beBPP
int beXDPI
int beYDPI
int beNumDepths
int * beDepths
int beNumPixmapFormats
XPixmapFormatValues * bePixmapFormats
int beNumVisuals
XVisualInfo * beVisuals
int beDefVisualIndex
int beNumDefColormaps
Colormap * beDefColormaps
Pixel beBlackPixel
Pixel beWhitePixel
Window scrnWin
int scrnX
int scrnY
int scrnWidth
int scrnHeight
int scrnXSign
int scrnYSign
Drawable scrnDefDrawables [MAXFORMATS]
_DMXScreenInfo * next
_DMXScreenInfo * over
Window rootWin
int rootX
int rootY
int rootWidth
int rootHeight
int rootXOrigin
int rootYOrigin
void * shadow
XlibGC shadowGC
XImage * shadowFBImage
int shared
PositionType where
int whereX
int whereY
int whereRefScreen
int savedTimeout
int dpmsCapable
int dpmsEnabled
int dpmsStandby
int dpmsSuspend
int dpmsOff
DMXStatInfo * stat
Bool needsSync
CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen
+

Detailed Description

+Global structure containing information about each backend screen. +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Pixel _DMXScreenInfo::beBlackPixel +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Default black pixel for BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beBPP +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Bits per pixel of BE display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Colormap* _DMXScreenInfo::beDefColormaps +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Default colormaps for DMX server

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beDefVisualIndex +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Default visual index of BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beDepth +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Depth of BE display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int* _DMXScreenInfo::beDepths +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Depths from BE server

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Display* _DMXScreenInfo::beDisplay +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Back-end X server's display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beHeight +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Height of BE display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beNumDefColormaps +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of default colormaps

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beNumDepths +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of depths on BE server

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beNumPixmapFormats +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of pixmap formats on BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beNumVisuals +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of visuals on BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XPixmapFormatValues* _DMXScreenInfo::bePixmapFormats +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Pixmap formats on BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XVisualInfo* _DMXScreenInfo::beVisuals +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Visuals from BE server

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Pixel _DMXScreenInfo::beWhitePixel +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Default white pixel for BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beWidth +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Width of BE display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beXDPI +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Horizontal dots per inch of BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::beYDPI +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Vertical dots per inch of BE

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
CloseScreenProcPtr _DMXScreenInfo::CloseScreen +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Function pointers to wrapped screen functions

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::dpmsCapable +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if backend is DPMS capable

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::dpmsEnabled +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if DPMS enabled

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::dpmsOff +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Original DPMS off value

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::dpmsStandby +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Original DPMS standby value

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::dpmsSuspend +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Original DPMS suspend value

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::index +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Index into dmxScreens global

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
const char* _DMXScreenInfo::name +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Name from command line or config file

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _DMXScreenInfo::needsSync +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if an XSync is pending

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
struct _DMXScreenInfo* _DMXScreenInfo::next +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of "screens" on same display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
struct _DMXScreenInfo* _DMXScreenInfo::over +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+List of "screens" that overlap

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::rootHeight +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Height of "root" window

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::rootWidth +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Width of "root" window

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Window _DMXScreenInfo::rootWin +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+"Root" window on backend display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::rootX +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+X offset of "root" window WRT "screen"

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::rootXOrigin +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Global X origin of "root" window

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::rootY +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Y offset of "root" window WRT "screen"

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::rootYOrigin +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Global Y origin of "root" window

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::savedTimeout +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Original screen saver timeout

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Drawable _DMXScreenInfo::scrnDefDrawables[MAXFORMATS] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Default drawables for "screen"

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::scrnHeight +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Height of "screen"

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::scrnWidth +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Width of "screen"

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Window _DMXScreenInfo::scrnWin +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+"Screen" window on backend display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::scrnX +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+X offset of "screen" WRT BE display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::scrnXSign +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+X offset sign of "screen"

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::scrnY +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Y offset of "screen" WRT BE display

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::scrnYSign +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Y offset sign of "screen"

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
void* _DMXScreenInfo::shadow +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Shadow framebuffer data (if enabled)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XImage* _DMXScreenInfo::shadowFBImage +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Screen image used by shadow FB code

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
XlibGC _DMXScreenInfo::shadowGC +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Default GC used by shadow FB code

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::shared +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Non-zero if another Xdmx is running

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXStatInfo* _DMXScreenInfo::stat +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Statistics about XSync

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
PositionType _DMXScreenInfo::where +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Relative layout information

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::whereRefScreen +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Relative layout information

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::whereX +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Relative layout information

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _DMXScreenInfo::whereY +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Relative layout information

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatAvg.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatAvg.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feb264dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatAvg.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXStatAvg Struct Reference

+ +
+

Detailed Description

+Used to compute a running average of value. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatInfo.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatInfo.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eff756130 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__DMXStatInfo.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_DMXStatInfo Struct Reference

+ +
+

Detailed Description

+Statistical information about XSync calls. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__Event.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__Event.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb9b65bc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__Event.html @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_Event Struct Reference

+ + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

xEvent event
ScreenPtr pScreen
deviceValuator valuator
+

Detailed Description

+Information about the event. +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
xEvent _Event::event +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Event.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
ScreenPtr _Event::pScreen +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Screen on which event occurred.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
deviceValuator _Event::valuator +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+XInput device valuator information.

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__EventQueue.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__EventQueue.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abcc33aa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__EventQueue.html @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_EventQueue Struct Reference

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

HWEventQueueType head
HWEventQueueType tail
CARD32 lastEventTime
Bool lastMotion
EventRec events [QUEUE_SIZE]
DevicePtr pPtr
ScreenPtr pEnqueueScreen
ScreenPtr pDequeueScreen
+

Detailed Description

+Event queue. +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
EventRec _EventQueue::events[QUEUE_SIZE] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Static allocation for signals.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
HWEventQueueType _EventQueue::head +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Queue head; must be long for SetInputCheck.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
CARD32 _EventQueue::lastEventTime +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+To avoid time running backwards.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Bool _EventQueue::lastMotion +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+True if last event was motion.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
ScreenPtr _EventQueue::pDequeueScreen +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Screen events are dispatched to.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
ScreenPtr _EventQueue::pEnqueueScreen +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Screen events are delivered to.

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DevicePtr _EventQueue::pPtr +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Device pointers (to get funcs)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
HWEventQueueType _EventQueue::tail +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Queue tail; must be long for SetInputCheck.

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxArg.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxArg.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16ef20aed --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxArg.html @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxArg Struct Reference

+ + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

int argc
int argm
const char ** argv
+

Detailed Description

+Stores the parsed argument list. +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _dmxArg::argc +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Number of arguments in argv

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _dmxArg::argm +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Maximum number of arguments store-able in argv

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
const char** _dmxArg::argv +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Arguments

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxColormapPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxColormapPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..531e96ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxColormapPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxColormapPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxcmap.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Colormap private area. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxCursorPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxCursorPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3891b8f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxCursorPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxCursorPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxcursor.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Cursor private area. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxFontPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxFontPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adff77f04 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxFontPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxFontPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxfont.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Font private area. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGCPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGCPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a7b0fd25 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGCPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxGCPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxgc.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+GC private area. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGlyphPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGlyphPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7738a4b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxGlyphPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxGlyphPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxpict.h> +

+ + + + + +

Data Fields

GlyphSet * glyphSets
+

Detailed Description

+Glyph Set private structure +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
GlyphSet* _dmxGlyphPriv::glyphSets +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Glyph Set IDs from back-end server

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPictPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPictPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3034eefa --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPictPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxPictPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxpict.h> +

+ + + + + + + +

Data Fields

Picture pict
Mask savedMask
+

Detailed Description

+Picture private structure +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Picture _dmxPictPriv::pict +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Picture ID from back-end server

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
Mask _dmxPictPriv::savedMask +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Mask of picture attributes saved for lazy window creation.

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPixPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPixPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a358c0162 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxPixPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxPixPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxpixmap.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Pixmap private area. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxWinPriv.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxWinPriv.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c51978e8f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__dmxWinPriv.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_dmxWinPriv Struct Reference

#include <dmxwindow.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Window private area. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__myPrivate.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__myPrivate.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50e532569 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/struct__myPrivate.html @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

_myPrivate Struct Reference

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Data Fields

int fd
CARD32 kbdState [NUM_STATE_ENTRIES]
int pitch
unsigned long duration
DeviceIntPtr pDevice
unsigned char mask [EV_MAX/8+1]
int numLeds
int relmap [DMX_MAX_AXES]
int absmap [DMX_MAX_AXES]
DMXInputInfo * dmxInput
+

Detailed Description

+Each device has a private area that is visible only from inside the driver code. +

+

Field Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _myPrivate::absmap[DMX_MAX_AXES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Absolute axis map

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DMXInputInfo* _myPrivate::dmxInput +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+For pretty-printing

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
unsigned long _myPrivate::duration +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Bell duration

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _myPrivate::fd +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+File descriptor

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
CARD32 _myPrivate::kbdState +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Keyboard state

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
unsigned char _myPrivate::mask[EV_MAX/8 + 1] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Mask

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _myPrivate::numLeds +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Counts

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
DeviceIntPtr _myPrivate::pDevice +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Device (mouse or other)

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _myPrivate::pitch +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Bell pitch

+

+ + + + +
+ + +
int _myPrivate::relmap[DMX_MAX_AXES] +
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Relative axis map

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following files: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structdmxGlxVisualPrivate.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structdmxGlxVisualPrivate.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c5584e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structdmxGlxVisualPrivate.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

dmxGlxVisualPrivate Struct Reference

#include <dmx_glxvisuals.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+GLX Visual private area. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d1dcc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXAddInputReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXAddInput protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f2a84d5d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddInputReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXAddInputReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXAddInput protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f1b91d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXAddScreenReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXAddScreen protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec634882d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXAddScreenReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXAddScreenReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXAddScreen protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ca2fb174 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXChangeDesktopAttributes protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fb5c4cdf --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXChangeDesktopAttributes protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7228665f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXChangeScreensAttributes protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d744c6a72 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXChangeScreensAttributes protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..796791499 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXForceWindowCreationReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXForceWindowCreation protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b85f6b11c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXForceWindowCreationReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXForceWindowCreationReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXForceWindowCreation protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6637fb12a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetDesktopAttributes protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9ecbc38d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetDesktopAttributes protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71595c5a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetInputAttributesReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetInputAttributes protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c7fade50 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputAttributesReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetInputAttributesReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetInputAttributes protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..375b1415c --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetInputCountReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetInputCount protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55251bb52 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetInputCountReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetInputCountReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetInputCount protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89ca021e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetScreenAttributes protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7d9e9afd --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenAttributesReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetScreenAttributes protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e694fc90a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetScreenCountReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetScreenCount protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f27e1e05a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetScreenCountReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetScreenCountReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetScreenCount protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e381958b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetWindowAttributes protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b3e1c053 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXGetWindowAttributesReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXGetWindowAttributes protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9a4683f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXQueryVersionReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXQueryVersion protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdc3c3f97 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXQueryVersionReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXQueryVersionReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXQueryVersion protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66c04a373 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXRemoveInputReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXRemoveInput protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62f2af182 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveInputReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXRemoveInputReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXRemoveInput protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c446a3442 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXRemoveScreenReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXRemoveScreen protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3920bff9b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXRemoveScreenReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXRemoveScreenReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXRemoveScreen protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReply.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReply.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a361cf5d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReply.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXSyncReply Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXSync protocol reply. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReq.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReq.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1580095d --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/structxDMXSyncReq.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

xDMXSyncReq Struct Reference

#include <dmxproto.h> +

+ + +
+

Detailed Description

+Wire-level description of DMXSync protocol request. +

+

The documentation for this struct was generated from the following file: +
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/tree.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/tree.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59560837e --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/tree.html @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ + + + + + + + TreeView + + + + + +
+

Distributed Multihead X

+
+

o*Main Page

+

o+File List

+ +

o+Data Structures

+
+

|o*_dmxArg

+

|o*_dmxColormapPriv

+

|o*_DMXConfigComment

+

|o*_DMXConfigDisplay

+

|o*_DMXConfigEntry

+

|o*_DMXConfigFullDim

+

|o*_DMXConfigNumber

+

|o*_DMXConfigOption

+

|o*_DMXConfigPair

+

|o*_DMXConfigParam

+

|o*_DMXConfigPartDim

+

|o*_DMXConfigString

+

|o*_DMXConfigSub

+

|o*_DMXConfigToken

+

|o*_DMXConfigVirtual

+

|o*_DMXConfigWall

+

|o*_dmxCursorPriv

+

|o*_DMXEventMap

+

|o*_dmxFontPriv

+

|o*_dmxGCPriv

+

|o*_dmxGlyphPriv

+

|o*_DMXInputInfo

+

|o*_DMXLocalInitInfo

+

|o*_DMXLocalInputInfo

+

|o*_dmxPictPriv

+

|o*_dmxPixPriv

+

|o*_DMXScreenInfo

+

|o*_DMXStatAvg

+

|o*_DMXStatInfo

+

|o*_dmxWinPriv

+

|o*_Event

+

|o*_EventQueue

+

|o*_myPrivate

+

|o*DMXConfigCmdStruct

+

|o*DMXConfigListStruct

+

|o*DMXDesktopAttributes

+

|o*DMXDesktopAttributesRec

+

|o*dmxGlxVisualPrivate

+

|o*DMXInputAttributes

+

|o*DMXInputAttributesRec

+

|o*DMXScreenAttributes

+

|o*DMXScreenAttributesRec

+

|o*DMXWindowAttributes

+

|o*DMXWindowAttributesRec

+

|o*xDMXAddInputReply

+

|o*xDMXAddInputReq

+

|o*xDMXAddScreenReply

+

|o*xDMXAddScreenReq

+

|o*xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply

+

|o*xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq

+

|o*xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply

+

|o*xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq

+

|o*xDMXForceWindowCreationReply

+

|o*xDMXForceWindowCreationReq

+

|o*xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply

+

|o*xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq

+

|o*xDMXGetInputAttributesReply

+

|o*xDMXGetInputAttributesReq

+

|o*xDMXGetInputCountReply

+

|o*xDMXGetInputCountReq

+

|o*xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply

+

|o*xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq

+

|o*xDMXGetScreenCountReply

+

|o*xDMXGetScreenCountReq

+

|o*xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply

+

|o*xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq

+

|o*xDMXQueryVersionReply

+

|o*xDMXQueryVersionReq

+

|o*xDMXRemoveInputReply

+

|o*xDMXRemoveInputReq

+

|o*xDMXRemoveScreenReply

+

|o*xDMXRemoveScreenReq

+

|o*xDMXSyncReply

+

|\*xDMXSyncReq

+
+

o*Data Fields

+

\*Globals

+
+
+ + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c1882a5b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-common.c File Reference

#include "usb-private.h"
+#include "usb-mouse.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void usbRead (DevicePtr pDev, MOTIONPROC motion, ENQUEUEPROC enqueue, int minButton, BLOCK block)
void usbInit (DevicePtr pDev, usbType type)
void usbOff (DevicePtr pDev)
pointer usbCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void usbDestroyPrivate (pointer priv)
+

Detailed Description

+Routines that are common between #usb-keyboard.c, #usb-mouse.c, and #usb-other.c

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer usbCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void usbDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void usbInit ( DevicePtr  pDev,
usbType  type
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialized pDev as a usbMouse, usbKeyboard, or usbOther device.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void usbOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void usbRead ( DevicePtr  pDev,
MOTIONPROC  motion,
ENQUEUEPROC  enqueue,
int  minButton,
BLOCK  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read an event from the pDev device. If the event is a motion event, enqueue it with the motion function. Otherwise, enqueue the event with the enqueue function. The block type is passed to the functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the caller of this function.

+Since USB devices return EV_KEY events for buttons and keys, minButton is used to decide if a Button or Key event should be queued.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..422ce1ff7 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-common.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00039 #ifndef _USB_COMMON_H_
+00040 #define _USB_COMMON_H_
+00041 typedef enum {
+00042     usbMouse,
+00043     usbKeyboard,
+00044     usbOther
+00045 } usbType;
+00046 
+00047 extern pointer usbCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pDevice);
+00048 extern void    usbDestroyPrivate(pointer priv);
+00049 extern void    usbRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+00050                        dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00051                        dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00052                        int minButton,
+00053                        DMXBlockType block);
+00054 extern void    usbInit(DevicePtr pDev, usbType type);
+00055 extern void    usbOff(DevicePtr pDev);
+00056 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..846695551 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-common_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-common.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

pointer usbCreatePrivate (DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
void usbDestroyPrivate (pointer priv)
void usbInit (DevicePtr pDev, usbType type)
void usbOff (DevicePtr pDev)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to common USB support.
See also:
usb-common.c

+usb-mouse.c

+usb-keyboard.c

+usb-other.c

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
pointer usbCreatePrivate ( DeviceIntPtr  pDevice  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Create a private structure for use within this file.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void usbDestroyPrivate ( pointer  priv  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Destroy a private structure.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void usbInit ( DevicePtr  pDev,
usbType  type
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialized pDev as a usbMouse, usbKeyboard, or usbOther device.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void usbOff ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from pDev).

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5da5a0b3b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-keyboard.c File Reference

#include "atKeynames.h"
+#include "usb-private.h"
+#include "usb-keyboard.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void kbdUSBCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
void kbdUSBInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdUSBRead (DevicePtr pDev, MOTIONPROC motion, ENQUEUEPROC enqueue, CHECKPROC checkspecial, BLOCK block)
int kbdUSBOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdUSBGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+This code implements a low-level device driver for a USB keyboard under Linux. The keymap description is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest Zborowski.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdUSBCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the LEDs.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdUSBGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdUSBInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev using usbInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int kbdUSBOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdUSBRead ( DevicePtr  pDev,
MOTIONPROC  motion,
ENQUEUEPROC  enqueue,
CHECKPROC  checkspecial,
BLOCK  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read an event from the pDev device. If the event is a motion event, enqueue it with the motion function. Otherwise, check for special keys with the checkspecial function and enqueue the event with the enqueue function. The block type is passed to the functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the caller of this function.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f03b2483 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-keyboard.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _USB_KEYBOARD_H_
+00039 #define _USB_KEYBOARD_H_
+00040 extern void    kbdUSBInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00041 extern void    kbdUSBGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00042 extern int     kbdUSBOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00043 extern void    kbdUSBRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+00044                           dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00045                           dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00046                           dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00047                           DMXBlockType block);
+00048 extern void    kbdUSBCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl);
+00049 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23f48a73a --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-keyboard_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-keyboard.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void kbdUSBInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdUSBGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int kbdUSBOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void kbdUSBCtrl (DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to USB keyboard driver.
See also:
usb-keyboard.c

+usb-common.c

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdUSBCtrl ( DevicePtr  pDev,
KeybdCtrl *  ctrl
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Set the LEDs.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdUSBGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void kbdUSBInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev using usbInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int kbdUSBOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3767d19 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-mouse.c File Reference

#include "usb-private.h"
+#include "usb-mouse.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void mouUSBRead (DevicePtr pDev, MOTIONPROC motion, ENQUEUEPROC enqueue, CHECKPROC checkspecial, BLOCK block)
void mouUSBInit (DevicePtr pDev)
int mouUSBOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void mouUSBGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+This code implements a low-level device driver for a USB mouse.

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void mouUSBGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void mouUSBInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev using usbInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int mouUSBOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void mouUSBRead ( DevicePtr  pDev,
MOTIONPROC  motion,
ENQUEUEPROC  enqueue,
CHECKPROC  checkspecial,
BLOCK  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read the USB device using usbRead.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12fbbcd52 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-mouse.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _USB_MOU_H_
+00039 #define _USB_MOU_H_
+00040 extern void    mouUSBRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+00041                           dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00042                           dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00043                           dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00044                           DMXBlockType block);
+00045 extern void    mouUSBInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00046 extern void    mouUSBGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00047 extern int     mouUSBOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00048 extern void    mouUSBCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, PtrCtrl *ctrl);
+00049 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac03fe55b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-mouse_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-mouse.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void mouUSBInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void mouUSBGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int mouUSBOn (DevicePtr pDev)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to USB mouse driver.
See also:
usb-mouse.c

+usb-common.c

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void mouUSBGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void mouUSBInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev using usbInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int mouUSBOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8c.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8c.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..284b4b79b --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8c.html @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-other.c File Reference

#include "usb-private.h"
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "usb-other.h"
+ + + + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void othUSBRead (DevicePtr pDev, MOTIONPROC motion, ENQUEUEPROC enqueue, CHECKPROC checkspecial, BLOCK block)
void othUSBInit (DevicePtr pDev)
int othUSBOn (DevicePtr pDev)
void othUSBGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+

Detailed Description

+This code implements a low-level device driver for a non-keyboard, non-mouse USB device (e.g., a joystick or gamepad).

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void othUSBGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void othUSBInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev using usbInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int othUSBOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void othUSBRead ( DevicePtr  pDev,
MOTIONPROC  motion,
ENQUEUEPROC  enqueue,
CHECKPROC  checkspecial,
BLOCK  block
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Read the USB device using usbRead.

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5cd221ff --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-other.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00038 #ifndef _USB_OTHER_H_
+00039 #define _USB_OTHER_H_
+00040 extern void    othUSBRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+00041                           dmxMotionProcPtr motion,
+00042                           dmxEnqueueProcPtr enqueue,
+00043                           dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr checkspecial,
+00044                           DMXBlockType block);
+00045 extern void    othUSBInit(DevicePtr pDev);
+00046 extern void    othUSBGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info);
+00047 extern int     othUSBOn(DevicePtr pDev);
+00048 extern void    othUSBCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, PtrCtrl *ctrl);
+00049 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3c80ae02 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-other_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-other.h File Reference

+

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + + + + + +

Functions

void othUSBInit (DevicePtr pDev)
void othUSBGetInfo (DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
int othUSBOn (DevicePtr pDev)
+

Detailed Description

+Interface to USB generic driver.
See also:
usb-other.c

+usb-common.c

+

Function Documentation

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
void othUSBGetInfo ( DevicePtr  pDev,
DMXLocalInitInfoPtr  info
) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Fill the info structure with information needed to initialize pDev.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
void othUSBInit ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Initialize pDev using usbInit.

+

+ + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
int othUSBOn ( DevicePtr  pDev  ) 
+
+ + + + + +
+   + + +

+Turn pDev on (i.e., take input from pDev).

+

+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h-source.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h-source.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3baac9582 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h-source.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-private.h

Go to the documentation of this file.
00001 /* $XFree86$ */
+00002 /*
+00003  * Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+00004  *
+00005  * All Rights Reserved.
+00006  *
+00007  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+00008  * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+00009  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+00010  * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+00011  * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+00012  * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+00013  * subject to the following conditions:
+00014  *
+00015  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+00016  * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+00017  * portions of the Software.
+00018  *
+00019  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+00020  * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+00021  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+00022  * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+00023  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+00024  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+00025  * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+00026  * SOFTWARE.
+00027  */
+00028 
+00029 /*
+00030  * Authors:
+00031  *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+00032  *
+00033  */
+00034 
+00041 #ifndef _USB_PRIVATE_H_
+00042 #define _USB_PRIVATE_H_
+00043 
+00044 #include "dmxinputinit.h"
+00045 #include "inputstr.h"
+00046 #include "Xos.h"
+00047 #include <errno.h>
+00048 #include <linux/input.h>
+00049 #include "usb-common.h"
+00050 
+00051                                 /*  Support for force feedback was
+00052                                  *  introduced in Linxu 2.4.10 */
+00053 #ifndef EV_MSC
+00054 #define EV_MSC      0x04
+00055 #endif
+00056 #ifndef EV_FF
+00057 #define EV_FF       0x15
+00058 #endif
+00059 #ifndef LED_SLEEP
+00060 #define LED_SLEEP   0x05
+00061 #endif
+00062 #ifndef LED_SUSPEND
+00063 #define LED_SUSPEND 0x06
+00064 #endif
+00065 #ifndef LED_MUTE
+00066 #define LED_MUTE    0x07
+00067 #endif
+00068 #ifndef LED_MISC
+00069 #define LED_MISC    0x08
+00070 #endif
+00071 #ifndef BTN_DEAD
+00072 #define BTN_DEAD    0x12f
+00073 #endif
+00074 #ifndef BTN_THUMBL
+00075 #define BTN_THUMBL  0x13d
+00076 #endif
+00077 #ifndef BTN_THUMBR
+00078 #define BTN_THUMBR  0x13e
+00079 #endif
+00080 #ifndef MSC_SERIAL
+00081 #define MSC_SERIAL  0x00
+00082 #endif
+00083 #ifndef MSC_MAX
+00084 #define MSC_MAX     0x07
+00085 #endif
+00086 
+00087                                 /* Support for older kernels. */
+00088 #ifndef ABS_WHEEL
+00089 #define ABS_WHEEL   0x08
+00090 #endif
+00091 #ifndef ABS_GAS
+00092 #define ABS_GAS     0x09
+00093 #endif
+00094 #ifndef ABS_BRAKE
+00095 #define ABS_BRAKE   0x0a
+00096 #endif
+00097 
+00098 #define NUM_STATE_ENTRIES (256/32)
+00099 
+00100 /* Private area for USB devices. */
+00101 typedef struct _myPrivate {
+00102     DeviceIntPtr   pDevice;                 
+00103     int            fd;                      
+00104     unsigned char  mask[EV_MAX/8 + 1];      
+00105     int            numRel, numAbs, numLeds; 
+00106     int            relmap[DMX_MAX_AXES];    
+00107     int            absmap[DMX_MAX_AXES];    
+00109     CARD32         kbdState[NUM_STATE_ENTRIES]; 
+00110     DeviceIntPtr   pKeyboard;                   
+00112     int            pitch;       
+00113     unsigned long  duration;    
+00115     /* FIXME: dmxInput is never initialized */
+00116     DMXInputInfo   *dmxInput;   
+00117 } myPrivate;
+00118 #endif
+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h.html b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..360d88290 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/html/usb-private_8h.html @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + + File Index + + + + +
Main Page | Alphabetical List | Data Structures | File List | Data Fields | Globals
+

usb-private.h File Reference

#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "Xos.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <linux/input.h>
+#include "usb-common.h"
+ +

+Go to the source code of this file. + + + + +

Data Structures

struct  _myPrivate
+

Detailed Description

+Private header file for USB support. This file provides Linux-specific include files and the definition of the private structure.
See also:
usb-common.c

+usb-keyboard.c

+usb-mouse.c

+usb-other.c

+
+
+ + Generated June 29, 2004 for Distributed Multihead X by + doxygen + 1.3.4. + + + + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.sgml b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.sgml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b8ee413f --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,707 @@ + +
+ + + Scaled Window Support in DMX + Rickard E. Faith and Kevin E. Martin + 15 October 2003 (created 19 September 2003) + + This document investigates the possibility of adding scaled window + support to the DMX X server, thereby allowing a window or some + selected part of the logical DMX area to be displayed using a + scaling factor. For example, this might allow the contents of a + window to be magnified for easier viewing. In particular, scaling + for the VNC client is explored. Copyright 2003 + by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina + + + + + + + Introduction + DMX +

+ The DMX X server (Xdmx) is a proxy server that is designed + to allow X servers on multiple machines to be combined into + a single multi-headed X server. Combined with Xinerama, + these heads can appear as a single very high-resolution + screen. Typical applications include the creation of a + video wall with 16 1280x1024 displays arranged in a + rectangle, for a total resolution of of 5120x4096. +

+ + Problem Statement +

+ Applications displayed on a physically large video wall that + provides high pixel-resolution may be difficult to see, + especially if the application is designed for use on a + typical desktop computer with a relatively small display + located close to the human operator. The goal of this paper + is to describe and discuss solutions to this problem. +

+

+ The original driving problem for this work is to provide + scaling for the vncviewer application when + displayed using DMX (VNC scaling is currently available only + with the Windows client, and there is no plan to extend that + capability to other clients). While this specific problem + will be addressed in this paper, the general solution space + will also be explored, since this may lead to a good + solution not only for vncviewer but also for + other applications. +

+ + Task +

+ For reference, here is the original description of the task + this paper addresses: + + Scaled window support (for VNC) + + + Investigate possibility of implementing a "scaled + window" extension: + + + Add XCreateScaledWindow call that could be used + in place of XCreateWindow + + + All primitives drawn to scaled window would be + scaled by appropriate (integral?) scaling factor + + + + + Alternate approach: special case VNC support + + + + +

+ + + + Previous Work +

+ This section reviews relevant previous work. +

+ VNC + Scaling under VNC +

+ When using the vncviewer program for Windows, it + is possible to specify a scaling factor (as numerator and + denominator). When scaling is in effect, the viewer + software uses StretchBlt (instead of BitBlt) to display + the pixels for the user. When this call is made, the + viewer already has received all of the pixel information + (at full unscaled resolution). +

+

+ The scaling in VNC is primitive. It does not conserve + bandwidth, it does not treat textual information + differently (i.e., by using a suitably scaled font), and + it does not provide any anti-aliasing other than that + provided by the underlying (Windows-only) system library. +

+ + + The X Video Extension +

+ The X Video Extension is a widely-available extension to the + X11 protocol that provides support for streaming video. + Integral to this support is the ability to arbitrarily scale + the output. In version 2.2 of the X Video specification, + support for scaled still images was provided, using both + shared memory and traditional transport. The API for this + support uses calls that are quite similar to XCreateWindow, + XPutImage, and XShmPutImage. Currently, most of the drivers + implemented in XFree86 only support data in various YUV + formats. However, several modern video adaptors support RGB + as well. +

+

+ Note, though, that the target output for this scaling is an + overlay plane -- so X Video provides functionality that is + fundamentally different from that provided by the Windows + StrechBlt call. +

+ + + + Possible Solutions +

+ This section briefly discusses possible solutions, including + major advantages and disadvantages from both the + implementation and the end-user programmer standpoint. +

+ VNC-like Scaling + Software Scaling +

+ The vncviewer application could be modified to + provide software scaling. This is not a general solution, + but it does solve one of the goals of this work. +

+

+ A prototype of this solution was implemented and a patch + against vnc-3.3.7-unixsrc is available in the + dmx/external directory. Because of limited time + available for this work, all of the edge cases were not + considered and the solution works well mainly for integer + scaling. +

+

+ Currently, vncviewer writes to the X display + with XPutImage, XCopyArea, and XFillRectangle. All + instances of these calls have to be aware of scaling + and must round correctly. In the prototype solution, + rounding is incorrect and can cause artifacts. +

+

+ A better solution would be to cache all updates to the + desktop image in vncviewer and only send the + damaged area to the X display with XPutImage. This would + allow the damaged area to be computed so that rounding + errors do not create artifacts. This method is probably + similar to what is used in the Window client. (The whole + VNC suite is being re-written in C++ and the forthcoming + version 4 has not been evaluated.) +

+ + Scaling with the X Video Extension +

+ The scaling in the Windows vncviewer application + makes use of a scaled blit that is supplied by the + underlying system library. Several video cards currently + provide support for a scaled blit, and some X servers + (including XFree86) expose this capability to applications + via the XvPutImage interface of the X Video Extension. + The capability exposed by XvPutImage results in the scaled + image being drawn to an overlay plane. Most video cards + also provide support for a scaled blit into the normal + output planes, but this is not exposed via XvPutImage. +

+

+ The vncviewer program could be modified to use + the X Video Extension to provide scaling under X11 that is + similar to the scaling currently provided under Windows. + Unfortunately, Xdmx does not currently export the X Video + Extension, so this would not provide an immediate solution + usable with DMX. +

+

+ A very early-stage proof-of-concept prototype was + implemented and a preliminary patch against + vnc-3.3.7-unixsrc is available in the + dmx/external directory. This prototype was + implemented to better understand the problems that must be + solved to make this solution viable: + + + As noted under the software scaling section above, + vncviewer writes to the X display with + several different calls. These calls write to the + normal output planes and are compatible with + XvPutImage, which writes to an overlay plane. To + eliminate artifacts caused by this problem, + vncviewer should be modified so that a cached + copy of the desktop is available, either as a + client-side image or a server-side off-screen pixmap, + so that XvPutImage would be the only method for + writing to the X display. + + +

+ Although several modern graphics adaptors support + hardware scaling using an RGB format (e.g., ATI + Radeon, nVidia, etc.), XFree86 drivers typically + only implement YUV formats. YUV generally compress + the pixel information in some way. For example, two + commonly implemented formats, YUY2 and UYVY provide + intensity information for every RGB pixel, but only + provide chroma and luminance information for pairs + of horizontal pixels. Since VNC uses + pixel-resolution for communicating updates on the + wire, additional artifacts are introduced (because + there may not be enough information from the wire to + update a pair of pixels). +

+ Further, the well-known problem with YUV encoding + is even more evident when the image is a desktop + instead of a movie. For example, consider a + 1-pixel-wide vertical window border. If the border + changes in color but not intensity (e.g., because a + window manager uses color to indicate focus), there + may or may not be a change in the YUY2 image, + depending on the algorithm used for RGB to YUV + conversion and on how the border pixel is ordered in + the pair of pixels used by the algorithm. +

+ Many of these artifacts could be eliminated if + vncviewer cached a complete RGB image of + the desktop, and only did the conversion to YUV for + properly aligned areas of damage. The remaining artifacts + could be eliminated if an RGB format was used with X + Video (which may require the extension of existing + XFree86 drivers to support RGB). + + + Most modern video cards support exactly one overlay + plane that is suitable for use with X Video. + Therefore, only one application can use X Video at any + given time. This is a severe limitation in a desktop + environment. + + +

+ Implementing the X Video Extension for DMX +

+ The user-level API for X Video is fairly simple, but the + underlying support required for the full specification + is large. However, since the API provides a method to + query supported capabilities, a usable subset of X + Video can be implemented that would support XvPutImage + and little else. This would require support for the + following: + + + X Video Extension API calls, including the + following: + + XvQueryExtension + XvQueryAdaptors + XvQueryPortAttributes + XvFreeAdaptorInfo + XvListImageFormats + XvGrabPort + XvCreateImage + XvPutImage + XvShmCreateImage + XvShmPutImage + + + + Support for querying back-end X Video Extension + capabilities. + + + Support for sending the image to the back-ends. + Because X Video requires sending full images, there + may be a trade-off between bandwidth limitations and + additional complexity to divide the image up such + that is scales properly. + + + Possible support for a software fall-back. For + example, if all of the back-ends do not support the X + Video Extension, software scaling can be implemented + such that the image is sent to the back-end with + XPutImage. This pathway would have poor + performance. + + +

+ + Supporting RGB formats for the X Video Extension +

+ Assuming an XFree86 driver already supports the X Video + Extension, and assuming the target hardware supports an + RGB format, then adding support for that format is + relatively simple and straightforward. +

+ + + Scaling with an XPutImageScaled Extension +

+ Instead of (or in addition to) implementing the X Video + Extension in DMX, one obvious solution would be to + implement a new extension that provides access to + hardware-assisted scaled blits, similar to the StretchBlt + call available under Windows. This call would scale RGB + images and would not use the overlay plane (unlike the X + Video Extension). +

+

+ This approach has many of the same advantages and + disadvantages as the XCopyAreaScaled Extension, discussed + in the next section. Discussion of XPutImageScaled is + deferred in favor of XCopyAreaScaled for the following + reasons: + + + XPutImageScaled can be emulated with XCopyAreaScaled + by first using XPutImage to copy the image to an + off-screen pixmap, and then calling XCopyAreaScaled + between that off-screen pixmap and the target + drawable. + + + Since XCopyAreaScaled would copy between two areas of + on-screen or off-screen memory, it has additional uses + and can be viewed as efficiently providing a superset + of XPutImageScaled functionality. + + +

+ + Scaling with an XCopyAreaScaled Extension +

+ As noted in the previous section, because XCopyAreaScaled + provides a superset of the functionality provided by + XPutImageScaled, we will consider this extension instead. +

+

+ First, XCopyAreaScaled would provide for RGB scaling + between pixmaps (i.e., on-screen or off-screen areas of + memory that reside on the video card). Unlike the X Video + Extension, which writes into an overlay plane, + XCopyAreaScaled would write into the non-overlay areas of + the screen. Key points to consider are as follows: + + + Because different planes are involved, the two scaling + operations are usually implemented in hardware + differently, so an XCopyAreaScaled extension could be + added in a manner that would neither conflict with nor + interact with the X Video extension in any way. + + + The XCopyAreaScaled extension provides new + functionality that the X Video Extension does not + provide. Based on anecdotal feedback, we believe that + many people outside the DMX and VNC communities would + be excited about this extension. + + + The main drawback to this extension is that it is new + and needs to be implemented at the driver level in + XFree86 for each video card to be supported. At the + present time, it is more likely that the X Video + Extension will be implemented for a particular piece + hardware because the X Video extension has multimedia + uses. However, over time, we would expect the + XCopyAreaScaled extension to be implemented along with + the X Video extension, especially if it becomes + popular. + + + Another drawback is that not all modern cards provide + support for a simple scaled blit operation. However, + these cards usually do provide a 3D pipeline which + could be used to provide this functionality in a + manner that is transparent to the client application + that is using the XCopyAreaScaled extension. However, + this implementation pathway would make this extension + somewhat more difficult to implement on certain cards. + + +

+ + Scaling with OpenGL +

+ Another general solution to the scaling problem is to use + the texture scaling found in all 3D hardware. This + ability is already exposed through OpenGL and can be + exploited by clients without X server modification (i.e., + other than the ability to support OpenGL). An application + using OpenGL would transmit the non-scaled image to the X + server as a texture, and would then display a single + non-transformed rect using that texture. This also works + around the single overlay problem with the X Video + Extension as well as the need to implement additional + scaled primitive extensions. +

+

+ The downside is that most OpenGL implementations require + power of 2 texture sizes and this can be very wasteful of + memory if, for example, the application needs to scale a + 1025x1025 image, which would require a 2048x2048 texture + area (even a 640x480 image would require a 1024x512 + texture). Another downside is that some OpenGL + implementations have a limited about of texture memory and + cannot handle textures that are very large. For example, + they might limit the texture size to 1024x1024. +

+ + + Application-transparent Scaling for DMX + Back-end Scaling Without Disconnect/Reconnect +

+ VNC does scaling on the client side (in the + vncviewer application). Implementing a similar + solution for DMX would require support in the back-end X + servers and, therefore, is not a general solution. +

+

+ XFree86 already implements some support for "scaling" that + could be used with DMX: if, in the XF86Config file, + multiple Modes are listed in the Display Subsection of the + Screen Section, then pressing Ctrl-Alt-Plus and + Ctrl-Alt-Minus can be used to iterate through the listed + modes. The display dimensions will change to the + dimensions in the Modes line, but the logical dimensions + of the X server (i.e., the dimensions that Xdmx knows + about) will not change. +

+

+ Further, the dimensions of the XFree86 display are under + software control (via the XFree86-VidModeExtension), so + the Xdmx server could change the screen dimensions on a + per-display basis, thereby scaling the information on part + of that display. +

+

+ However, this scaling appears to have limited use. For + example, assume a 4 by 4 display wall consisting of 16 + 1280x1024 displays. If all of the back-end servers were + simultaneously configured to display 640x480, the left + hand corner of each display would be magnified, but the + composite result would be unreadable. Magnifying one + display at a time could be usable, but could have limited + utility, since the result would still be no larger than a + single display. +

+ + Back-end Scaling With Disconnect/Reconnect +

+ Disconnect and reconnect features are not currently + supported in DMX, but are scheduled to be implemented in + the future. These features, combined with the + XFree86-VidModeExtension Extension, would allow an + application to do the following: + + + Disconnect a specific back-end server (via the DMX + Extension), + + + reconfigure the XFree86 back-end server resolution, + and + + + reconnect the back-end server to DMX -- at a new + origin with the new screen resolution. + + +

+

+ For example, consider a display wall consisting of 16 + 1280x1024 displays with a total resolution of 5120x4096. + All of the screens could be disconnected, repositioned, + and reconnected each at a resolution of 640x480. The + total resolution of the display wall would be 2560x1920, + allowing a view of a selected area approximately + one-fourth of the size of the DMX display. This change + would be completely application independent (except, + perhaps, for a DMX-aware window manager). When work at + the increased resolution was completed, the back-end + servers could be disconnected, reconfigured, and + reconnected for the original 5120x4096 view. +

+

+ Support for this type of scaling can be implemented in a + DMX-aware X11 client assuming the DMX server support + arbitrary disconnect and reconnect semantics. Because + this application cannot be written before + disconnect/reconnect is implemented, this solution will + not be discussed further in this paper. +

+ + Server-side Scaling +

+ In earlier versions of DMX, a frame buffer was maintained + on the server side, and XPutImage was used to move the + information from the server to the client (similar to some + early VNC implementations). The use of a server-side + frame buffer would allow the server to do scaling, but is + not a recommended solution because of overall performance + issues and server-side memory issues (i.e., the frame + buffer would be very large for large display walls). +

+

+ Exploration of this path is not recommended. +

+ + + XCreateScaledWindow API +

+ The implementation of X Video Extension in DMX, and the use + of XvPutImage by applications requiring scaling requires + significant changes in DMX Further, XvPutImage is, + essentially a scaled blit, and it is only useful for + applications which are already using (or can be modified to + use) XPutImage. Therefore, a more general API will be + discussed as another possibility. +

+

+ X applications typically create windows with the + XCreateWindow call. A new extension could provide an + XCreateScaledWindow call that could be used in place of the + XCreateWindow call and be otherwise transparent to the + application. This would allow applications, even those that + do not depend on XPutImage, to take advantage of window + scaling. In this section we describe how the call would + work, what transparency it provides, and how to solve the + potential problems that transparency creates. +

+ XCreateWindow +

+ The XCreateWindow call takes width and height as + parameters. An XCreateScaledWindow call could take all + the same parameters, with the addition of a scaling factor. +

+ + XSetWindowAttributes +

+ An X11 window has several attributes that would have to be + scaled: + + Background and border pixmaps + Border width + Cursor + +

+ + XGetWindowAttributes, XGetGeometry +

+ For transparency, calls that query the window attributes + should return unscaled information. This suggests that + all unscaled pixmaps and window attributes should be + cached. +

+

+ Unfortunately, a window manager requires the scaled + geometry to properly decorate the window. The X server + can probably determine which client is acting as the + window manager (e.g., because that client will select + events that are used exclusively by the window manager). + However, other Scaled Window Extension aware clients may + also need to determine the scaled geometry. Therefore, at + least two additional extension calls should be + implemented: XGetScaledWindowAttributes and + XGetScaledGeometry. +

+ + Popup and Child window positions +

+ Some applications may position popup and child windows + based on an unscaled notion of the main window geometry. + In this case, additional modifications to the client would + be required. +

+ + Events +

+ Most events (e.g., for mouse motion) return information + about the coordinates at which the even occurred. These + coordinates would have to be modified so that unscaled + values were presented to the client. +

+ + Implementation +

+ There are many implementation issues, some of which are + similar to the issues involved in implementing the X Video + Extension for DMX. The window contents must be scaled, + either by performing all operations to a frame buffer and + then writing the image to the display (perhaps using + hardware scaling support), or by modifying all of the + various drawing operations to perform scaling. Because of + the complexity involved, the frame buffer option is + recommended. +

+ + + + + Conclusion and Recommendations +

+ We recommend a three phase implementation strategy, based on + how an application could be written to take advantage of + scaling: + + +

+ The XCopyAreaScaled extension should be implemented, since + this is the ideal solution for applications like VNC, and + since making use of this extension will require minimal + changes to applications that already use XPutImage or + XCopyArea. +

+ The initial implementation work would include the design + of the X protocol extension, writing this up in the + usual format for extension documentation, implementation + of the protocol transport pieces in XFree86, + implementation of a software fall-back in XFree86 and + DMX, one example hardware implementation for XFree86, + and implementation of support for this extension in DMX. +

+ We suggest implementing the extension first on the ATI + Radeon cards. However, since these cards do not provide + a 2D scaled blit primitive, the implementation would + have to make use of the 3D texture engine to emulate a + scaled blit. This is recommended, since other modern + graphics cards also do not provide a simple 2D scaled + blit operation and an example of the more difficult + implementation pathway would be helpful to others. + + +

+ Until XCopyAreaScaled is widely supported, applications + that require scaling will have to fall back to another + scaling method. We suggest OpenGL as the first fall-back + method because it is widely available and supported by + DMX. +

+ A project centered around OpenGL-based scaling would + implement this scaling in VNC as an example. This work + would include re-writing the vncviewer + rendering engine to cache a master copy of the desktop + image for all operations. + + +

+ Since OpenGL is not implemented everywhere, and may not + provide hardware-assisted performance in every + implementation, an application that requires scaling + should also fall back to using the X Video Extension. +

+ This project would add support for the X Video Extension + to DMX and would add support to VNC to take advantage of + this extension without introducing artifacts. This + would require modifying the vncviewer rendering + engine to cache a master copy of the desktop image for + all operations. This project should also add support + for the RGB format to at least one XFree86 driver (e.g., + ATI Radeon). +

+ The X Video Extension is one of the few popular + extensions that DMX does not support. We recommend + implementing the X Video Extension even if scaling is + the specific goal of that work. + + +

+

+ We do not recommend implementation of the + XCreateScaledWindow extension because of the complexity + involved. We do not recommend implementation of the + XPutImageScaled extension because it requires the same amount + of work as the XCopyAreaScaled extension, but provides less + functionality. Further, server-side scaling with a large + frame buffer is not recommended because of the + performance implications. +

+

+ The back-end scaling, especially with disconnect/reconnect + support should be explored in the future after + disconnect/reconnect is implemented, but not at the present + time. +

+ + +
+ + + diff --git a/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.txt b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d30105dd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/nx-X11/programs/Xserver/hw/dmx/doc/scaled.txt @@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ + Scaled Window Support in DMX + Rickard E. Faith and Kevin E. Martin + 15 October 2003 (created 19 September 2003) + + This document investigates the possibility of adding scaled window + support to the DMX X server, thereby allowing a window or some + selected part of the logical DMX area to be displayed using a scaling + factor. For example, this might allow the contents of a window to be + magnified for easier viewing. In particular, scaling for the VNC + client is explored. _C_o_p_y_r_i_g_h_t _2_0_0_3 _b_y _R_e_d _H_a_t_, _I_n_c_._, _R_a_l_e_i_g_h_, _N_o_r_t_h + _C_a_r_o_l_i_n_a + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + Table of Contents + + + 1. Introduction + 1.1 DMX + 1.2 Problem Statement + 1.3 Task + + 2. Previous Work + 2.1 VNC + 2.1.1 Scaling under VNC + 2.2 The X Video Extension + + 3. Possible Solutions + 3.1 VNC-like Scaling + 3.1.1 Software Scaling + 3.1.2 Scaling with the X Video Extension + 3.1.2.1 Implementing the X Video Extension for DMX + 3.1.2.2 Supporting RGB formats for the X Video Extension + 3.1.3 Scaling with an XPutImageScaled Extension + 3.1.4 Scaling with an XCopyAreaScaled Extension + 3.1.5 Scaling with OpenGL + 3.2 Application-transparent Scaling for DMX + 3.2.1 Back-end Scaling Without Disconnect/Reconnect + 3.2.2 Back-end Scaling With Disconnect/Reconnect + 3.2.3 Server-side Scaling + 3.3 XCreateScaledWindow API + 3.3.1 XCreateWindow + 3.3.2 XSetWindowAttributes + 3.3.3 XGetWindowAttributes, XGetGeometry + 3.3.4 Popup and Child window positions + 3.3.5 Events + 3.3.6 Implementation + + 4. Conclusion and Recommendations + + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + 11.. IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn + + 11..11.. DDMMXX + + The DMX X server (Xdmx) is a proxy server that is designed to allow X + servers on multiple machines to be combined into a single multi-headed + X server. Combined with Xinerama, these heads can appear as a single + very high-resolution screen. Typical applications include the + creation of a video wall with 16 1280x1024 displays arranged in a + rectangle, for a total resolution of of 5120x4096. + + + + 11..22.. PPrroobblleemm SSttaatteemmeenntt + + Applications displayed on a physically large video wall that provides + high pixel-resolution may be difficult to see, especially if the + application is designed for use on a typical desktop computer with a + relatively small display located close to the human operator. The + goal of this paper is to describe and discuss solutions to this + problem. + + The original driving problem for this work is to provide scaling for + the vncviewer application when displayed using DMX (VNC scaling is + currently available only with the Windows client, and there is no plan + to extend that capability to other clients). While this specific + problem will be addressed in this paper, the general solution space + will also be explored, since this may lead to a good solution not only + for vncviewer but also for other applications. + + 11..33.. TTaasskk + + For reference, here is the original description of the task this paper + addresses: + + +o Scaled window support (for VNC) + + +o Investigate possibility of implementing a "scaled window" + extension: + + +o Add XCreateScaledWindow call that could be used in place of + XCreateWindow + + +o All primitives drawn to scaled window would be scaled by + appropriate (integral?) scaling factor + + +o Alternate approach: special case VNC support + + 22.. PPrreevviioouuss WWoorrkk + + This section reviews relevant previous work. + + 22..11.. VVNNCC + + 22..11..11.. SSccaalliinngg uunnddeerr VVNNCC + + When using the vncviewer program for Windows, it is possible to + specify a scaling factor (as numerator and denominator). When scaling + is in effect, the viewer software uses StretchBlt (instead of BitBlt) + to display the pixels for the user. When this call is made, the + viewer already has received all of the pixel information (at full + unscaled resolution). + + The scaling in VNC is primitive. It does not conserve bandwidth, it + does not treat textual information differently (i.e., by using a + suitably scaled font), and it does not provide any anti-aliasing other + than that provided by the underlying (Windows-only) system library. + + 22..22.. TThhee XX VViiddeeoo EExxtteennssiioonn + + The X Video Extension is a widely-available extension to the X11 + protocol that provides support for streaming video. Integral to this + support is the ability to arbitrarily scale the output. In version + 2.2 of the X Video specification, support for scaled still images was + provided, using both shared memory and traditional transport. The API + for this support uses calls that are quite similar to XCreateWindow, + XPutImage, and XShmPutImage. Currently, most of the drivers + implemented in XFree86 only support data in various YUV formats. + However, several modern video adaptors support RGB as well. + Note, though, that the target output for this scaling is an overlay + plane -- so X Video provides functionality that is fundamentally + different from that provided by the Windows StrechBlt call. + + 33.. PPoossssiibbllee SSoolluuttiioonnss + + This section briefly discusses possible solutions, including major + advantages and disadvantages from both the implementation and the end- + user programmer standpoint. + + 33..11.. VVNNCC--lliikkee SSccaalliinngg + + 33..11..11.. SSooffttwwaarree SSccaalliinngg + + The vncviewer application could be modified to provide software + scaling. This is not a general solution, but it does solve one of the + goals of this work. + + A prototype of this solution was implemented and a patch against + vnc-3.3.7-unixsrc is available in the dmx/external directory. Because + of limited time available for this work, all of the edge cases were + not considered and the solution works well mainly for integer scaling. + + Currently, vncviewer writes to the X display with XPutImage, + XCopyArea, and XFillRectangle. All instances of these calls have to + be aware of scaling and must round correctly. In the prototype + solution, rounding is incorrect and can cause artifacts. + + A better solution would be to cache all updates to the desktop image + in vncviewer and only send the damaged area to the X display with + XPutImage. This would allow the damaged area to be computed so that + rounding errors do not create artifacts. This method is probably + similar to what is used in the Window client. (The whole VNC suite is + being re-written in C++ and the forthcoming version 4 has not been + evaluated.) + + 33..11..22.. SSccaalliinngg wwiitthh tthhee XX VViiddeeoo EExxtteennssiioonn + + The scaling in the Windows vncviewer application makes use of a scaled + blit that is supplied by the underlying system library. Several video + cards currently provide support for a scaled blit, and some X servers + (including XFree86) expose this capability to applications via the + XvPutImage interface of the X Video Extension. The capability exposed + by XvPutImage results in the scaled image being drawn to an overlay + plane. Most video cards also provide support for a scaled blit into + the normal output planes, but this is not exposed via XvPutImage. + + The vncviewer program could be modified to use the X Video Extension + to provide scaling under X11 that is similar to the scaling currently + provided under Windows. Unfortunately, Xdmx does not currently export + the X Video Extension, so this would not provide an immediate solution + usable with DMX. + + A very early-stage proof-of-concept prototype was implemented and a + preliminary patch against vnc-3.3.7-unixsrc is available in the + dmx/external directory. This prototype was implemented to better + understand the problems that must be solved to make this solution + viable: + + +o As noted under the software scaling section above, vncviewer writes + to the X display with several different calls. These calls write + to the normal output planes and are compatible with XvPutImage, + which writes to an overlay plane. To eliminate artifacts caused by + this problem, vncviewer should be modified so that a cached copy of + the desktop is available, either as a client-side image or a + server-side off-screen pixmap, so that XvPutImage would be the only + method for writing to the X display. + + +o + + Although several modern graphics adaptors support hardware scaling + using an RGB format (e.g., ATI Radeon, nVidia, etc.), XFree86 + drivers typically only implement YUV formats. YUV generally + compress the pixel information in some way. For example, two + commonly implemented formats, YUY2 and UYVY provide intensity + information for every RGB pixel, but only provide chroma and + luminance information for pairs of horizontal pixels. Since VNC + uses pixel-resolution for communicating updates on the wire, + additional artifacts are introduced (because there may not be + enough information from the wire to update a pair of pixels). + + Further, the well-known problem with YUV encoding is even more + evident when the image is a desktop instead of a movie. For + example, consider a 1-pixel-wide vertical window border. If the + border changes in color but not intensity (e.g., because a window + manager uses color to indicate focus), there may or may not be a + change in the YUY2 image, depending on the algorithm used for RGB + to YUV conversion and on how the border pixel is ordered in the + pair of pixels used by the algorithm. + + Many of these artifacts could be eliminated if vncviewer cached a + complete RGB image of the desktop, and only did the conversion to + YUV for properly aligned areas of damage. The remaining artifacts + could be eliminated if an RGB format was used with X Video (which + may require the extension of existing XFree86 drivers to support + RGB). + + +o Most modern video cards support exactly one overlay plane that is + suitable for use with X Video. Therefore, only one application can + use X Video at any given time. This is a severe limitation in a + desktop environment. + + 33..11..22..11.. IImmpplleemmeennttiinngg tthhee XX VViiddeeoo EExxtteennssiioonn ffoorr DDMMXX + + The user-level API for X Video is fairly simple, but the underlying + support required for the full specification is large. However, since + the API provides a method to query supported capabilities, a usable + subset of X Video can be implemented that would support XvPutImage and + little else. This would require support for the following: + + +o X Video Extension API calls, including the following: + + +o XvQueryExtension + + +o XvQueryAdaptors + + +o XvQueryPortAttributes + + +o XvFreeAdaptorInfo + + +o XvListImageFormats + + +o XvGrabPort + + +o XvCreateImage + + +o XvPutImage + + +o XvShmCreateImage + + +o XvShmPutImage + + +o Support for querying back-end X Video Extension capabilities. + + +o Support for sending the image to the back-ends. Because X Video + requires sending full images, there may be a trade-off between + bandwidth limitations and additional complexity to divide the image + up such that is scales properly. + + +o Possible support for a software fall-back. For example, if all of + the back-ends do not support the X Video Extension, software + scaling can be implemented such that the image is sent to the back- + end with XPutImage. This pathway would have poor performance. + + 33..11..22..22.. SSuuppppoorrttiinngg RRGGBB ffoorrmmaattss ffoorr tthhee XX VViiddeeoo EExxtteennssiioonn + + Assuming an XFree86 driver already supports the X Video Extension, and + assuming the target hardware supports an RGB format, then adding + support for that format is relatively simple and straightforward. + + 33..11..33.. SSccaalliinngg wwiitthh aann XXPPuuttIImmaaggeeSSccaalleedd EExxtteennssiioonn + + Instead of (or in addition to) implementing the X Video Extension in + DMX, one obvious solution would be to implement a new extension that + provides access to hardware-assisted scaled blits, similar to the + StretchBlt call available under Windows. This call would scale RGB + images and would not use the overlay plane (unlike the X Video + Extension). + + This approach has many of the same advantages and disadvantages as the + XCopyAreaScaled Extension, discussed in the next section. Discussion + of XPutImageScaled is deferred in favor of XCopyAreaScaled for the + following reasons: + + +o XPutImageScaled can be emulated with XCopyAreaScaled by first using + XPutImage to copy the image to an off-screen pixmap, and then + calling XCopyAreaScaled between that off-screen pixmap and the + target drawable. + + +o Since XCopyAreaScaled would copy between two areas of on-screen or + off-screen memory, it has additional uses and can be viewed as + efficiently providing a superset of XPutImageScaled functionality. + + 33..11..44.. SSccaalliinngg wwiitthh aann XXCCooppyyAArreeaaSSccaalleedd EExxtteennssiioonn + + As noted in the previous section, because XCopyAreaScaled provides a + superset of the functionality provided by XPutImageScaled, we will + consider this extension instead. + + First, XCopyAreaScaled would provide for RGB scaling between pixmaps + (i.e., on-screen or off-screen areas of memory that reside on the + video card). Unlike the X Video Extension, which writes into an + overlay plane, XCopyAreaScaled would write into the non-overlay areas + of the screen. Key points to consider are as follows: + + +o Because different planes are involved, the two scaling operations + are usually implemented in hardware differently, so an + XCopyAreaScaled extension could be added in a manner that would + neither conflict with nor interact with the X Video extension in + any way. + + +o The XCopyAreaScaled extension provides new functionality that the X + Video Extension does not provide. Based on anecdotal feedback, we + believe that many people outside the DMX and VNC communities would + be excited about this extension. + + +o The main drawback to this extension is that it is new and needs to + be implemented at the driver level in XFree86 for each video card + to be supported. At the present time, it is more likely that the X + Video Extension will be implemented for a particular piece hardware + because the X Video extension has multimedia uses. However, over + time, we would expect the XCopyAreaScaled extension to be + implemented along with the X Video extension, especially if it + becomes popular. + + +o Another drawback is that not all modern cards provide support for a + simple scaled blit operation. However, these cards usually do + provide a 3D pipeline which could be used to provide this + functionality in a manner that is transparent to the client + application that is using the XCopyAreaScaled extension. However, + this implementation pathway would make this extension somewhat more + difficult to implement on certain cards. + + 33..11..55.. SSccaalliinngg wwiitthh OOppeennGGLL + + Another general solution to the scaling problem is to use the texture + scaling found in all 3D hardware. This ability is already exposed + through OpenGL and can be exploited by clients without X server + modification (i.e., other than the ability to support OpenGL). An + application using OpenGL would transmit the non-scaled image to the X + server as a texture, and would then display a single non-transformed + rect using that texture. This also works around the single overlay + problem with the X Video Extension as well as the need to implement + additional scaled primitive extensions. + + The downside is that most OpenGL implementations require power of 2 + texture sizes and this can be very wasteful of memory if, for example, + the application needs to scale a 1025x1025 image, which would require + a 2048x2048 texture area (even a 640x480 image would require a + 1024x512 texture). Another downside is that some OpenGL + implementations have a limited about of texture memory and cannot + handle textures that are very large. For example, they might limit + the texture size to 1024x1024. + + 33..22.. AApppplliiccaattiioonn--ttrraannssppaarreenntt SSccaalliinngg ffoorr DDMMXX + + 33..22..11.. BBaacckk--eenndd SSccaalliinngg WWiitthhoouutt DDiissccoonnnneecctt//RReeccoonnnneecctt + + VNC does scaling on the client side (in the vncviewer application). + Implementing a similar solution for DMX would require support in the + back-end X servers and, therefore, is not a general solution. + + XFree86 already implements some support for "scaling" that could be + used with DMX: if, in the XF86Config file, multiple Modes are listed + in the Display Subsection of the Screen Section, then pressing Ctrl- + Alt-Plus and Ctrl-Alt-Minus can be used to iterate through the listed + modes. The display dimensions will change to the dimensions in the + Modes line, but the logical dimensions of the X server (i.e., the + dimensions that Xdmx knows about) will not change. + + Further, the dimensions of the XFree86 display are under software + control (via the XFree86-VidModeExtension), so the Xdmx server could + change the screen dimensions on a per-display basis, thereby scaling + the information on part of that display. + + However, this scaling appears to have limited use. For example, + assume a 4 by 4 display wall consisting of 16 1280x1024 displays. If + all of the back-end servers were simultaneously configured to display + 640x480, the left hand corner of each display would be magnified, but + the composite result would be unreadable. Magnifying one display at a + time could be usable, but could have limited utility, since the result + would still be no larger than a single display. + + + 33..22..22.. BBaacckk--eenndd SSccaalliinngg WWiitthh DDiissccoonnnneecctt//RReeccoonnnneecctt + + Disconnect and reconnect features are not currently supported in DMX, + but are scheduled to be implemented in the future. These features, + combined with the XFree86-VidModeExtension Extension, would allow an + application to do the following: + + +o Disconnect a specific back-end server (via the DMX Extension), + + +o reconfigure the XFree86 back-end server resolution, and + + +o reconnect the back-end server to DMX -- at a new origin with the + new screen resolution. + + For example, consider a display wall consisting of 16 1280x1024 + displays with a total resolution of 5120x4096. All of the screens + could be disconnected, repositioned, and reconnected each at a + resolution of 640x480. The total resolution of the display wall would + be 2560x1920, allowing a view of a selected area approximately one- + fourth of the size of the DMX display. This change would be + completely application independent (except, perhaps, for a DMX-aware + window manager). When work at the increased resolution was completed, + the back-end servers could be disconnected, reconfigured, and + reconnected for the original 5120x4096 view. + + Support for this type of scaling can be implemented in a DMX-aware X11 + client assuming the DMX server support arbitrary disconnect and + reconnect semantics. Because this application cannot be written + before disconnect/reconnect is implemented, this solution will not be + discussed further in this paper. + + 33..22..33.. SSeerrvveerr--ssiiddee SSccaalliinngg + + In earlier versions of DMX, a frame buffer was maintained on the + server side, and XPutImage was used to move the information from the + server to the client (similar to some early VNC implementations). The + use of a server-side frame buffer would allow the server to do + scaling, but is not a recommended solution because of overall + performance issues and server-side memory issues (i.e., the frame + buffer would be very large for large display walls). + + Exploration of this path is not recommended. + + 33..33.. XXCCrreeaatteeSSccaalleeddWWiinnddooww AAPPII + + The implementation of X Video Extension in DMX, and the use of + XvPutImage by applications requiring scaling requires significant + changes in DMX Further, XvPutImage is, essentially a scaled blit, and + it is only useful for applications which are already using (or can be + modified to use) XPutImage. Therefore, a more general API will be + discussed as another possibility. + + X applications typically create windows with the XCreateWindow call. + A new extension could provide an XCreateScaledWindow call that could + be used in place of the XCreateWindow call and be otherwise + transparent to the application. This would allow applications, even + those that do not depend on XPutImage, to take advantage of window + scaling. In this section we describe how the call would work, what + transparency it provides, and how to solve the potential problems that + transparency creates. + + 33..33..11.. XXCCrreeaatteeWWiinnddooww + + The XCreateWindow call takes width and height as parameters. An + XCreateScaledWindow call could take all the same parameters, with the + addition of a scaling factor. + 33..33..22.. XXSSeettWWiinnddoowwAAttttrriibbuutteess + + An X11 window has several attributes that would have to be scaled: + + +o Background and border pixmaps + + +o Border width + + +o Cursor + + 33..33..33.. XXGGeettWWiinnddoowwAAttttrriibbuutteess,, XXGGeettGGeeoommeettrryy + + For transparency, calls that query the window attributes should return + unscaled information. This suggests that all unscaled pixmaps and + window attributes should be cached. + + Unfortunately, a window manager requires the scaled geometry to + properly decorate the window. The X server can probably determine + which client is acting as the window manager (e.g., because that + client will select events that are used exclusively by the window + manager). However, other Scaled Window Extension aware clients may + also need to determine the scaled geometry. Therefore, at least two + additional extension calls should be implemented: + XGetScaledWindowAttributes and XGetScaledGeometry. + + 33..33..44.. PPooppuupp aanndd CChhiilldd wwiinnddooww ppoossiittiioonnss + + Some applications may position popup and child windows based on an + unscaled notion of the main window geometry. In this case, additional + modifications to the client would be required. + + 33..33..55.. EEvveennttss + + Most events (e.g., for mouse motion) return information about the + coordinates at which the even occurred. These coordinates would have + to be modified so that unscaled values were presented to the client. + + 33..33..66.. IImmpplleemmeennttaattiioonn + + There are many implementation issues, some of which are similar to the + issues involved in implementing the X Video Extension for DMX. The + window contents must be scaled, either by performing all operations to + a frame buffer and then writing the image to the display (perhaps + using hardware scaling support), or by modifying all of the various + drawing operations to perform scaling. Because of the complexity + involved, the frame buffer option is recommended. + + 44.. CCoonncclluussiioonn aanndd RReeccoommmmeennddaattiioonnss + + We recommend a three phase implementation strategy, based on how an + application could be written to take advantage of scaling: + + 1. + + The XCopyAreaScaled extension should be implemented, since this is + the ideal solution for applications like VNC, and since making use + of this extension will require minimal changes to applications that + already use XPutImage or XCopyArea. + + The initial implementation work would include the design of the X + protocol extension, writing this up in the usual format for + extension documentation, implementation of the protocol transport + pieces in XFree86, implementation of a software fall-back in + XFree86 and DMX, one example hardware implementation for XFree86, + and implementation of support for this extension in DMX. + + We suggest implementing the extension first on the ATI Radeon + cards. However, since these cards do not provide a 2D scaled blit + primitive, the implementation would have to make use of the 3D + texture engine to emulate a scaled blit. This is recommended, + since other modern graphics cards also do not provide a simple 2D + scaled blit operation and an example of the more difficult + implementation pathway would be helpful to others. + + 2. + + Until XCopyAreaScaled is widely supported, applications that + require scaling will have to fall back to another scaling method. + We suggest OpenGL as the first fall-back method because it is + widely available and supported by DMX. + + A project centered around OpenGL-based scaling would implement this + scaling in VNC as an example. This work would include re-writing + the vncviewer rendering engine to cache a master copy of the + desktop image for all operations. + + 3. + + Since OpenGL is not implemented everywhere, and may not provide + hardware-assisted performance in every implementation, an + application that requires scaling should also fall back to using + the X Video Extension. + + This project would add support for the X Video Extension to DMX and + would add support to VNC to take advantage of this extension + without introducing artifacts. This would require modifying the + vncviewer rendering engine to cache a master copy of the desktop + image for all operations. This project should also add support for + the RGB format to at least one XFree86 driver (e.g., ATI Radeon). + + The X Video Extension is one of the few popular extensions that DMX + does not support. We recommend implementing the X Video Extension + even if scaling is the specific goal of that work. + + We do nnoott recommend implementation of the XCreateScaledWindow + extension because of the complexity involved. We do nnoott recommend + implementation of the XPutImageScaled extension because it requires + the same amount of work as the XCopyAreaScaled extension, but provides + less functionality. Further, server-side scaling with a large frame + buffer is nnoott recommended because of the performance implications. + + The back-end scaling, especially with disconnect/reconnect support + should be explored in the future after disconnect/reconnect is + implemented, but not at the present time. + + + -- cgit v1.2.3